not rqlb of man atxanuxcs in owogbjltic jnutxtr livihqWITH RKVBRBfCS TO CHILD AMD PH0F06JUS

VDH SUCH EDUCATION IN THAILAND

htNOtod in BuiUl Nilflllnit of tho Hequireeente tor the Oftgrtt Dootor of Thlloooplgr la tho

Qradut* School of tho Ohio State Onl w l t y

*TDkriMAaaa imamaocm b*a. h«s*//

Tho Ohio Stete ftdw l ty195k

Approved bji

DISSERTATION

AGKHGNLBDCU2NTS I wish to acknowledge heartfelt gratitude to ay adviser*

Professor Oorotly 0* Scott* whose Invaluable encouragement* guidance* suggestions and untiring help made this dissertation possible. Pro­fessors Qledars Branegan and Bather McGinnis deserve grateful acknowl­edgment for their keen Interest and cooperation in — »h «>| this thesis as sound as possible. Deep gratitude Is likewise extended to Profes­sors Bari V. Anderson* Helene Heye and John Brarett Klrehar who have so willingly served on the Advisory Committee. And along with this coat* wittee, Professor H. Gordon Hullfish’s Interest and encourageaent are keenly appreciated* as influential In making ay education at this Institution more complete and meaningful.

Acknowledgment Is due Hr. Samuel S. Hfer for certain Information and source materials* Hr. Cedi Hobbs for the convenient use of the Qrlentalla Section of the Library of Congress* the FAO In Washington*D. C. and In Bangkok* Or. Chintabha Sayanhavigsit of the Haternal and Child Health Division* Department of Health and Director-General fhmdl Sarasasbuddhi of the Department of Secondary Education of Ministry of Education far valuable materials on health and education la Thailand.

I am grateful for untiring asaistanee and onoourageamnt of ay friend Rabil Sitasuwan* whose educational experiences In Thailand served as a useful source of information. Mgr sincere thanks also go to a few other Thai friends la Columbus for their reaction to the clarity of the Thai translation of the oheokllet-lnqulry* to Reverend Paul Bakin who supplied a typewriter with Thai characters and to w former

ii

V n & T 7 0

missionary teacher, Mrs* Fays Kilpatrick Xoder, shoes experiences in Thailand mads hsr appraisal of ths chapter on Thailand assuring and ano our aging.

X «m a dsbt of gratltudo for ths distribution of ths eoplss of ths ehOdkllat-lnqnlry in Thailand and rsturn of thsa to Columbus to bqt frlsnd MaJor-Qenaral N, Blaol, and ay family, My slnosrs appre- oiatlon is also srtsndsd to thoss Thai Isadora who gsnsroosly served as Jury msmbsrs and gars thslr Taluabls tims to assist in this study.

MiS3 Oslo Young, Assistant Supsrlntendent of ths Thai studsnts in ths Unltsd Status, with hsr sympathy, uadsrstanding and hslp had a shars in ths completion of this disssrtatlon. Mrs. Qraoe P. Wheeler, my landlady has provided living oonrsnlsnsss uhieh have groatly fhcil- itatsd ay task. Appreciation is duo Miss Margaret flooding, ay typist, for hsr patlsnt hslp.

Last but not least, dssp gratltudo is duo ths Ministry of Education, Thailand, uhloh proridsd ths saholarshlp for thsso firs years of study abroad. It is mf sinosro hops that ay personal and professional growth during this parlod of study will swshls as to make real contributions to the-development of mors healthy Thai eltlaens through education la ths field Of horns economies.

May 195U. D. Ohanagom.

ill

TABUS OF CGHTBTTS

Chaptaar ftgiI. OVERVIEW OF THE STUDT......................... 1

Tha latur* of tte froblMt » . . • • • 1Aroetdart ............................ 6bplioatloBfl and Propooala.......................... 9

H. CHILD HEALTH TM A DEMOCRATIC SOCXSTT..........Tha Haaltlqr Child......................A OMoerttlo SaeiatgrHaa1th and P— ooraoy • • • • • • • •fhi— ry ............ ..

III* THE FAKXXX AMD CHILD 2M A OBfOCRACT..........Iffcotlti faaUy U HHaada Mhiah tha Faailgr MaataFamily hoblaaa • • • • • . . » « • «Faadly Eaapaaalfclllty .................Slyalfloanea #f Faadly Ralatlana • • • . •Htilthy Pkrrat-QiiXd Ralatloaa • • • • • •fh— ary • * • « • • • • • • • • •

IV. THE BOV OF BOMB ECOMCMIOS IM nUBOTIHE CHILD MEEL-

Tha Scopa and Batura of Boa* Eeononlea • • • • Contrlbutiona of Boa* Eaonoaiea to Child Mall- BalagAnarleaa Ayanolaa and Ofganlmatlaoa Stranythao- log Hama Boanaadaa •Taaohar Bdaoatioii In Hama Btatwlaa • * • • • Baniqr ............... ............ ..

V. EX33TXHQ 8ITUATICK8 IM THATLAHP JOIMTIMQ TO HBOS IM CHILD HEALTH AMD WELFARE.................Oaagrapfele Faotora •.....................D m Vtapla .................... ..Pnlltloal Tranda .........................Eoonoalottatlal tranda ............Tranda la Edaaattan ..........Banur ..........

It

SSSS

EEii

l §

£*8

8 st

* ®»

£SPS

Vi

£ 8K

8P

Ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Chapter PageVI. REACTION OF A CROUP Of THAI LEADERS TO 8UG0E8TED

BASIC PRINCIPLES PGR MEETING CERTAIN 1MTLT LIFE EDUCATION BEEDS IE THAILAND..................... 202

hrinelplti Bade to Healthy Child Deeelopnent • • 202Response fro* Thai Loader* ............206Tha Boat Serlons Preble— in Existing HealthSituations . . . . .......................212Suggestions for Ingroring Health Sitaatieas inThailand...................... . . . . . 2 2 $Hone Eooncnlea as Means of Meeting the ITehl— • 227hisurr ......................... 231

7H. PROPOSALS FOR PROMOTING CHILD WBMUXEO TOtOUCHHOME ECGHGUICS IE THATLAMD................... .233

Hons loononies and Edaeatlsnal Heeds in Thailand 233 Proposals for Strengthening Hens Booaaaies in Thailand . . . 2h2Training of Teachers, Extension Markers and OtherWorkers • 252Sonaary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

BIBUOCBAPHT..................................... 265APPWDICBS

A. CHUJKEE'S CHARTS.......................... 276B. PLEDGE TO CHTLCRKN.......................... 280C. BOMS BCONOMICS GAKEBE WHEEL . 283D. HOME ECGMCIIICS PROGRAMS IE THAILAND............285E. XETTMR TO JUKI AMD CHECXLI9T~INqpiKX « . . . 226p. list or jmtr WMTwnn and positions..... 305O. TABLE HV. BAW SCONE OP RESPONSE TO EACH CTI

OP THE PRIHCXPXES VBOL 27 BEBPONSnTS . . . . 309

LIST OF TABLES

TableI

II

III

IF

V

FI

FII

VIII

IX

X

XL

h i

H H

Distribution of l>rkir 14 Tears Odd and Orer in Major Occupations According to Rereent of Total Population and Sax in 1947 * .......... ..Ooeupatlonal Status and Distribution of Workers in 1947 According to Parc sot of Total Population .Distribution of Crudo Birth Rates, Doath Ratos and Infant Births and Deaths under One Tear of Ago, Exclusive of Stillbirths for the Tears 1937 - 1949 ..............................Comparison of Death Bates for 1D00 Papulation by Ago and Sex for the Tear 1937 and 1947 . . •Distribution of Deaths per 2000 Papulation Reported in Thailand, Aooording to Principal Causes of Deaths far the Tear 1946 - 1949 • • • • « • *Principal Causes of Deaths in Thailand With Percent­age Decline or Increase 1946 - 1949 ..........Infant Deaths firm 20 PMneipal Causes in Thailand with Paroontage Decline or Increase in 1946 - 1949 •Distribution of Ihadly Matin by Sex and Relation- ship 191*7................................Age Baage god Distribution of Students Enrolled in Various Types of School a in 1952 * • • • • • .Distribution of 45 Principles According to the Per­cent of Thai Leaders Checking then as Important Educational Coals .................Health Problsns Indicated by Hi Thai Bospcndaata *Suggestions from 24 Thai Respondents for laproelng Health Situations in Thailand • • • • • • • •Distribution of 26 Thai Respondents Aooording to Tbelr Opinion of the Iffeotiveness of Hone Beoneaies in Meeting Health Problens....................

«i

Pago

113

120

137

13«

140

ll»2

243

156

189

206221

228

230

LIST cr XUHSKULTIOtB

fi|BN12

31*

5

6

7

lUp of Thailand • • . . s rThailand* s Adainiatrativa Organisation forBduoatlon .............................. 182Halation of SMonduy and Vocational Bduoatlon • • 18$Tho Point of Artraaoa and Ccnpiotion in Htghar Bduoatlon * « • • • • * ............ .. 187Tjrpa of Taaohar Uveatloo Shoving tha Point* of fatraoa* and Kabtr of Taara for Cartifleataa and Diplaaaa....................* ..............193Distribution of Kaoponaa to kS Prinaiplaa aa to Xaportanaa as Bdueational Qoala • • * • • • • 215Froposala for hroaotlug Bona Boenoodea Bduoatlon In Thailand • • • • • • • • • * • * • • 2li9

ail

THE ROLE OF HOME BOONGNICS IV EDUCATION FOB DMOCRATIC VAMIIX XIFXHO WITH BXnKOiCl TO CHILD WELL-BEXNO AMD PROPOSALS FOR FURTHBRIMO

SUCH EDUCATION XV THAILAND

CHAPTER I

OVERVIEW OF THE STUDS

iKtan of tho Froblasi A Buddhist proTsrb, "Hsalth is tbs bsst of li«kN sad tbs

English tqulnlnt "Health Is aaalth,” support tbs bsllsf that hsalth la its oanprahsnolTs aodsra n o n , both ptapsleal sad nsntal, is isportsnt to aqr sodobp sad of particular slfrvi fioanos la a dauooraoy, Bsllsrlag that It Is ths rsspoaslhllltgr sad prlvllaga of ths itaaUp to oultloata a hsalthp ohlld through dsaseratle ftally living sad that hsas sosooalos Is ono of tbs osvsral arsas of odueatlon uhish prcaota laprovsd fadly Ufa, this stud? has boon undertaken to dlsoovsr ths wood sad asks proposals for such sduoatloa la Thailand*

la tbs Qaltsd Status ths lapsrtaaos of child hsalth la a dons— oraop has boon highlighted tap firs national osnfbrsnoss kaosa as ths Vhlts House Coaferoaoes, hsosnss saoh has boon sponsors! bp ths hnal- doat* It Is rsMgiriiirt that fines oracy as a tona sf sslf gsrarnaaat oaa- not bs aohlsvsd fallp ultbsut Its dtlssna aehisrlag hsslttay psrsoaall- tles* Ths oonaotatloa of hsalth boring an abllltF ts lisa a happp, saa fsrtabls and affsstlos Ilfs lapllss tbs abllltp ts adh&*vs» ts grow and to attack psrslstsat tasks of Ilfs* Ths basis ldsas of dsns ora op ars

1

and social development are obtained by an individual through oppor­tunities to develop hie capacities to the best of his abilities and character for both his own and the common good. The family as the sole agency of childbearing and the major agency of child rearing, should be aware of Its functions of socialisation and patterning per­sonality. Realisation that the self are of the child begins In whole­some family living and that personality Is a major aspect of develop­ment from the time of conception until maturity, places great responsi­bility on the family.

Home economics is a field of education among several that make direct contribution to education for family living. The Increasing emphasis that has been placed on Its role In education to promote the ability to live a satisfying useful life is evident in current liter­ature.

Thailand has been moving toward democracy and has joined the various services of the United Nations. Recent developments In juven­ile court, maternal and child health, nutritional surveys and studies In Thailand are evidence of the concern the government has for the health and well-being of its people, especially children. In order that these agencies can function more effectively, Thai parents aust be made aware of the nature and Importance of health and capable of putting the principles of healthful living into practice. Thus, today* s children, the oltlsens of tomorrow, nay be helped to develop healthy personalities and be prepared to meet courageously the tasks sailed for in a true democracy.

1The Purpose of the Study

The major purpose of this study was to propose means of further­ing the preparation of parents and prospective parents In Thailand for cooqpetent parenthood in light of the recognised needs and accepted prin­ciples of child care and guidance. Skxbraced in this major purpose were specific purposes tot

Identify the nature of child health in its modern comprehensive sense, and its fundamental role in a democratic society,

Identify the nature of democratic family living, and show hoe such living simultaneously promotes health and democracy.

Formulate from literature accepted generalisations of healthy parent-child relations that promote the total well-being of the child,

Examine the scope and nature of home economies, in the light of its contributions to healthy child development,

Analyse the existing political, social, economic and educational situations in Thailand and resulting needs vhioh may be met through family life education,

Formulate principles basic to promotion of healthy child devel- opment, and competent parenthood in Thailand and,

Propose means of incorporating such family life education in the Thai educational program.Hypothesis

This study was planned and based on the hypothesis that a study of the nature of the principles of ohild health and the basic factors in healthy parent-child relations as accepted in the United States will provide bases for developing proposals for education for healthy

hand democratic family living which will be acoaptad as aaaantial in meeting present-day needs in Thailand*Assumptions

The following assumptions were basic to this study<Child health and welfare are essential for a democratic society*

Healthy people are those who live effectively, are capable of self* direction, and have the qualities required of participants in self- government .

The family as the sole agency of childbearing and prime agency of child rearing, has a primary role in the development of a healthy personality, since healthy development of a child is started before and at his conception and the patterning of his personality is laid in the early years of his life*

Homo economics plays an important role in child health and well* being, the primary objective of home economics being accepted as educa­tion for individual and family well-being* Through healthful family living and wholesome parent-child relations, a child has the greatest chance to develop Into a healthy personality.

Generalisations for healthy parent-child relations nay be formu­lated through a thorough review of authoritative literature in the field of family and child development*

Since Thailand has advocated democracy, it is interested in improving child health through various approaches*

A basic approach to the problems of health of the Thai people is through family life or home economics education* The Thai children to be healthy and health-minded, must be brought up by health-minded

5parent*.

In «Di3jraia ef tha existing situation* «f Thailand to die earn child health naada can be baaed on literature, and personal axperianoea of tha writer.

Principles beaio to healthy child darralopnant to be promoted tbroogb hone eoonoati.es, ean be sufficiently validated by a Jury of Thai educators, to serve aa bases for proposals ooneeralag hone eoononioa program* in Thailand. limitation*

This study sea focused an the role of hone eoononioa in the pre­notion of child health and uell-being through danoermtio finally living* It deals particularly with positive health in its eonprehanalve modern sense, a dose interrelatedness of physical and aestal aspects of health* Health pronotion sad improvement of standards of living with integrated, effective preeonality as ends to be achieved have been the major eenoerm*

The bade ssuroe of data see literature* The sons apt of child health in a denonraoy and principles of healthy parent-child relations were based on White House Conference materials, the work of the World Health Organisation and the World Federation of Mental Health* The purposes and practises of hens eoomonios were derived from literature, four years of study in the Inns eoenaad.es departments of two state univerdties with emphasis on ahtld development, participation in nur­sery aehssls and observation of bans eoonomics programs in ths public schools of the Waited States* Analysis of tbs present scene in Than and and needs In child health ana made largely ffeun limited source materials available in the Wdted States through ths library of Congress, Waited

8Utc« Oipurlarat of Agrimiltiir*, United Halloa* Hoadqmartara, and from Thailand*

h n e td n rv

Da tonal nln* Mataro of Haalthr Piaroat-Cliild Halation*TooIto g*aorallaatlon* Interpreting proaent-day oonaapt* of

healthy ehild-parant ralatlon* nor* developed aftor an oactonalve m rr q r

of literature la tha flald of ohlld doralopmant and parcxrt-ehlld relation**Tha Contrltootlon of Hoaa Boonoaio* to Child Holl»boing

Tha aoopa and nator* of bona aoonoala* mere axaalnad for tha parpoaa of determining tha ralatlon a of Ita primary objective and potaatlal rala la proaotlon of individual and family maU-belng* Ola- cuaalon of tha bearing of aeveral araaa of horn* economic* on ly o rtd homo Ufa* aao developed to ahem naaaa of laaurlBg a child1 a develop- aant into a healthy peraenality* Tha natara of aouad program* of taaehar adaoatlon « u polmtad out* Tha may In mfa&oh governaaat agaaelaa

r

and prafaaalonal organisation* la tha Oaltad Stataa oontlnuoaaly aaalat hen* aoooonloa to play a fonetloaal rde aaa reviewed*Analrai* of tranda and Wood* and PavoloBnant of Prinejploe Baalo to Ihnliy Idfa liftaitloB la ThailandS53S&A*MHftnMnMHMWEn&KMH 5MM SES3S53n

Oaral wwnant of tha nrlaolalna* Tha Orlaatalla Division of tha Library of Congraaa la HhatHngtoa, O. C. aaa Investigated to obtain enrrant natarlal an Thailand mlth particular attantlon to aaada ralatad to ofalld health* Visit* mare alao aorta to tha food and Agrl-

7culture Organisation (FAO) Saotion in tha Uni tad 3tat as Department of Agriculture, share materials on nutrition studies sere obtained as sell as reference to the FAO sork in Bangkok. To keep abreast sith the existing situations ■any' sate rials sere requested from Thailand, in addition to those on health collected from the United Nations Head­quarters. Interviews sith tso educational authorities, one in the kinistry of Education of Thailand, and the other of Chulalongjkorn University, sere held in Washington, D. C.

In light of the needs revealed by an analysis of the material thus obtained and basic generalisations of healthy parent-ohlld rela­tions which sere developed, a list of principles basic to this aspect of family life education sas formulated. These principles sere set up as a checklist to be sent to a group of Thai educators. The inquiry sas translated into Thai in order to prevent misinterpretation of cer­tain terms, even though all Jury members had been or are studying in the United States and Great Britain. Clarity and understandablllty of statements sas cheeked by a number of Thai students at The Ohio State

t

University. A final check on the readability of the inquiry was made by an American missionary who over a long period of residence in Thai­land mastered the Thai language. Stencils of the checklist were then sent to a friend In Bangkok, who assumed responsibility for delivering, collecting and returning the materials.

Use of Thai jury to appraise the rronosed principles. The major part of the inquiry consisted of statements of the US principles pro­posed as basic to education for family life in Thailand. Specifically each statement was to be checked as to l) importance for parents and

prospective parents to loam 2) appropriateness as a goal of teaching In the aehoolo and 3) approprlatenesa as a goal of adult education.In addition oach mas aaksd to lndieato hlo boll of as to ths most osrloua hoaltb problea(s), suggestions for an educational progran to promote family life and child health* and whether in hie opinion home economics can help meet such educational needs* (See Inquiry form in Appendis E)•

Members of the Jury mere selected in terms of their direct and Indirect work and Interest in education related to child health. One fifth of the members are educational authorities in the Ministry of Education* one fifth are In teacher education at Chulalongkorn Univer­sity, or In other institutions of teacher education. Two professors of biology* and the Dean of the Liberal Arts and Teacher Education College at Chulalongkorn University were included. Other members of the Jury included staff of a Junior college of heme eoononlos* and a few social workers In the Department of Public Welfare and Department of Cultural Affairs. Of the whole group* two were returned graduates of the School of Home Econosd.es of Oregon State College* who obtained a scholarship to study home economics In the United States at the same time as the writer. The only foreigner included was a physician* Head of the EAO in Bangkok, dio has been in Thailand for several months participating in nutrition studies and surveys.

Analysis of jury response. Respondents were grouped as teacher educators, physicians in health education and health development* home economists* administrators in the Ministry of Education and others* to determine whether present occupation and professional preparation

9

influence reaction to the principles end problems seen. Comments of the jury members on the clarity of the checklist and the instructions were recorded. Certain statements on the list of principles were revised for clarity of meaning*

Responses to the inquiry were tallied according to whether the individual believed the principles to bet l) important for par wits and prospective parents to acquire 2) appropriate as goals of teaching in school and 3) appropriate as goals for adult education. Items were analysed and tabulated aooording to those receivings 1) a completely favorable response by all, 2) favorable response by 7$ percent or more of the jury, 3) favorable response by $0 percent or less of the group, and li) no favorable response at all.

Use of results of the inquiry. Implication for home economics instruction ware drawn in light of l) what a majority of the jury members considered the most serious health problem(s), 2) their sug­gestions for promoting education for child well-being, 3) their belief as to the value of hcsm economies teaching as one effective tomeet the health needs of the Thai children, and U) the extent of acceptance of the US principles*

Implications and Proposals The findings of the study support the hypothesis that basic

principles of education for healthy parent-child relations, may serve as sound bases for meeting present needs of Thai families.

A specific plan of approach and means for promoting the develop­ment of understandings and abilities accepted as essential for healthy

childhood and competent parenthood through boM economics are presented* Definite proposals are made for the setting up of a commission to promote home economics education in light of the needs revealed by this study* The first steps to be taken In the rural community, through schools and In higher institutions giving leadership prepara­tion are enumerated.

CHAPTER U

CHILD HEALTH IN A. PPKXHUTIC 80CHTT

An interprtUtioa of tin — wing and algalflcanoe of child health and naana of praaotlng It, an rmoXod by a review of tha liter- atare, la an lnpertant Hr at atap In tha damlopnant of a frofraa to proaote tha cell-being of ohlldran through fadly Ufo education*

Tha Healthy Child Generally epeaklng, a ohild la a paraon of leaa than elgbtoen

yaara old* Student a of ohlld developaont divide a child1 a life lata different etagees infancy, early childhood, later childhood, puberty, early adeleaoenoe, artddle adolescence and later adeleaoenoe. Goeell’e "•even etagee ef tha cycle of dovelepnawt" ares wbryo, fottu, infant, preachool, aohod child ($-12), and adoXaaaeat (l2-20-2t»). In thla atudy tha age range of the child dll ha to tneaty la accordance dth tha HULta Houaa Confaranaa of lfbOt

Concern for tha child begliie before hie birth la a an a am far hla parental It oentlaaoa until tha child raaahaa naturlty* Dar­ing thla period ef childhood, roughly twenty yaara, It la peed- bla to dlatiagdah certain nooda of tha child. . • •Certain terma need interpretation to inearo clarity of nndaratand-

tng. Dictionary definition* of pelfere Inoloda aach tema aa "exceptionfrcai pain or dlaacofort," "pcroaperlty,* "ocndltlona aa regard* cell- being" and "happlneaa."

^Children In a Danonraar. Oanaral Haport adopted by tha Hhite Hoaaa Confaranaa on tfdldran u a T\mm oraay, (Wuh&ngfeont flcTor«ant Printing Office, 19bt), p. 8*

U

12The ttn child welfare hes an accordion-like quality. To

sen people It moans a narrowed scope ef tetlvlt , as* for Instance* child development} but to workers in this field It ■sans stretching eat to snbraoe every aspect of the child's life that eenoems his growth and proper development* that naans the Child's physical hsalth* his social* his intellectual and his sectional growth**

Bossard glees a eery Inclusive weening ef child welfares. . . The emphasis In the taiman approach te huean welfare was upon prevention} and the prevention of social problems* if it neant anything* meant the pronotion of the well-being ef chil­dren • • • • Thus too* courses in seclology which dealt with the child were the problem kind* and emphasised anelioratlve measures. They have been referred to customarily as courses la child welfare.3

Because the child welfare movement has developed so rapidly and recently* its present scope and personnel are omsnlative rather than strictly coherent* la the Baited States* the tans covers all kinds ef activities ranging from the cooperation ef a children's orphanage ran la the spdrit ef 1030 te a research Institute for the scientific study of child behavior} and iron workers who are armed* even when somewhat Inadequately* with good Intentions* to the artfhl manipulator of the newest scientific technique. . . •*

The term child welfare as used here will mean the well-feeing of thechild* constituted by concerns In the child's total development* thephysical and mental well-being of the child.

Oho dictionary defines health as a "state of being hale or sound in body* mind or eeulj especially* freedom from physical disease or pain." Jennie Will tame* after having quoted several authorities on defla-

2Basel Traijarickooa* The CM Id and His (San JfeanoiseotW. H. freeman it Co.* 19k8)* p. 1*

3 James H* Bossard* The Bocivfrtgy tf "Ttlffflrt (Bee YorksHarper t Brothers Ibbliahars* lHti)* pp. 3-h* quoting fawneijr t Kennedy*vOctober* lyuSl* pp. 661—75.

ltXbld.. p. «A.

13itlons or health, out to conclude thatt

A ooDtld*rctioa or tho prooodl ng definitions slum* that hsalth ha* practically ths m m seanlng to sash or thsss orttsra* They ars agreed that hsalth Is a positive quality or UTe— aa ability, a oondltlon or *And and body, or a asset bins shoot tbs individual ohleh snablss hla ts 11** eosfMrUably and luppilj* Ths changing aators or both ths Individual and ths smrlronssat oaks oontlnaoo* readjuatawnt ssssntlal In order to aehisvs saxlsna happiness and efficiency. In a stats or buoyant hsalth so* la abls to oaks sdjoatssnte or UTs la a W that *111 flvo bin a saTlswn or happiness, sTriolsnoy sod enjoyssnt**’

Erik H. frikam's eonespt oT hsalth 1* thought provoking!Two aanirsstatloos or hsalth oaa serve ts verity Its pres*

ones. Om Is a sob loo tiro ssw*s or hMltkr. tbs sthorths objective evidence of hsalth as siiciiod W ovanlnatien.Only ths oosblnation or ths too oonstltutss hsaltht Thors ars sink (rovorlsh or dslodsd) pooplo oho temporarily rssl extra* ordinarily healtky, and thsrs ars objectively healthy psopls oho Tool as If they o*r* vesting aoay. It li, than, ths inter* relation oT the subjective and ths objective shleh oakss for health* • . *°As os hesitate to oall a physleally strong nsren a hsaltty per*

son, os do not argue that oantai hsalth sad physical hsalth ars too dlT* rsrsnt things. A osroo nay live confccrtably, happily bat net efficiently, and tharsTors oannot oast ths ftll criterion or hsalth as defined In ths above quotations*

Ths criteria or sent si hsalth as given by Or* Marls Jahoda show tho interrelatedness oT nontal and physloal hsalth* She describes positive nsntal health as fbUosst

Jennie nUlMs, IbnUr Hsalth (Ms* Torfcs J, B. Idppineott, 1953), p. 5.

^kik Hantoergor bikton, "Qrosth and Crises of ths Healthy Bar* sonallty,* Byspoeiuo on ThoHealthr >or*onalltr* ed. by Milton J. Ban (Maw Xerkt Joalah Maoy dr. Bonndatlon, 1950), pp. 9b-95*

IkA person should hors s capacity for so carats and realistic

perception that Is not blurred tgr wishful thinking. He should not be rigid -with rsspset to his anvlrnwant, nor should hs maintain an attitude of passive acceptance! instead, ha should bo in a stats of active adjustment. UcUjr, he should have achieved a basic unity ef integration of personality, so that in different situations, and even under stress, he will be able to behave consistently*'

Another authority supports the above stateaentf• • * the nan in the street met be brought to a realisation of the Importance of noatal health* In the present age his very survival depends upon iti for he nnst actively Intend and desire effectiveness in living with himself and with ethers, and moat constantly increase the effectiveness • • • • he nnst be made to recognise the enormity of ths problem synbolised by the term "mental health"! for there are involved those three great areas of humanism * • • • personality developomntt the unfolding of the potential that is nan* Character formations the building up of a personal value system in daily living with other people, all of those value systems must te some extent differ* Social developments the evolution in organised human living which we symbolise by ths very loess word "democracy.""

This citation can be interpreted to imply that mental health is adjust­ment, milch results in personal, morel end social well-being*

In all deflnitiens of health, regardless ef its physical and mental aspects, chief concern is in terms of the ability te adjust* ftedl and Battesberg define adjustment ass

• • • the ability of an individual to live harmoniously with his environment and with himself to keep Intact his personal integrity* It Is net spineless ability te give in all demands, nor stiff lnsistenoe on going one's sun sweet way, regardless of ether people* Most l^ortant, adjusting is something the individual dees for hlneelfj it is net a series

^ T J iTEfllM! if a? * & ! $ & & & & .

Hllliam line, "Address by ths Incoming Ikesident," World lad-

15or eoqvoaiMfl Into uhleh ho la coerced more or loss ndlfully toy parents, teachers or counselors.?

Tho Inseparability of physical and h o UI hoolth la fhrthar oupportodby Carrollt

Tho tanaan organism behaves aa a *tole* Mind la a Amo­tion or tha body! aa emotional experience la a function or tho body- Bo speoiflc bit oT behavior ever d o o m to paaa .In laolatloni It la always influenced by tha total arganl«u*°

Supporting thla la tha Bbrld Haalth Organisation'a doflnltlon or hoalttos "Health la a atato or complete physloal, mental, and aoelal all-tolai and not aaroly tho absence or dlaoaao or infirmity*"11

In time past, when tha mortality rata was yat rosy high, physi­cal haalth waa chiefly emphasised* Voir that orldonoo shows that 111- hoalth oT ono typo la tho eamsa oT tho other, thoy boeoao, moro or loot, or aqoal oon corns.

Advances In psychosomatic madlelao add evldeaee that any ptayaleal qaptm, such aa hoodaoho, indigestion, nausea, para­lysis, or any othor, may harm an organlo baaia or roault purely from a certain aaotioaal atato— oaoh Increasing tho suseepti- blllty or tho individual to tho particular condition* There la srrldonoo that many chronic illnesses which nako poopla pomaaont sufferers in apite oT tho boot nodical oaro In tha world arc tho reaulta oT tho aamtlonal atatoa, oanood by anaholossno pat- toms or thought and feeling* Tho lllnooaoo ascribed to emo­tional states range all tho way from high blood proccurs, coronary heart disease, oolitic, and gastric clears, to arth­ritis, allsrgLeo, and many other conditions* Tho fieot that

Arlta Rodl and MUUaa W. Mtshirg, Mental M ew Toaoh- Ina od* by MLllard B, Spalding 4 Xarnost K. Hllgard (now Tcrk< Har- court, Braeo 4 Co*, 1951), p* 1B2*

*®Harbort A* Carroll, Mental ardono (Bow Terfci hsatioo Hall, Inc., 19b7), pp* 15-16.

John R. Rosa, Tho Health or tho Mind (Maw Yorkt Morton, 1951),p. 31*

16Ufir, fiar, and ether emotions Mgr bwe— oenewtrtted 1a Individual m m i m and cause disease la lust beginning to ba onderatood.12

Stataaianta In tha fhet Undine leport of tha lilte House Gonfaranaa of 1950 closely relate to thla point of vies*

It haa takan fifty yaara of vast and lntanaiva Inveetlgs- tlon to naka ua realise that even physical health, If It oan ba aaparatad at all Aron mental health, la a dynamic atata la shloh chanloal ohangaa of besllderlng variety ara constantly proeeed- lng and reversing in raaponaa to multiple stimuli. Hundreds of factora of diet, activity, allnete, and atato of adnd hate thilr lafluanea on tha haalth of tha body.1’

Tha affort ta build a bride* betseen the emotional and tha bodily aspect of nadlelna has, In raeant years, been successful In eartain raapaota. Besearcb haa discovered that a nuaber of diseases, auoh aa paptle uloar, colitis, and tha allergies nay have a payohoaanatlo basis, and an Inoraaalng nuaber of physicians ara becoming Intaraatad In aa understanding of tha naotlonal factors uhleh nay help play an lnpertaat rola in causing or aggravating Ulnae a. • •

Tha nost lag>ortant statement, relevant to tha oonoern of thla study lot " . . . but Investigation of adult nauroala dun roota la child­hood • • • It goaa nlthout fhrthar asylng that "behavior haa his­tory! "

Logically speaking, If Ufa la "whole,* should tha haalth of Ufa not ba uhola and onat la net thla a sound eondnalonT Haalth la Its simple form should than ba sail understood*

^Jonalo Fill 1ans, on* alt.* p. 278*

*3a Healthy ParsonaUty far Haanr Child* A digest of tho Tact Hading Bepori io tha M .doanuigy hdta House Conference on Children and Tenth* (Raleigh, H.C.* Haalth Publications Institute, 1951), p. 123*

^Ibdd** p. 12k*^Ibdd*. p* 123*

17I» should think of health tad sudtgr u conditions ifeieh •aoh Individual aut achieve by Mooting tho rts— nrts of Mtir- ation (growth) and attacking tha persistent tasks of Ufa with adequacy and courtft.16

Haalth. Maturation, growth, dsvelowaant. and Maturity ara inter- dapandant. In tha Boeydopedla of Idueatlonal Research tha fallowing analysis la found*

Aooording to Webster *s Dictionary "develop— nt>" la defined aa "tha aarlaa of ehangas which an organlaa uadargoaa in passing iron an embryonic atato to Maturity1* • • • • develop— nt, growth. Maturation . . . . All tfaraa tarns ara uaad nora or lass synony- nously in tha literature, though thara la a graatar tandanay to apaak of "growth" in ralatlon to also, of "develop— nt" In rela­tion to elaboration of atrueturo and Amotion, and of "Matura­tion ** as distance frcn, or progroaa toward atato of whatever atrueturo. Amotion, or organ!an ■■ a whole la tho subject of consideration. 3-7

Willard Olson defines develop— nt aa follows* "develop— nt la given tha narrower Meaning of change In conpload.ty or unfolding design, while the tern growth la reserved for change in also," and "Develop— nt Is (also) used to naan ores ting oondltlona for tho facilitation of growth or for bringing out tho potentialities of the organism." Breokenrldge and Vincent espial n that a child grows In else and grows up or natures in atrueturo and Amotion* "In Maturing or developing ha passes througi sueoesslve changes, which are universal Indicators

^Jane Harters, Achieving,Maturity (Haw Tarkt MeQraw-HLll Book Co., 19k9)» p. 35 quoting 1. I> Arank "Adolescence aa a Period of Transition," Yearbook of the fc tl^ of Idnea-tion. Part I, p. 6.

Tvsiter S. Monroe tad.), Mhcarcilonodia of Educational Boaoaroh (Mow Torkt Tho Maowlllan Co., 1950>, pp. l39-OhO.

^Millard Ola— , Child Deval nr— (Boat— i 0. C. Heath Co., 191*9), p. I*.

IBof his ppogTMi.*^ Jargild, another vtU-kaow student of child development gives the following definitions

The term "maturation" . . • • denotes, In a developmental setting, the process of ripening, of mowing toward complete, or mature development. . • • "maturation11 denotea not solelychange In function. In capacity to perform or behave, that become possible thrones changes In the physical characteristics of any part of the organlauuThe following citation shows that while maturity may differ fnm

maturation, occasionally they are synonymous* " . . . maturity refers to a child's total state of readiness for aa activity under discussion*11 . . . . "Maturity is also used to apply to the period when structures and functions have attained their adult status*"2

The word maturatatlon may be used to denote the process of growth and development, while maturity Indicates terminal point. Growth and development refer to the continuous change toward maturity of the "organi am-aa- a ■ahole."

A person is not Just an organism, but the way he feels, thinks, and aets makes him a particular The following quotationssupport this statements * . . . personality . • . • the complex of feelings, attitudes, and behavior which make each one of us tho unique person that he is.*22 ands

^tarlan Brechonrldge and X. Lae Tlnoent, Child Develenamnt (Jhnartslphla* W. B. Saunders Co., 1950), p. 5*

^Arthur T. Jeralld, Child Paareholsar (Mew Turks Arentloe Hall, Inc., 19U7), p* ho*

^tUlspd OELsen, on* olt.. p. lu

22Br edcenrldge and Vincent, op. dt.. p. It 26.

191h«n we ip»ak or an individual's personality «• refer to

the qUUtgr of tala total behavior, ttao organl— and Integra­tion of tala behavior aa a whole . . • . the tana includes everything a paraon taaa that con bo seen, and alae ttaa.wqr in which everything expresses ltaalT and hangs together**3

In abort, wo can say that poraonallty la ttao aw total or what a paraon

Ttao root finding report or ttao 1950 MLdcentury ltalto House Con­ference on Children and Toutta describes a healtfay poraonallty as*

Many attenpts have been node to deaoribe the attrlbutee or healthy poraonallty* They have been pat euoolnetly aa the ability to lore and ability to work* 1 recent review or liter­ature suggest s that the individaal with a healthy poraonallty la one *io actively naatera tala envirowent, shows a unity or poraonallty, and la stale to perceive the world and hleaelf correctly* Clearly, none oT these criteria applies to a child. * *

The attributes that nake wp each or these criteria are what the child la to achieve when he la nature* The chronological age la by no ncans a decisive Indicator or natality* Iferlng the prolonged years or child- hood, the child undergo*a stages or personality dowelspaant, (which will be discussed later on), provided hie heredity gives hln good "notarial" to start with, and tala nurture provides "the complexities involved id his education and social 1, motion," which again depends on the kind or society in which his fanlly lives* IT the society is danoeratle in its truest sense, he ataoold have the opportunities necessary to optlana growth* Mhat are the essential eharaeterlstles or a society and fanlly

2?Breeke&ridge and Vincent, on* ait*« p* Ii28**3jersild, op. dt*. p. 575*

*Th-_ Hsslthr Personality for gvsrr Child* on* dt*. p* 6.

In ttnu or the health and sell-being of tha child?20

A Democratic SodatySociety la a sphere share human u«o«ittloa takes plaoa slth

oartaln eoaao aUi* But, aa Danagr aays, it *ia ana word, bat Muggr things." Bov tba "saagr tblaga1* ara clarified can ba aaan aa followst

Sodaty la conceived aa ona by Its vary nature. Tha qual- Itiaa loh aoooopany this unity, praiseworthy canannlty of purpose and solfbre, loyalty to public ends, mutuality of qns- pathy ara enphasisod. Bat, . • • . tha term dsaotaa • • • • not unity, but a plurality of soda ties, goad and bad* Man bandad together in a original conspiracy, buainaaa aggrega­tions that pray upon tha publlo shlla serring It, polltioal ^aaehlnes held together by tha Interest of plunder, ara included.^Psattoraoy naana self government* Ona can dlraot, govern, or

control bis oonduot only through free thinking, parpoaaa, understanding and interest in tha oomaon oonearna and enterprises* Without these,■an become anything but free, aa pointed out by Desoyt

Plato defined a elave as ana sho aoeepts fron another tha purposes diieh eontrol his oondaat* This condition obtains oven dura there la no slavery In tha legal sense* Xt la found shorevar aaa are engaged in activity ehieh la socially eervioe- able, but shoes service they da not undaratand and have no personal Interest in.20

A democratic society, according to Obaag la to ba operated In a scien­tific say, ■ • • • tha discovery of tha relations of a nan to his work— Including his relations to others who taka part shloh sill enlist his intelligent interest in shat ha Is doing."27 Such a sodaty proe-

Jotai Dasay* P ^ ooraoy and Mucatica (Hag Tories Tha HaoadllanCo*, 3516), p* 98.

26Ibld*27Ibid.. p. 96.

21part according to O m gr through "OLvariitjr of stimulation" aa "Divar- aitj of at Isolation naans novelty, and novelty naans diallanga to thought.*2®

• . . . more numerous and nore varied points of riiarad ooanon lntaraat . . » , graatar raUanoa upon tha raeogndtion of mutual lntaraat a as a factor In aoelal control , . . . fraor Interaction batnaan aoelal groups • • • • ohaags In aoelal habit— Its eontlnooas readjustment throng nesting tha non situations produced tax varied Intercourse. And these two traits ara predselx^nhat eharaotarlsa tha democratically constituted society. y

Oanarallx danoeraey la understood to ba a fare of government, but the above discussion danotas tha true Sanaa of the tarn as being far nore than a form of government, but " . . . primarily a node of associated living, of conjoint n email ntcistarl experience." ° Of aU i)VT«u*lTtvil living, no one can desy that ftially living la tha closest "conjoint oosBwinl oated axparlanoe." Zt oanaet be overeaphaalaad that dene eracy only cones About Mien It is practload in dally living and node the "denooratlc way of Ufa," of Milch readjustment Is a trait* The fal­lowing statsnant by Bode gives Insight Into "a donoeratlo way of lifat" "Democracy as a way of life is eoualtted to tha proposition that nan places tala sola reliance on his unaided InteUlgsnee both for tha discovery of methods for the exercise of oontrol over material and aoelal environment and for construction of tha ends to ba achieved.

*°Ibld.. p. 98.^Ibld.. p. 100.

3°HwV» *P» "lt.« P. MO.^Boyd B. Bode, Bam We Learn (Bostons 0. G. Beath and Go., 19M>),

p. 275.

22Aa intelligent methods have to bt mastered, it requires time and praatiea to aohiara that. A|tin, Ltndanan's statement btara dlrteUj upon tbla dissuasion*

D— rcratic hablta (hafutor Jolm Dewey once apoka of haring democracy in ona'a bonesl) whan acquired in tha laindif process and whan danonatratad in a wida range ot contexts finally become a way of life* Childmn thus reared will aat aaally ha tempted to batray democracy ainoa it will hara baeoaa incorporatedt M b thair organism* 32It ia tha thaaia of tU« atndy that demo aratio family living oaa

incorporate democracy into tha thought and aotlon of indlridnala. Bow this can ba aehiarad ia diaeaaaad fully in tha chapter on "Tha family and child in a democracy."

Tha oora of democracr ia nada up of thraa aain ingredients— equality, liberty, and fraternity* To pravant thaaa terms /Tom bacon ing trite M L interpretation la neoassary.

An lndlTidual ia nada equal in tha sense that, as a msmhsr of a free society, ba has a right to ba developed to his full potentiali­ties* This ia otorleusly different from saying that all ware born equal* Tha "rear material"— the genes and ahrenoanasa, of whioh an organian ia nada, ara what ha raealraa froa the parents and la beyeud any control* Children of tha tau parents, save for identical twins, gat different genes and different ohrqaoaonoe* This IS supported by a famous biela- glat who states* "Superiority and inferiority depend In a large measure on tha way the genes sowing from tha two parents happened to ba eoablnedf and any pair of parents can produoe thousands of diverse

*T. V. 8m±th and Iduard C. Idndanan, Tha Democratic bay of Idle Mew Yorks The Maw Aawrloan library, 1951), p* 153*

23combinations• "33 The sans author sxplaina further*

There will ba a fair that ara much suparior to tha raat| a fair markedly infarlor and in tha graifc intermediate mass a strong dlff arantiation in tastas and aptitude . . • • If ana naans by a democracy suoh a constitution of sooiety that any part of tha nans can in tins sappily individuals flttad far all its functions— ip that sanaa tha biological situation la thatof a democracy .3**

Tha rights that each Individual has depend upon opportunities. A truly danocratle aoolaty tries to aaa that Its nowhere ara provided with equal opportunities to ba developed, to ba educated. But how much each receives and uses depends entirely on his own receptive equipment and ability. Tha chance of getting equal shares depends on desires, will­ingness, and effort to utilise what has been given* The give and taka is subject to law sad order. Oho has rights sad privileges to take on condition that responsibility to give in exchange is accepted.

Idbarty is by no means doing that one pleases whenever one pleases. It mist be based on equality. A person is free so far as his freedom does not interfere with the freedom of others. T. V. Smith grants that liberty is doing what one pleases, but only when "man pleases to please others." To be truly free one anet be generous with the freedom of others. Here, a oloee relation of freedom and self- discipline can be seen. Hart points out this interrelatedness*

ITeedom consists in obedlenee to lew* freedom fTom disease depends upon obedlenoe to the law of health! freedom from busi­ness failure consists in obedience to the Inherent laws of economies! freedom from mental breakdown consists In obedlenee

^Herbert"#. Jennings, Basis %rTT Bftnrf (HewYork, Horton, 1930), p. 219*^Ibid*. p. 221.

2kto the laws of mental fagrgltM) freedom from friondlessnesa* enmity, and destructive conflict consists in conformity to tho natural lavs of social relations. The developing child vast loarn to win this freedom, by cultivating suoh character that understanding of and obedience to inherent lav shall become seoond nature to him. ^

Thus it can be seen that achieving freedom in its inclusive sense requires character education and understanding of lavs we live by.

fraternity means brotherhood. It is another trait of freedom. Smith defines fraternity as "family ideal* social unions." Of all, the family union is the most intimate. The core of fraternity Is love, which is the foundation of emotional satisfactions. In interpreting "what a normal healthy person should be able to do," ITeud was said to reply "lichen und arbelten,” to love and to work, love sad hatred are human; it Is far mere difficult to lave than to hate. love also requires understanding, as a french proverb eayws "To understand all is to forgive all." True love therefore oonelsts of forgiveness or vice versa. Ties and bonds in family living are made of these quali­ties of love. If a child fails to obtain these virtues from his family, he loses in friendship in the world outside.

Thus, liberty, equality, and fraternity make a firm foundation for a democratic way of life. The "noion ocnoerns and conjoint enter­prises* which make healthful living in ita broad sense* require these virtues as bases. To have a strong, firm, deep-rooted base* they have to be developed In the family.

25Health and DemocracyAa a bKI* of associated Uviogf democracy depends on the health

of ita people. Only sane and aoand hnman beings ean dleeipllne themselves or govern themselves in family Ufa or In the larger society.The interdependence of the teo can be seen la the following statement#

... an alert and expending mental life depends npoa aa enlarging range of contact with the physical environment.But the principle applies oven more significantly to the field share we are apt to Ignore It— -the sphere of social contacts. 6It can be easily understood why the contact with the physical

environment Is necessary for releasing the physiological tensions oflife, such as hunger, thirst, fatigue, restlessness and so on, asdescribed by Ashley Montagu in his Ota Bains Human. The knowledge ofthe physical environment not only confers survival benefits but makesliving more enjoyable. But the social contacts have a far reachinginfluence on human Ufa#

Unless the person feels that he belongs somewhere, unless his life has seme meaning amd direction, he would feel like a par­ticle of dust sad be overcome by his individual Insignificance.Ho would mot be able te relate himself te any eye tan Aloh would give meaning amd direction to his life, he would be filled with doubt sad this doubt eventually would paralyse his ability to act— that is te live. 'It Is the present century Uiioh has brought about real under­

standing of the importance of healthy Individuals, far back In the history of mankind, when man was still wrapped up in fears of the incomprehensible environment, the thought of supernatural powers had a

on. d t .. p. 100.^Brich lboaa, cited by Ashley Montagu, On Bains Human (Mow

Xork# Henry Bchumsn Inc., 1950), p. 70*

26grtat influence upon Ills lifa. Spiritual and moral welfare had haan sought altar aa tha aain end-purpose o1 Ilia, Than, Aai ha earns to understand that environment could ba hand!ad with knowledge of it and its manipulation, great Interest aas aroused in tha pursuit el sueh knowledge* Altar a great lapse ol tine, nan came te realise that his capacity to attain knowledge and use Initiative, occur bast Aon ha la weUrhappy and healthy. Or eater attention than was paid to total health. This sequence is evidenced In tha statement by Ingen!

Active lntaraat in tha health ol children protecting their health • • • • la tha Interest ol the Twentieth Century.Belore that tine endeavours had bean chiefly spent ia promoting their spiritual welfare. Later, interest ana aroused in their education, and finally in their health. ... Today our interest is in health mantel, moral and physical.***Much credit lor attention te health and welfare ol children in

the United States belongs to the Shite House Conlerenoes. In 1909 the outcome ol the lilte Homes Confarenoe on Care ol Dependent Children was the establishment ol a federal children's bureau. In 1919 the White House Conference am Child Welfare resulted In a aeries ol child welfare standards. Than ol mare Importance Is the 1930 one on Child Health and Protection with the weU-hmewn 19 points ol declaration In the Children's Charter. (See Appendix A), la 1939-191*0 the Hsite House Conference on Children la a Demooraoy emphasised expression ol a democratic government's ooneerns In the welfare ol children. The reoent one In 1990, the Midoentury White Hauas Goaleremoe on Children

Philip Tan Pagan, "The Status el the Preventive Measure,"Protection far the IVe Sehsol Child (Hew forks The Centoxy Co.,

27

and louth produced tha fdma "fledge to Children." (Saa Appendix B).This airicad tha ara of discovery that a ohlXd la "whole." Via

whole self lives In olosa ooaneetion, hla physical, — ntal, eoMtlomal, moral and aoelal selves «nrk and develop atmltaaMadjTi and they develop baat and fastest In tha earlier periods of Ufa.

Tha fact that tha child la tha "father of tha nan" or tha "adult of tomorrow* cannot ba over meph seised. Tha great concern that ha become a healthy, h<nnr adult runa thmgh tha speeches of tha Pesidente of tha United Stataa at the eeraral White House Conferences.

Pesldent Hoorar In hla addraaa on Child Health and Protection at opening aaaalon of tha White Houae Confaranea of 1930 aaldt

Tha question of child health and protection ara a eonpU- oatad problem requiring much learning and action and wa need to bsva great concern orar thla natter. Let no one beliere that thaaa are queatlons which should not atlr a nation— thatthey ara baler tha dignity of state amen or governments. If waoould hare but one generation of properly born, trained, edu­cated and healthqr children, a thousand ether problems of govorn- mant would vanish. Wb would assure ourselves of haaltMar winds In more rlgsreua bodies, to direct tha enarglea of our Katlon to put greater height of achievement. Mere over, ana good cnsamnlty nurse will aarva a dosan future polioaaau.3^Wren In 1930 tha President anticipated tha oncoming, ever-ln-

creasing complexity of life, tha stress and strain of shleh wouldbaooma greater and henee call for a more sturdy persemalltys

Tha problems of tha child are net always tha problems of tha child alone. 2h tha vision of tha whale of eur social fabric, wa have loosened new aabltlonc, new energies) wo have produced a complexity of Ufa for tdileh there Is no precedent.With machines aver enlarging man's power and oapaolty, with electricity extending over the world Its eaglet with tha air3?"Address of President Heaver," White House Conference an

(Hew Tcrfct The Caniwry Co.,19jiI,p. 7.

28giving us a wholly atv realm, eur children a»t ba praparad to ■•it antirely aar oantaata and ass fonaf. lhajr east ba physi­cally strong and mentally plaoad to stand up vadar tha lncreas- ing prassura of Ufa* Ibis preblea la not alena mam af physical health, bat of aental, aaotlwal, spiritual health.

hoa jour explorations lata tha aental and noral endowment and opportunities of otaHdran a&ll develop aar not hods to lasplra thalr creative work and plagr, to sabstitute lava and self-dls- clpllna for tha rigors of ndaf to golds thalr raeraatlons Into wholesane channels, to staar than past tha rasfs of temptation, to develop thalr characters, and to bring than to adalt ago in tuna with Ilfs, strong in nsral fiber, and praparad to play nora happily thalr part In tha productive task of ho nan society.

Tndssd hunan prograss narohas only uhan ohlldrsn excel thalr par ant s. In danooraoy aar profrasa Is tha sun total of tha lndl- vidoals that thay aaeh individually achieve to tha M l oapaolty of thalr abllltlss and eharaetor • .A daoads latar anothar president of tha Uni tad Stataa expressed

tha sans concern. At tha first wasting of tha oonfaranes aa April 26, 1939, ftreeldent Hooaavalt aaldt

Democracy anst Inoulaata la its ohlldrsn capacities far living and as sura appartunltlas for tha fulflllnant of thosa capacities. Tha sucosss of danoaratla institutions Is nsaaurad, net by artaat of tamtory, financial power, uachinas, or omansata, but by tha daalraa, tha hopes, and tha daap lying satisfactions of tha individual nan, unaaa, and oh&ldran who uaks up Its dtisenahlp.*1In tha raosnt oonforanaa Prasidant Truaan expressed equal, If

not graatar concern*Thasa Wilts House Conferences have dona a great deal over the years, to naks ear people and our gevuraaant oonseleua of

our social problans, as they offset children, and to help solve those problaaw* Those conferences have nada our danooraoy work better— have aided It to carry out Its proadse for a batter Ufa for all.

^"Address of Prasidant Hoover,* on. alt., p. 13.

In a Danocraev. on. dt.. p. 1.

29In this fifth conference of this White House series jroa

are carrying on that groat tradition* Zhla year you aro mainly conooraod with tha mantal and moral health of our children* And that ia exactly what you ahould be concerned with at this time*

The baala of mental and moral etrength for our ohlldren lias In tha spiritual things* It lies first of all in the home* * * *If ohlldren have a good hone-«a. hone In *ioh they are

loved and understood — and if they have good teachers in the first few grades of school, I believe they ara well started on the way toward being useful and honorable oitiaens* * * •**In light of the present world situations, it is obvious why tha

emphasis of the 19$0's oenfarenee was on mental and moral health* Bat aa previously stated, the mental, moral and physical fitness are inter­related*

• • • everyone realises that good health is essential for the national welfare and even for national exlstenee. Illness destroys the effectiveness of the armed forces, hampers indus­trial production, under ml nee morale and places an .enormous burden of medical oare upon a weakened populace* 3nth the advance of technology, many Illnesses and diseases

have been conquered, but tha rate of mantal sickness seems to be increasing as iadloated in writings of mantel hygtenista, pgrekU- trlsts and physicians* To put democracy into practice, to make it a means of promoting human worth and well-being is a big task* It has been recognised that msay problems of society can be best solved by families, within the family, sad thus through educating the families*" ^lyoydihgp of the MMosntauqr Ihits House Conference on Children amj *«--«»»»

^3Jessie F. Williams, Healthful (Bee Turks MacmillanCo*, 19bl), p* 3*

30Sine* the Ini]/ is being revealed as the aooree of

such of huwan frustration and defeat, the isqprovswsnt of family life baa beoono socially imperative***

SusmaryThe welfare of a society depends on the all-round health of its

citlsans, especially that of today* a ohlldren, the adults of tomorrow* Health, the result of physical, emotional and intellectual

well-being, consists of aaturlty, oapaolty for adjustsmnt, ability to live happily and effectively— to develop to the fullest potentiality*

True danooraoy Is Intelligent associated living, self-govern- nsnt or self-discipline j Its lagmrtant elanents are Area thinking, understanding, oonson ooaoerns, nomson Interests, purposive and Joint enterprises, which are outgrowths of fraternity, liberty and equality* To neat the shifting, changing, and dyaaaio ways of life, democratic living necessitates adjustment and readjustment to enVironnent, physioal and social* The healthy individual has this oapaolty and hanoe functions successfully in a danooraoy*

Since a child develops Into a healthy personality through daily practice of democracy In the fhmily, only through democratic fanilles can a society boo case truly democratic* How effective faully Ufa can prove itself the ‘'bedrock* of sash a society, shall be discussed in the following chapter*

CHAPTER I U

THE nUUJ AMD CHILD IE A DWOCRACI

H m child cannot grow Into a hMltty childhood without hlo fanily and participation in effective fanily Ufa. Therefore, it la essential to examine from available literature tha fanily of today and tha kind of fondly lifa aonaldarad effective in pronoting democracy*

Iffaetlva Fanil y LLfa Family Ufa la a nay or naimer of living. lUllles ara divided

by aoolologlata into two types, tha ineediate and tha aactonrtsd fanily* Tha tam nuelaar fully la uaad intarahangaahly with ineediate fully, which comprises tha fhther, tha nothcr, tha child or children* Tha extended fani3y includes grandparents, relatives and othara living in tha home*

A fanily la a group of interacting individaala ralatad hy bonds of lava and affection, by tiaa of blood and tra­il tlon.

Hart and Hart ahow tha natara of thua bonda and tiaa in fanily lifato ba psychological, aoonoadc and biological*

Considered psychologically, the fanily la nada up af inter­acting personalities* Considered eoononioally, It is nada up of persons who produce and consume goods and sarvleea in part cooperatively* Considered biologically, a fanily la nada up of a nufcar of organ! ana, having certain reproductive rela­tione with each other*2

isather HcOLnnia, "Family Cantered Teaching11 Journal of Hue Boonanioe* Vol. iiU (January, 1952), p* 9*

2 Hart and Hut, on* dt*. p* 5*

31

Effective family life i» that uhieh is able to produoe the type of liTlng — leh doee most for ho— n development. The task of developing hnan beings becomes ths important family function*Family frnotiona

Frank say a*Tha fanily is tha only socially organised relation for child­bearing and the essential agency for child rearing, sociali­sation, and introdoeing the child to the culture and forming the child’s personality* The family is the primary agency for protecting physical and nental health.3

Two current bocks on education far family life point cut as fhmily functions* to satisfy individual needs and aspirations, to perpetuate the race (childbearing and Child rearing), to tran— It cultural pat­terns and te develop personalities ^ The 1950 White House Confer­ence in the Fact Finding Report states*

• • • there are three functions uhieh, so far as is knosn, have alvays been entrusted to fhadlies* first, to bear children and provide than a setting of supporting affection; and second, to induct young children into mays and values of aooietyj and third, to give children aa initial identity within the co-unity* Howvrer varied its composition, the family, so— fanily, is entrusted uith these throe functions.Ia the United States, in addition, the family assumes finan­cial responsibility for the child as — U as over-ell respon­sibility for the child’s — Ifare amidst the various institu­tions in the community uhieh also bear up— him*63l»* K* frank, *fcat Families Do for the Natl— ," op. oit.« p.

It 71.koewWcooots—d Coon, r IdT tna «nd Par School. O h * Xortci Applet— Century, 191(1)*American Aesodati— of School Add nl straters, *1— t*f"th

learbook M i g g ja far Farflly (Vashiagt— « National Idaeaulna

Hoolthr I*r— lltar far »wct Child. Mu. p. T7

33In promoting and protecting tha physical health of tha child,

tha fuller aaaa that tha baala aaada and aatlvaa of life, which ara largely biological, ara mull aarrlad oat. A human organ!aa aa a aan- binatlon of structures aaeh angagad In specific functions, aaada graat oar a, especially in tha fir at fair years of life, la ordar to raaaln abla to function, tha fulfilling of biological aaada ia aaadaeiao to emotional, aoelal and intallaotual well-being.

An indlTidoal doralopa into a aoelal being through asso-elation. A child growing up in a jungle without hunan aaaooiatlon will turn into an animal -like being, hr liring with his paranta and othera around him, ha baooaas more and wore inflnanood by intaraotiona between himself and other a. Ba oonaa to respond to bis environment in hi a own particular may, bat in tha Arana of ae eaptabillty of his fanily. Ha beeonas an individual with his own self plus "other-self patterns,11 especially those of his parents, a distinct personality. Hanaa, tha family is a basic unit of social Ufa.

The fUnetlona of tha hone wary. Several of Its functions nay have bean taken ever by outside agencies. Talmas of tha past nay no longer oolnolds with tha present social norms. This nay bring about graat conflict. Education Is needed to help people nake the best interpretation of tha seelal heritage, to reconstruct ▼almas and invent batter naans of thalr attalnannt. They need to understand tha Impacts of present political, social, ethical, and eoononieal change on present values, whether these Talmas ara possible of attainment, and if they ara, by what means to more toward these goals, frank points outs

JUToday in elnost every fitli of ha— n activity we find It neoessary to rorrlao traditional rules, regulations, aoooptod ldoaa and lone standing practises, aoao of our no at flraly established traditions, because no roallso that they aro bio eking or dofoatlng those aspirations, aro denying those values as no now Interpret and try to realise then in practice.'qrftti tyV Yfx”f -It la necessary that the fanily have goals and values as they

give direction to behavior and praotiees in daily living* Ooals are ends to reach in order to aeoonpllah certain parpoaos* Values are what we held dear* Thus, values beooaie goals to be achieved* fanily values nay be both tangible and intangible* Tangible values are those which have physical properties, and Intangible values refer to such goals as success or prestige* dona lhnlly values accepted In the democratic way of Ilfs are affection, belongingness, education,"unique*1 abilities, oenfort, possession, ears for ethers, ancouragsnant, economic security, understanding of Qod and the sense of worth* Per­sonal values usually include pereonal attractiveness, friends, social acceptance, adult status, vocational interest, good tine, excitement, personal happiness and health* Hart and Bart give slightly different goals*

the goals of fba&ly life stay then be stueaarlsed as etin- ulation, release, facilitation, and integration of the func­tioning of its aesfeers*

Ooals in fanily life should be set up for autual benefit of fbnily achbers* In pronoting the personality of the child, the parents

?L* t. Drank, "A national Policy for the lhnlly,*1 Marrlaao and Ihnllr living* X (Winter, 19fe6), 2*

*«Mrt. A g«t* on* olt** p. 89*

35usually aaat thalr own personality needs. In a democratic society* share tha hose la tha prime Institution Tor aduoatlng democratic citlsens* tha effectiveness of fanily Ufa lias in the ollaata of tha home*

Tha daaocratlo hone. Kraal nation of lltaratura shows various conceptions of daaocratlo family* Kart and Hart sea tha daaocratlo family as*

• • . a creative partnership* in which parents and children are all to find fulfillment of personality by working together for common objectives* The father and aether* with their longer experience and more developed characters* are accepted as leaders* but the children ara encouraged to develop increasing initiative* participation* and voluntary cooperation as their personalities grow and nature* The parents have created the home as aa expression of their sen ionises and purposes toward self-ful fi 11 nentf but they do not allow their purposes to override the personalities of their children* They seek to establish Justice in the heme*They want oenfert and s elf-expression for thmsselves in the fasdly life* but thay recognise that all the ether members of the fanily have similar needs and rights* and they labor to achieve the richest life attainable for all*?

Similar concepts are found in Ruth HndquirtJs criteria for democraticfamily living* ae reported by Xylet1* The physical environment promotes healthful living and stimu- latlen In intellectual growth*2* The pattern of family living furnishes stimulation to masting

new situations and problems with insight and intelligence*3« lhnlly members voluntarily share according te their abilities in making plans and carrying responsibility for procedures required to achieve goals cooperatively chosen for the family life*U* Vbmlly nenbere respect the opinions and personalities of each other*5* All members of the family ere encouraged to develop their talents and abilities to the extent that contribute most tofrlbld.* p. 368.

36the mUart of both ttaensalves and extended, c n— ml ty which proalss iaprovenent in tho general welfare.10Opportunities to develop, respect sad ftdtb in henan personality,

fraternity, liberty, and equality aro the central thanes of deaoeraey.Hence in tho daaocratlo hoaa cllaato gelding la Important, 3bchgoldanoe la doscribod by Rath Bonds*

Quldanee la neither advlce-glvlng, nor direction. It la loader- ahlp which enables another to deteralne hla own needa and derail a plan for nesting those needa, bringing satisfaction to hlaself and the larger group of whieh he la a part.11

Understanding age differeneee on the part of nature fanily neebers,anticipating deviations teon the nornal patterns and interests, aaet-lag 1— artiste elreunataneea with patlenoe aa well aa courage, are allrequired la helping the fully news aa a unit toward fully goals.Flexibility la allowed In behavior and attitudes within Unite andconsistency la utilised to the extent that the child la aeeurad ofthe pattern to follow.

T)snocratlo versus autocratic bone. Jbr purposes of clarifyingand enhancing, a daaocratlo hone ollnate nay be eeapared with that efan autocratic hoaa. The following deacrlptlon of authority patternsserves this purpose*

An authority pattern In a specific fully nay be defined ae a consistent organisation of (l) leadership or oontrol relative to fanily activity, and (2) aeceasedation of interpersonal relationships involving dcartnanoe and subnlsalon. The anther- Ity of one neshar refers to the relative control he holds ever the other anthers of the fanily and over spheres of

~ E F * F j F ~ lr& **»— tae Stmomaw In W 1*(leu* The Cellegs Areas, Inc., 191*1), p. 12*„ M w » » w « n * to 1* 0 * M r t * * O h * X u k > lh. M m -alllan Co., 1965), p. 32*

37family activity. Tha control any too exercised in a variety of oayo ranging free r•prosalvo or feroeful aoans to control based on "respoet, lort, reverence, or sons sectional eeoept- anee toy other aabara of tho fanily of tho dosrtnant dale to power." This aathorlty tooconos a pattern when intoraotion involving oontrol tooeonos ostatol 1 shod in a fairly oonslstont organisation of roeiprooal behavior.**In an autocratio hone decisions aro node by tha aathorlty*

Equality, liberty, do not exist and fraternity tends to too sutoeerged toy selfishness. Aroo self-expression toy all is usually inhibited. Individual aaaabers tend not to share responsibilities for good of tha group* In the patrieentrie pattern the father holds the aathorlty, shlle in tha aatrioontric the nether does, and in sons nodern hones tho child takes the rein.

Donooratlo versus laleees-fairo. Sinoe there is danger of ale- interpreting liberty and equality as doing shat one pleases, a descrip­tion of a laissea-fairs hone is appropriate.

The laisses-faire or tha "lot-then work-it-out-alone" procedure is actually doing shat one pleases. Sverybody has his oun uay without any considerations for others. There is no group integration in this pattern. Unlimited poraisslvenees nay arise fTon the parents' busy engagements, their overconfidence or trust in the child's intuition as glide of his own action, or aieeeaeeptlens of fToodce and independence. Barents nay be overly cautious that guidanoe and help do net make the obi Id dependent and therefore helpless. In this kind of hone olinate, disintegration of personality tends to result. The fanily does net

^HaselL. Ingersoll, »A Study of the TTansnission of Authority Pattern in the hnlly," unpublished Hector's diasertation, Cornell University, 194*7, pp. 7-8*

3*■ow together os a unit, and hence no partiouXar re— nn goal* ara aat up to be reached*

Since the child la offered little help la directing himself, end no Halts are set, he does not learn acceptable behavior and atti­tudes, and no concepts of values can be foread. Be does not learn to work out a common enterprise, the ability so essential In democracy.

Every child requires an appropriate setting to help hie play his role veil* This is very Important in the early years of life*The ideas of good and bad are important for hie in order to fora his sense of autonomy, with which he can go on building the rest of his personality* A child has obligations to confer* to social situations, and If no Halts are set In the hone peat danege Is done to his health* Self-activation and self-direction do not Just happen, they have to be cultivated over a long period of ties* Without these qual­ities, deeoeraey cannot Hve*

The contributions of hemes to a deeoeraey can be seen In the recoaaendations of the Vhlte House Conference on Children la a Demo- eracy* figuratively the fasdly aae called the "threshold of demo­cracy.* In the following stataeent the democratic hoes la seen as a means to democracy!

1* It is essential to deeoeraey that self-respect and self- rellawoe as sell as respect for ethers and a cooperative attitude, be fostered* Theee characterlatio s nay be beat acquired in childhood If the relationship aaong neabers of the family la of a democratic quality*2* The democratic principle Should be applied net only with­in the fasdly but alas by the fasdly and Its members In their relationships with ethers within the home sad at church, club, place of employment, and elsewhere*

393* Parent education should be extended u a useful aaani for helping to bring about this type of fanily life, 3

To becone an effective member of a danooraoy, a child shouldacquire desirable character. This can only be done when his needs are■at by the fanily. Examination is therefore, to be nada of a child'sneeds.

Needs Nhloh the Fanily Meets It goes without saying that family needs vary with the ^

cycle. The stages in the life eycle of the fanily aa reported by the Conaittee on the M Oynaad.es of lhnlly Interaction" of the National Con­ference on lhnlly life ares "l) early carriage and the expectant fanily, 2) the beginning of childbearing, 3) the pro school fanily, k) the fhnily with teen agsrs, 5) the fanily as a launching center, and 6) the aging fanily."1*1 The true fanily does not begin until the baby is born* when the children grow older and acre children cone, the fanily is said to be expanding, ihlch weans more needs arise. Vhen the children get narried and leave the parents, the family contracts. Thus, as Drank points outs "Ihnilies are always in transition, as the individual naatbcrs of the fanily are growing, developing, and maturing and aging, as they faoe the various tasks of life which confront then as Individual nan and women and boys and girls, growing up, maturing,

^Children in a rtsamnraoy. on. dt.. pp. 11-12.

^Lawrence X, Frank, "Qnund.es of Fanily Interaction," Mar­riage and Faadlr IAyins. Z (Banner, 19b6), 52. "Mare than a score of neabers of the oonnittee on Qynanios of lhnlly Interaction, co-chair- non, Mrelyn N. Duvall and Reuben Hill, prepared those reports total­ling 200 pages."

1*0booosdng nonbors of onr aocioty.*^ Though Ufa Is lifting and changing, tharo ara oartain nooda oonwn to all parloda of Ufa*

Bade naada ara uxplalnod by Hart and Hart act to bo protootod against dauago, to raeaiTa attention, to aharo experiences of othara and to bar# experiences shared by othara. Whan thaao aro adequately ■at, tha orgaalan achieves happinaaa. In othar uords, — h«| of body structures, satisfying hangar, receiving attention, loving and baing loved, adjusting to anrrlronnant ara naada to ba not by othar nonbers in tho fanily. Janes L. Hynes, Jr.. discusses children's nooda aa* to ba wall (health), to hara enough, to ba from, to ba aa extra (to ba loved), to ba successful, to boong (to bo accepted), and to hava a job to do.^ Tha 19U0 Whlta Houaa Confaranoo pointad oat children's oonaan nooda Which eon and should bo not by and in tho fanily, aat

... odaoation in uaa and earo of tho body, in spiritual and cultural values, in cooperative living • ... in individual davolopnant, aatlafaetlon, and self-reliance, • . • • sucoess- ful participation in tho danooraoy.... anphaaia upon tho north of individual and • • • • bnnan' fallowahlp • • • • rallgioaa davolopnant. ...

Hay and roeroation • • * • foma of roeraatlon that offar conganlal oonpaaionahip, aantlonal davolopnant, a haalthy indapandanoa, aoclallalng experiences, oontaet with nature, oporto, par suit of habbioa, cultivation of artlatio tasrtoa • • • • oraativo expression, halp ia mndaratandlng tho roaooroaa . . . . halp in davoloplng habits and Be ills, knowledge and

^Ibld.^Janaa L. Hynea, jr., "Interpreting Childron'a Woods,N Dana*

cracr in Bduoation. Reprint Service Ballot In (Washingtons Associa­tion for QdhnoM Bduoation, 191*8), pp. 9-11*

kxappre ciations to enable them to enjoy tholr everyday experiences both through participation and through observation**/Tha word need, ao oo— only confused with want, haa loot lta

meaning* Since tha common naada stated above hare aueh a bcroad scope, students of ehild development find it important to point out which naada ara specific and urgent for each age level* Robert J. Havig- hurst's introduction of tha tarn "developmentsi tasks" gives a vivid connotation that needs arise in succession* Meeting or developing certain needs is essential to the development of the person and per­sonality and more so at certain times when they can be beat done, "the teachable moments*"

Havighurst, Brlkson and Arank, while concerned with the same stages of development, approach from different points of view* Havig- hurst emphasises what society needs, Srikson deals with emotional needs and ttrank in The Fundamental Meeds of the Child gives more emphasis on early life* In general the developmental tasks are divided according to the following stages or cycles of lifet infancy (0-1)1 early childhood (2-6); middle childhood (6-12)} early adolescence (13-15)} middle, later adolescence or young adult (15-19-21*)} adult­hood (20-4*0)j early senescence QsO-60)f late senescence (60-75)} end senility (75- )• Havigburst uses "later maturity" to indicate 65 ©n* ®A sumeary of the eaqpeoted development in each Indicates corresponding — - —x'White House Conference on Children in a Bamocraer* final Report. fcshington, D*d* January lb-20, 1&0* ta.d* Children Bureau* Publication No* 272* (Washington* government Mating Office, 19b2), PP* 70-72*

UBobvrt J. H»rlghor*t, D*T*Xoy*wtt«l tulcm «nd Ed»o«tlop.(New Tork* Longmans, Qreen It Co., 1950), p* 61*

M2

nssd.Needs at Various Stag— .

Infancy* The physical growth naad ia so graat in this pariod that aating and slaaping ara tha two main tasks. Ability to gat prompt rasponsa when hungry, to anek and to ba euddled, tha olosa contact with tha mother*a body, form a aansa of security, tha basic sense of trust*

larly childhood. Tha young child laarna independent locomotion, to talk, to walk, to taka aolid food, te control bowal movement. and urination, and to begin to raoogniaa sax differences, sex modesty, simple facts of origin of life, masculine and feminine rales of life* Self-concept is beginning to form, amd tha simple concepts of right and wrong*

Investigation of environment and its relation Miips to self begins along with attempts to handle it* Tha ehild begins to learn af his status in tha family, and has soma idea of his fasdly status in tha neighborhood*

Middle childhood* Wiat tha child has learned in early child* hood begins to broaden in this period* Starting school ha naturally has to learn to develop self-help, soma physical drills, and ability to carry suoh responsibilities as one's own safety* Being encouraged in simple achievements, he obtains his sense of achievement*

He learns to identify himself with the parent of the same sect, an image of self and what be would like te be is formed* Along with learning the three r's, with mere eentaet with others than his awn family, bis concepts of the world are widened} he begins to function

tothings he used to secept without soy doubt*

Adolescence. The on-oonlng of puberty, growth spurt, rapid physical end physiological changes bring along the change of teqpcra- ment. Interest In one*s physique, due to attraction desired from the opposite sex, wakes understanding of the change necessary for Its acceptance and waking the best of what he la, as well as for accept­ance of the masculine or feminine role*

An adolescent la quite emotionally Independent, If his ohild- hood Is well lived* His concept of noney-value should be well fearned with a desire to be eoenoadcally independent, to maintain self-respect, and a desire to get married and settle down should bo developed* Orientation to various occupations Is important with adult help te recognise existing limitations and abilities, he deeides what he would like to do or to be* As an Integrated personality, what he thinks, feels and acta are not divorced from one another* Willingness to give up certain pleasure and take up reaponslbllltlea la gained and he seeks to live the way a civio-elnded competent eitisen does*

In short, a healthy young adult knows #iat he wants out of Ilfs and knows hew to achieve what he has ia mind as life goals*

Adulthood* A secure young adult is a mature personality will­ing to take responsibility far his own action with certain abilities to compete with others* He learns of his marital partner's differ­ences, accepts than and adjusts to thna without too ntdh sacrifice on his part* 3he give-and-take he learned in earlier family Ufa Is helpful here* Ha wishes te start a real fanily and learn to take reaponslbllltlea in child rearing, to hanre a assure financial prospect.

kk

to carry on hla civic responsibilities and to belong to a congenial, useful aoolal group*

Senescence. Just as a young ehlld aooda to prepare for adult Ufa, a young adult haa to proparo far ttao on-coming future# With wholesome habits of living, ho makes tho boat out of hla oun horodltary pattern and hla opportunltloa • Ha loama to roapoot the personality of his children aa wall as of his aging parents and accepts tho inevitable physiological changes in hlnself and spouse*

Senility. Though senility nay Imply pathology, It does not Imply that the aged are physically or nentany Infirm. Aa aged person, sell adjusted, finds hlnself still useful. His affiliation ulth his age group helps him maintain his sense of belongingness uhleh he needs all through his life. If a new outlook on life Is moll developed at this time, he still finds himself a secure Individual in his own right.

family ProblemsPTom the simple fact that a family Is a composition of people

i

of different sex and age levels. In consequence the differences In needs, interests, desires and purposes tend to oause conflicts or problems. Chadderdon in her dissertation defines problems relating to home and family life as "those perplexing situations uhlch family or individuals as members of a fhmlly face and vhioh the family Itself or society at large helping the family, needs to solve 1m order to bring about Improvement of home and family life. To elaborate this state*

1 Hester Chadderdon, "Problems Relating to Heme and Family Ufa in Reed of Research,* unpublished Doctor*s dissertation, Ohio State University, 1938* p. 7.

uscent, a perplexing or problem situation occurs «b«iw there lo "a lack of adjustment between the organism's motivating needa, lta immediate environment, and lta reactive equipment*Tba ljaaadiato environment m j ba physical or aoolal oontacts. If the person la equipped with a healthy personality aa diaeuaaad above, ha haa good reactive equipment, and hanea adjusting naada to environment la facil­itated*

In the previous chapter, adjustment to environment la pointed out a a an Important trait of democracy. living in a djrualo world, interaction aaong paraonalitlea ealla for aantlnaoua readjustment, and preparation for thie la Imperative in aa affaatlTa family Ufa* Raalataaoa to change aa pointed out by Xrank ia a major problems

Otoe of the major obataolaa of batter family living la thie raalataaoa to change, sioh every profaeeloa, every agency, every eervlee encounters* Can wa, in our thinking, in our die- euaaloa, begin to pool oar Idea* of how wa can unitedly device methods of nnmwnntoatiag new kaovUdgt, new practices that are desirable for health, nutrition and mental hygiene, and all of the ether goale of human advancement to lndlvldaal fOmlllaa, in auoh fashion that they oaa aeoept them without faallag humiliated, without losUg their dignity, without having a faal­lag of being pressed and aaaraad and denied their right of free choice . • « • that la one of the problems wa face in family life^ooammni eating this emparlance In a unified and acceptable

The handling of auoh a problem la very difficult* It requires subtle technique a, which have to be achieved through praotioal education In dally living* In other wards, the "democratic way of life* or the "method of intelligence* haa to be exercised. The family as a primary

20bonree, Ted*) op* ait** p* 670*^Lawrence K* fbanfc, "Qrnamle of ffcmlly Interaotlona,” p. $3*

k6

educating institution haa to accept tho responsibilities indicated In tho Children1a Charter.

Family Responsibility In 1930, tho Children1 a Charter, which eonaiata of nineteen

declarations, clearly pointed out family responsibilities.III. For every ehlld, a hone and that love an! security which a hone provideat and for that child who mat reoaive

footer care, the neareat substitute for hla own hoan.IF. For every child, fall preparation for hla birth,

his nothar reoeiving prenatal, natal, and poet natal oar os and the ostabll ahaont of aaeh proteetive neaaaree aa will nake childbearing safer.V. Vbr every ehlld, health protection iron birth through

adolescence, Including* periodical health examinations and, where needed, care of specialists and hospital treatment) regolar dental ewml nation and care of the teeth) protective and preventive measures against ooanmnloable diseases) the leaning of pare feed, pare ailk and pare water.

Til, Her every Child, a dwelling place, safe, sanitary and wholesome, with reasonable provision or privacy, ikes from conditions diiek tend to thwart his development) and a hone environment harmonious and enriching.12A hnaan baby cannot thrive without the loving care ef his

parents. The importance ef the faaily to the child is indicated in thei

following quotation from the 19it0 Ihlte House ConferencesThe vast majority of children are meabers of families. ... Home and family are the first condition of life for the child.

They are first in importance for his growth, development and education.The child has feed and shelter if his family has a heme

and provides feed.He is content and happy if he ls well, if he has parents and others to leva and be laved by.Sduoatlou begine in the home, where he learns to speak,

to walk, te handle things, to play, to deamnd, to give, to experiment.

inew zones me wsatavy *e., ayjo/, pp.

*i7Religious faith la departed In tha fiaily long before ha goaa to ehureh*Admtart and safety, eontentnsnt and rdtaXlioa, sharing,

aalf-relianee, and mtaal aid ara fanlly eaperianoea*27Children*a aaada have ta ba nat for tha elqple raaaen that aa

aant our ohlldran to live healthy, satisfying Haas*In ordtr to "strike ahlla tha Iron la hot," to nold tha person-

alltj of tha ehlld ahlla It is atlll pliable, opportunltlea fordevelopswnt mat ba foatarad In aa aarlj ohildhood aa possible. Otathis point, Arnold Qaaall haa given ua a challenget

• . • a heightened aolloltuda for tha early years of honan growth will not only have a therapeotlo benefit for tha adult inherltore of tha aftamath| it mat ba tha baala for all prophylaxis of war* For how ean we ewer overeoeie aenaaleaa daatruotlon of. life if Ufa and growth ara not oboriehed at their sourest211Another algnlflcant raaaon for trying to neat tha naada of a

ehlld la olearly brought out in the following atatenantsIf tha naada of tho old Id ara fully not to tho ago of 16

or thereabouts, ho haa a ealld foundation for tho apeeifle preparation that ehould follow for aaauadng tho roaponalbili* tlea and enjoying tha perquisites of mturity* • • •

Inn tho naada of ohlldran ara fully net, they will arrive at nanhood and wmanhood equipped to ba tho kind of parente aaaunod to bo daalrabla, tojlv* their ehildraa tha approved kind of faaily life* • •The report of tho Hhlte Beuaa Conferenee of 1950 gives aound

raaaona for nee ting ohlldran* a naada, which ara wary relevant to tha praaant discussions

in a Panooraor. Qenoral Report, p. 10.^Arnold Qaaall, Studios in Povaloaasnt (How Xorkt

Harper and Brother a, lplio), p. Z17*^Children In a Deaoeraer, Final Report, o p * alt** p. 72*

lieThe Mr* way of looking at children'* needs loads to tha

oonolualop that deepening poverty, inadequate aohool and health services, racial and athnloal dieerialnation, and tha Ilka ara handicapping to ohlldran not only In and of them­selves bat baoaaaa alao thoy ara contrary to tho d«aa>cratlo idaal that every paraon la of praoloaa and equal north, tha presence of these conditions arouses feelings of uncertainty, and Inferiority, envy and resontnsnt. Quite aside fro* theof the natter, these are serious consequences for a society that now acre than suer stands In need of efficient uorkers, dear thinkers, loyal dtisens, uho are strong to protect its uay of life and flex­ible to cooperate uith those uhose ueys are different.*6

Here it is evident that leaders In the United States realise that"talk-denoaracy" can never be cone effective rmT ess aocfeapenled toy"do-denooraoy." For a democracy to bacnmo a healthy deaoorasy, Itseitlsens nust be healthy, ones uho fed uell, look uell, and act eell.The responsibilities for fulfilling these and arriving at these Idedsfall on the "bedrock of eoolety", the faallleal

Slgnlfloanee of Ihnlly Relations Fanlly functions, gods and values, and various hone oltnates

nake for different Interactions enong fhn&ly ambers and consequently the developing of different personalities. The absence of fear in tbs deaoaratie hone ollaate creates a sense of trust, and freedom fro* addt dictation leads to sdf-disoipiino. In the United States, the significance of faaily relations has been recognised by the Government and the authorities la the field of child and Dually development# The influence of the parents on the child's psrsonailty, especially la the first six or seven years ef life d m the child Is nest suggestible end receptive of Ideas, has great effect la later life. Sees has said,----- a S T Healthy Ue— owitty fm* Urorr Child, on. dt.. !>• 72.

k9"In the child's devolopnent suh depends upon the faeSlgr relationships

gntti cs Is the child's Inflitis* upon the parents* FoUaiiag arc three of the nay possible citations Aron literature which support this belief *

Studies indicate that parents' attitudes toward children and their feelings about then are sere important deterninaats of children's health ef personality than the particular tech­niques ef child rearing they employ . . • , specific taohnlqsss are valuaMo chiefly dien —played by parents who can carry then cut with confidence and with genuine concern for the child's wellbeing,*8

Xnfeats under 6 acnths of age she hare been in aa institu­tion for sens tine without sons "mothering" present a well-defined picture observed by physicians. The outstanding gnptons are listlsssnees, enaaelpnticn and pallor, inactivity, quietness, and uaresponalveaess to asdics or attention, and Indifferent appetite with failure to gain weight despite adequate food, Pbor sleep and an appearance of nhhappiaees are ether aysptens,*?

Xh babyhood, the dwvolepnaaAal plan requires support by parents at every stop. In the sans way, later progress can only be sueoossful than steadied and sustained by cur sampathatie basiling. Along this one wsy route to Maturity a child's nest valuable assistance will always oane, not Aron professional observers who wlte beaks absut bin but fran these parents who interest thanselves In the changing implications ef growth, and who recognise their eua unique importance to his security,30Tbs nature of faaily relatianahipa daring infancy has far reach­

ing Implieatlans for a danogratis sooioty. The hdte ■suae Oen-

ln which ha grows up."2* The parents' influence upon tha child is

Itar f— . . «lt.. p. 3 9 ,

tries. Tel, 35 (hi*»A Maalthr

Harry BSkwin, *naei

3°C. Anderson Aldrich and Beings (lew XMti Mscninan Co,, <ri1950), p* 119.

$0ferenoe on Children in a Dees or soy eads special point of this fact*

It io in tho relations of neabere of the faaily to one another that the quality ef the Anerioan deaoeratio my aay find epper- tonity for ite aoat conspicuous realisation* Self-sufficiency, enterprise. Initiative, and eooperation are virtues sought in children as sell as in adults* The deaoeratio faaily life consists of give and take, uith freedon for eaeh individael to espress his ova interests at the eeae tiae that he is tol­erant and helpful to others*

Children are helped to develop these standards and oapa- olties by sharing in the faaily discussions and duties* Essen­tial foundations are tho* laid for participation in a deaoeratio society*

Hoe can the faaily aake the best of its opportunities as the first school in deaoeratio life?’1It is then the privilege as uell as responsibility of the faaily toproduce a healthy, responsible, and creative asaber of a doaoerasy*The better the quality of relationships in intimate faaily living, theacre ohanoes there are for the child to grow up a healthy Individual*

Healthy Fhront-Child Relations Froa the literature in the field certain beliefs can be derived

about the character of desirable parent-child relations* these beliefs vere fomuls ted as generalisations by the miter in the hope that thsy aay serve aa bases fur parent education or general education milch will enable fuallles through the quality of their hone life to con­tribute to the denoeracy they advocate* Authorities in the field of child health and development need as aajor sources are listed below, and the nuabor(s) of the oneCs) aost pertinent in the discussion ef eaeh generalisation are given at the end of each discussion*

33-0*4 iAr«p in a Democracy. General Report, p* U*

51Sources Used for Dereloimant of Tmslro Generalisations Regarding Parent-Child Relations.

1. Babies Are Human Be in as, C. Anderson Aldrich and Mary M. ---------------- Aldrioh, (1950).

2. Baby end Child Cere. Benjamin Spook, (1946).3. Child Birth Without Esar. Qrantly 0. Head, (1944)• it. Child Dersloument. Willard C. OQLson, (1949).5. QvnHWH mrui Society. Erik H. Srlkson, (1950).6. The Democratic War of Life. T. T. Smith and Eduard lindaman.

(1951).7* Hr Health. Jennie Williams, (1953).S. Esther of the Man. Allison W. Daria and Robert J. Harlghnrst,

(1947).9. Petting Ready to Be a Ihthar. Basel Corbin, (1939)*10. Healthr Childhood. Herald C. Staart, (1933)*11. The Health of the Mind. John R. Rees, (1951).12. Infant and Child in the Culture of Today. Arnold Oesell anditandsL. Zlg, (1943).13. Jore and Problems In Chil* Arthur T. JersUd and

Associates, (1949).14. The Mew Tou and Heredity. Anram Soheinfield, (1950).15. the lfaraorr School. Katherine Read, (1950).16. The Personality ef the Proaohool Child. Warner Wolff, (1949).17. and the PkallT. H. I. Hart and E. B. Hart, (1941).18. The 8oolologr of Child Derelenment. James H. S. Boseard, (1948).19. The Suhetanee of Mantel Health. Peer go H. Preston, (1943).20. Textbook of Healthful IdTlna. Harold S. Diehl, (1950).

5221. Understanding Natural Childbirth. Herbert Tbona and O. Both

22. Understanding Children»s Play. Bath X. Hartley, Lawrence K./Tank and kobert M. OdU«UQnf (1952)*

23. Quieting Tour Children In the Ho— . Leone Kell, School of&nekoononlos Bui. Ho. 2, (19b7)*

2lt. Infant Care. Children's Bureau Publication No. 8, (1951* )•25* ftrenatal Care. Children's Bureau Publication No* fc, (191*9) •26. The Ihndansntal Needs of the Child. lewrenee K. frank, (1938).27. When Chl d— » A»k ibeut Sex. Child Study Association ofAaerloa, Anna ifT Nolf , (ed.), (1950)*28. "the Cornelian Comer. * Jsbms C. Maloney in The Per»hiftrl«Quarterly. (October, 191*6), pp. 603-W.29. ”Rooadng-ln Oires Baby a Qeod Start," Xdltfa B. Jackson in

The Child (April, 191*6), pp. 162*165.

Twelve Generalisations for Healthar Parent-Child Halationss starttiwnffp>

OUldUrtb Is • nstorsi pre<Mi. Ths dsslr. ** th. M|r, *isls— sons attitudes toward pregnancy and preparation for It, are essential*

The relations between the child and his parents start at his conception through their willingness to oonfom to the hygiene of pregnane/, provision ef special needs of food, clothing, exsroisej and good eswtional adjustment*

The aemal development of the fetus depends on sufflelent diet for both nether and fetus. Bntl«ul adjustments Influence the ph/si* ologieal functions Shioh call for nodical care and advice* Aa under­standing, synpethetle and attentive husband eontrlbutos naoh to the

.ween the ehlld and hiseal ears provide weed uterine .tico for tne ooaing ofKtiSEE

53health and happiness of tha mother. Hence preparation for fatherhood is no la as slgnlfleant than that for Motherhood. (2, 3# 7, 9» 21}2k, 25).

II. Parent under standing of tho influence and 111 to of horodltar In relation to environment andtke child * • potentialities for develop- ■ant, help then to accent hie individual differences and to have a wholesome attitude toward heredity.

Realisation that heredity and environment are Interoperating foreee in the development of ell laf>ortant human traits and of the limitations ehich heredity plaeee on derelopnent, should help parents to accept the wide range of Individual differences aaong children and better understand eaeh ehlld.

Some knowledge of heredity, its* Influences and limitations helps parents aoeept each factors as the sex of the child and hie individual differences. Unnecessary fear, anxiety and blame can thee be prevented.

At conception a ehlld reeeivee 2k chromosomes from eaeh of hie permits, which determine the nature and quality of hie heredity. If the "raw material" thus given is of good quality, tho child will develop normally, or poor quality tissues or defective structures which set physical limitations and obstruct chances for normal per* formanoe, may result from heredity.

findings of researoh About human heredity indicate that no erne racial group is Inherently superior or inferior to any other. Such an understanding ie Important in resmving existing racial and class discriminations. (6, J»> 7, 12, Ui, 17).

Vida aPPTOPTia

$k

HI* It ii the responsibility and privilege of parents to pro*Wspiritual growth, to use scientific tecKi T*V_ ~° prevent di ana to rsem orlessen handloaps to ocefortabla. hawnr and effective

life.In anlntalnlng optieum health of the faaily, * desirable envir-

onnent end good heblte are inportent* Thie eoaea about ebon physical and enotionel feotore effeoting heelth receive equal attention* A child ee e ehole organise le not fully healthy unleee he feele well, thinke sell end eeta sell* Preventive health neeauree esqphaelse keep­ing sell*

In eaee of faaily sickness or injury, feed adjustment of both the sell end the aiek aeabere ie needed* Beeovery fron illneee la due to nature's recuperative power, but good aedioel end aureing eare helps complete it* A positive attitude toward sieknese in the hone creates good relatione between the sick end the well*

Parents should prenote hygienic practices In fanily living uhloh insure cental and physical fitness* It le essential that they haves knowledge of health practices in relation to diet, weight ooa- trol, exercise, rest, sunlight, fresh air, cere of sense organs, and trsatnent of such sickness as colds, prevention ef contagious die* eases| and bases for choosing a doctor* Moreover, happy parent-child relations arising fron consistent affection, oaoouragoncnt, predict­able oonsequenees of their interactions, tend to presets the nental and enotlonal health of the Child* (2, I*, 5, 7, 10, U, 19, 20)*

55IV. Family understanding of characteristic growth witkgM at

w Imli. ttw idq* T»rl*ti(« ia «ro^ «pd ttw wmaflit of growth. ocmtributo to •tfwilf y tar— »ifor maturation. learning ri^lntn. and tho cklid'a ability to sslf-regulato*

Xaovl«d(« of principles of growth are important for offootiro child rearing. k growth pattern is a blueprint in genetics Inherited by tho now organism and expressed through ita interplay with ita environment. tho range of normality of growth allows a wide variety of individuality within the channel. Dnderatanding of growth changes and maturity levels la conducive to the allowance of reasonable stand- arda of child conduct.

Food needs, appetite and acceleration of growth oorrelate. Growth aay ba increment or decrement. It la both quantitative and qualitative, internal and external in terms of physical, physiological, mental, emotional and social changes. Mo narked feature of change occurs all of a soddenj auoh developmental levels as infancy, early childhood, and middle childhood are periods divided for oonvenieooe of study. Usually, growth is most rapid in infancy and early child­hood. It slackens in adddls childhood and accelerates during pubes- oenoe, after which it slows off until it rsaohes the final standard of. adulthood* 9ueh growth rates and rhythms vary in sach individual*Some individuals have smooth steady growthf some irregular rhythm* Therefore to expect all to give the same responses to environment only creates frustration*

Sitting, standing, and walking are sequences of growth which come in definite order* lash is an indicator of locomotion or aeure- nasonlar maturation* She infant has aa innate ability to regulate

$6

hlnself according to Ills physical and physiological Hoods la tho natter of food Intake end elimination, but self-regulation again depends on nsuro-suecular naturation of the organs In operation* Parents oan only expect cooperation when they giro the child exper­iences that he le mature enough to meet* (2, it, 10, 12, 16, 17)*

V. The child1 a emotional patterns, the basis of ifalch are the sense of trust or security, are formed br conditions of his Infancy*Infancy, the first year of life, is the period of the moat

rapid growth* It cannot be overemphasised that the conditions of life in infancy influence the emotional patterns in later life. The basic sense of trust and security of an individual is laid during infancy when the people around him can be trusted to respond promptly to his needs for food and physical comfort, such as to suck and to be cuddled* These satisfactions form a firm foundation in his relationships with others* Through them he can become an outgoing, generous, friendly and trusting personality* Thus, his welfare depends upon his parents* understanding and observance of bis Individuality*

iLearning the infant’s individual1stlc needs can be best started

soon after birth with the rooadmg-ln plan, breast-feeding and self- dsnand schedule, shieh make possible the mother’s close observation of the baby. The psychological effect ef the mother’s close contact and warmth is the basis for the sense of security. "In getting wftxat

* r

is given, he learns to be a giver*" (1, 5, 8, 11, 16, 26, 28, 29)*

57VI* Sound nsntal health depends on m t n m I iwurltr shioh oes*-

prlw good h— lfr. a^jW.jifar, aoyt fyDUwi «»r.. jt».ffaotloo. y t t r t i «aa<x»»l»t«ner »«a»* Tr~acmfrom rapids frequent* unpredictable ohanso Aa affection. discipline, o f or protection*

Mental hygienlsta believe that tho finally la tho institution dosignod to toaoh livingj and that nontal hoalth lo a faaily responsi­bility since attitudos aoqulrod oarly in llfo dooply influence behavior throughout llfo.

For childron to grow up nontally healthy, they anst bo oacposod to or w1aaonnlaodH with nail doaos of roalitioa of llfo, hate, fear, competition, tann unreliability, earcaoa and tho like, so that thoy can eventually loam to handlo tho najor throats of llfo*

Childron can acquire a sot of sosnlngs In rogard to tMwy and situations iron pooplo with uhea thoy have oloao contact, especially parents. Parents exhibit huaan oharactorlstlos of energy and fatigue, personal needs and satisfactions and help children to learn to take pooplo as thoy are*

A secure person Is said to bo a person dio la comfortable with hlnself and others! he haa ease* self‘-respect, confidence sad trust* Self-confldenoe is gained through achievement, uhloh though snail and trivial. If enoouragod by adults in toms of deserved praise. Inspires In a ehlld Independence and initiative* Praise, affection, oanslsteaay in the sense of predletsblllty, help children to predict end anticipate consequences. (5, U, 15, 26)*

59VII. Tb» culture of the proun sots the limits of external

yUnctordi of lirtag, can bt laUraw^ io tht child In earlrUfa Pith MUtlft pmli«t?iaMiandW lialtaln oondaci to give * yeas of direction In real life situations i such limits oin eventually bo developed into internal self-discipline. eslf-direc- tion or itlfn»tlvitlon» -

Understanding of cultural lsgwct on fssrily living and of tho need to mot cultural demands aa a compromise to the ehlld'a imeedi- ata physiological naada la important, if paranta ara to naat tbalr responsibilities. It la believed that a laok of ability in tha faaily to eoapromise cultural demands to aaat the hnaan naada of tha Ismatuis may causa permanent personality damage.

Tha personality of the child la developed and added after tha culture In tfeich ha la reared. Cultural impact la conveyed to the individual through socialising processes from hla birth. Social responses, laid on an organic base, aake the child's behavior habitual and thus font a single and fairly stable patten called personality.

Children have aluaya been expected to conform to cultural demands laposed on then by their parents. As cultural agents, parents should set the stage far the child to grov in the tens of cultural changes. Idnita are necessary In creating a sense of direction, and concepts of right and wrong. Self-direction and self-discipline thus developed in individuals are aoct desirable in a society based on self-government. (5> 6, 16, 17, 19, t6).

Spiritual values, bases ef good character and conduct, are In­herent in suooessfbl family living. Simple and logical interprets-

tions of religious and moral teaching and of outstanding character* latlcs of ths past can bo used to dorolop sympathy, friendliness, willingness to undergo hardships, to take responsibilities for solf and others, and other enduring human values. Through Interpretations at the child'e level of understanding, he oan see practical relations of cause and effect*

In fast 3 y living a child should be given opportunities to think, to solve snail problens to deolde and to plan at the level of his capacity* Thus, democratic habits oan be "ground Into his bones*" He should be helped to develop ability to conform, to ooapramise, end to be flexible uhloh naans the ability to adjust to change which Is desirable In a dynamle, changing world. Other deaoeratio traits oan be developed through reasoning, ettoearagnaent and freedom from fear and resentment which kill the spirit ef Independence and Initiative* Harmony between what he feels he should do and what he anst do, Is conducive to an Integrated personality* (S, 6, 11, 17*)

IX. fly activities, tell balanced with rest and mood diet • prcawto overall arouib and development*Barents aa the first teachers of the child, should develop

insight into the role of play— a child's work, thought, art, and relaxation* The child's Halted vocabulary and 11mltort power ef expression make It necessary far Urn to play to try out his thoughts, Ideas and hla strength! to express his urgent needs, establish himself, and receive reciprocal actions frea ethers. Flay is also expression of family background and relationships, emotional, outlets and Impulse* Thus he finds out shat Is acceptable behavior, diat la net* In play*

60ing house be 1u n i various activities of adult life. Intense, successive play shows his llkos and dislikes. Hirt, observing adults, his parents or teachers oan help hi* to see what ha la, what ha would like to ba, and how ha oan bast aeeoatpllah it.

As play noraa of different age levels vary, understanding of different norms is necessary, so that tha ahlld oan have help instedd of interference. The wnoeeapied, tha solitary Independent, the onlooker, tha parallel player and tha associative all have different inclinations in play. Though free play is usually desirable, organised play at tines can ba directed to desired ends with proper techniques. Adult supervision of play groups la necessary, as friction is bound to ariosi optiaun growth through play necessitates wise, understanding supervision.

farento can appreciate the values of early childhood education and the role of nursery school only when they understand what it tries to do. The nursery school, likewise, can only perfora its functions with appreciation and cooperation of parents. (12, 15, 22, 23, 26).

I. Tha child1 a whdescawy. "WFP 69g- “ g. gfMtlWM healths develonwant of Ilfs.

7bclings that sons parts of tho body are unclean, physical pleasure la bad, and of sax relations wined with guilt, can bogenerated in early years of a child's life.

Parent attitude toward everything shout the body as being natural and decent, children'a interest in sex play, their genitals, masturbation, hetero-sexuality in early childhood and adolescence,

61honoaexuality In aiddl* childhood, naturally ah<nr up In their ton* of vole*, their nanner and th*ir of the childron* Th*s*attitude* ar* caught and assuned by children* Sax natters if *.ipla1nsd to th* child at hla level of understanding, not only pronote a healthy attitude toward sex, but also help him to understand and accept his sex and sex role which In turn develops heterosexuality in adolescence and adjustaexrt In narried Ufa* The difficulties parents have In fall­ing to help children achieve these attitudes are probably due to their own childhood* They aay have been brought up with anxiety, fear and disgust in sex natters, and their Ideas about sex nay have been picked up secretly fron other sources than parents* (16, 26, 27)*

XI. H— lthr rtbUag ->-t «b*ut wfawi tin eldgchild is prepared for the new brother or slater*

Association with other children, especially those of the sane aaturlty levels and Interests, provides frank interactions and hones facing realities of life* Thus, opportunities are provided for learn­ing to get along, to compete and oooperate In a socially acceptable

*

way* Adult-child relationships too often result in continuous atten­tion to the child, and tend to nuke htn prooodous, egocentric, and domineering.

Sibling relations ar* sound whan the older child retains his status and is prepared for the coning of the younger one* toon he shows doubts and interests In his aether's ohanged figure, he should be given the sinple biological facts of life and birth* Aa attitude toward th* baby as belonging to bin helps bin to weleoaw it* To help in its care not only prenetes his understanding ef haaan devslepnent.

62but tolerance and joy in sharing with tha lasa mature. Thla prevents tha oldar sibling from bsing jealous and resentful, which nay oansa negativism, vomiting, bedwetting, and othar symptoms of upsatnass.

Tha ordinal position of tha child gives aaoh diffarant environ­ments and diffarant in tar actions in tha faaily, mtxieh in tarn, offsets personality dsralopaont in diffarant says. (6, U, 18)*

XII. Many problesm of child development aay ba oraatad or intensified by attitudes of adults*

A true problem in ehild rearing occurs when tha child's physical, emotional, intallaetual and social development is hindered, and tha symptoms are intensified and prolonged. Understanding that "all behav­ior has a history" and that a problem la an offset of multipls onuses is important so that each problem oan ba examined in tha light of tha past experience and in anticipation of tho future. Thus, many nervewrecking worries, anxieties and undue solieltouaness In child rearing can ba prevented.

Parent understanding of characteristic growth and behavior at diffarant age levels, prevents tha situation from basoning too per­plexing or difficult* Understanding that negativism in tha two-end-a- half year old is his attempt to learn to make choices and to tost out his strength in tha environment, or that only biological maturation makes tha child able to stay dry and clean ara important. Kxpeotan- cles of the parents which exoesd a child's readiness make for trouble to all concerned.

Requirement of too high standards discourages a child in his attempts. Snphasis on competition tends to induoe a strong drive for

63success pr prestige and possible nervousness or neurosis. Farant concepts of auooaaa and failure Influanoa those of the child. A con­structive attitude that both ara normal prooaaaaa of growth, that damaging situations oan ba uaad to build oharaotar and lntalliganea bring about sound emotional haalth. W1111 ngnaaa to face hardships, to solve confliets in tha sansa of fun and adventure, give rise to desirable growth of personality. (6, 13, 16, 1?, 23, 26).

SusmaryA family oan become effective only whan it performs Its Amo­

tions in childbearing, child rearing, socialising and oulturalising tha child. Family goals help the family to nova as a unit toward what it values, but as some values become outmoded, and thus barriers to progress, the faaily is obliged to Interpret them in the light of the present.

The faaily is the only institution whieh oan meet best the basic needs of the child, the physical well-being, the emotional security— to love, to be loved, to belong. Individual worth, self- confidence, and suoeees. Meeting these needs in the early years of life is laying a sound foundation far a healthy personality, partici­pating citlseury and responsible parenthood.

With intimate living in the family, the parents' Influence uponthe child's personality la great| healthy parent-child relations make

»

for a healthy personality ef the child. These go baak to husband wife relationships before the child is born and their willingness to take responsibilities in child rearing. Their knowledge of heredity and

6k

environment in relation to tho ohild'a potontialltioo of growth, diffarant patterns of growth, growth rata, rhythm, and sequences of growth, and understanding of tha role of child*a play and ability to provide appropriate environment are essential in per costing overall optima* growth. Parent a need to understand what constitutes the child's nsntal healths good heredity, good physical health, good medical ears plus affection, legitimate praise, and consistency la the sense of freedom fires rapid, unpredictable change in affection, discipline, care and protection. Parents need to help the child fern his self-concept and patterns of behavior to fellow. Parents' atti­tudes are contagious to the child, his wholesome attitudes toward sea therefore cons fire n the parents. Host Isgsortaat of all are aa adven­turous spirit in facing problems of life and an understanding ef that a real problem is} to understand that a problem "has a history* and that there Is no one formula in solving any problem is a great help in family living.

CHAFTBt IT

THB BOLS O r BOMB BOOMQMZCB H I HUMOTB» CHTIP ■w t . m t i

Tha Soopa mA litar* of In i loooaaiaa In th* Ualtod Stetoo 1 m m iiow l o o is voll oottbUM u a

flold of odoMtien raswltlng firoo daralapaaiit ovtr oi|M dooadoo* Ito philOMpfegrf ooopo and attnn «ro ranraalad and olorlflod in mlUblo Utoratoro* In a ooostvr ooch as Thailand, I m m aeaaoad.a% a oowpara- tiTslgr aot flald In adnaatlaci, aaaaat aahiara propar dwil op— at nalasa thara la a raoagnltlsn af ita aaotrtbatlon to aora MtlafyiiM hors Ufa* Tha potantlal ooatrlbatiana af this flald mat ba ixxtarprotad sspaelally to thoaa nhaaa work and oanearna ara In dsvslspraat af adaoatianal prograss, la ardor ta avoid narrowing lta soaps to tha physical ddllo of on siring and sawing* Sanaa, It haa ones aa abjaatlsa of this atadr to lntarprat and prajaot tha potential rala of koao aeonantca la Thailand thraagh a m d nation of what it la aad *iat it oan do* Analysis af lta dasnlspnant la tha United Matas nay assist Thai adnaatora ta aogolra insight lata tha actors, praaant atatoa add potentiality of this flald tbftah applies tha aaiareea and arts ta aagy prohlsra of personal, ftndlr and oaannaltgr Using* Interpretation af hona aoonoaloa In tha Baited Mates ahnald anahla Thailand ta profit by tha aaporisnaa of aaathsr ssnatsy sinaa **na look hook in ardor ta look for sard*11

Paflnltiara af bans sosnsnlaa haws hoar giro* by tartans ladl*

66vlduals and groups of pooplo* All iaply * study of factors that asksup happy* satisfying faadLly life* The early or sod gluon by KUan H.Richards, foundsr of boas eeomoaios In tha United States is to prnaot a i

Tho idoal hoas lifo for today unha^erod by tho traditions of tho past*Ths utilisation of all ths ro soar cos of aodsra seloaes to lapreve tho hoas lifo*Tho freedon of tho hoas firsa tho doalnanoo of things and

thoir duo subordination to Ideals*Tho sinpllclty in notarial surroundings vhlch -sill no atfree tho spirit for tho noro lnportant and pornanont intsrosts of tho hoas and of society*3*

In 19U8 tho prlso dofinitlon aoeoptod in a oontost by tho nagaslne,Praotioal Hoas Econoed.cs oast

dona ooononios is a study of ths basis haaan interests— food, clothing, shelter, and porsoaal relationships— uhloh helps pooplo to aohioYo happy, hoslthy hoass and ooaaanitles*2

This dofinitlon of hoas ooononios is slnllar la philosophy to tho oaaabove given by Mrs* Richards 1*5 years oarllor. While tho philosophyof hone ooononios haa stood tho tost of tins, its qpeoifle purposeshave varied*

Tho purpose of hooM ooonosdos is both general and professional* In tho United Statos thoro is a aide variation In the use of terns relating to tbs field* At tho elanentory level it la aost often referred to as part of Sdueation for Hoas aad living, uhilo attho junior-senior high school level it is co*only sailed BgSSSSlS&Sfe and at tho eollegs and university level it is knoua aa Hone aoonosd.es. College pro grass inolude both general education and professional

iKeturah Baldwin, The AHEA gaaa (Washington! AHKA, 19U9), p* 17*?Rohbio P. Bohlon, hoasaaker and dietitian, Ihyettevlllo,

Arkansas*

67preparation.

Tha tana "haueaaking” la defined aa* "Hoaemaklng education (in secondary education) la that part of education for hone and family liring which ia centered on hone activities and relationahipe and which enablea the individual to assume the reaponaibilltiea of hens- making# In higher education, lta purpoaaa oan be divided into three categories* "(1) To give preparation for hane and family living to major and non-major ctudenta aa a part of their general education!(2) to prepare atudenta far bane economies professional and (3) to give aome preparation to atudenta for profeaalcaa ether than tboee in bona eeonoad.eeBaphaees on each of theme goale depend upon the purpoae of the oollege or unlverdty where the program in offered* Though the purpoaea of bona eoonoad.ee in anlveraltiea and oellegaa are varied, better living in bona a and fudllee far individual and fanily well-being haa been bade from the beginning. However, the eonoepta of meana for achieving thia purpoae have ohanged during the years, aa a study of the developnent of hone eeoneadles reveala.

Trenda in the devel ament of hone ooononlce. The followingquotation not only illuatratea changing eonoepta in hona economies,but alao aervea aa a bade for a diaouadon of trenda*

... no field in education haa undergone auoh a nctanorphode in terminology, oontent, and fUnetien dnce lta inception. ItVyatflerd * |M tian in the Xeare Ahead. Moral Security

Agency, Office of Idueation, Washington* flrrroramant frtntlng Office, 19U5. p. 191.

*Boulah X. Coen, haa eccnenlea In oelleaea and aalvardtlM of the United Htatoa. Hama lEeanenlee Hdaoatlcn Series m . lb Washington* Qovsranent Minting Office, 1956), p. 10.

68began In Boston and New fork as cooking and sewing. Then, with the addition of seienoe (chemistry and, later, physics) it domestic seienoe and donas tie art. Later, when wore areas in hone living beeane a concern to the extent that formal instruc­tion was given, it beoane household science and household art* Finally, hone eeononles was the nans coined as best descriptive of the field. These changes in terminology cans somewhat grad­ually and have traded to laply a change in oontent. At the same tine, they have pointed the way toward aa everohanging pro­gram to meet the needs of a changing society in an ever-changing world. . . *5Early hone economists in the United States nade significant con­

tribution to its development through pointing out needs in the educa­tion of girls and women, introducing "domestic economy” in the schools and applying science, chemistry and physics to household processes and equipment. Early attempts were nade In an effort to "help out" fam­ilies i

... cooldng and sewing given to elasses of the poorer children . . . . to enable them to teach their parents to make a few pennies go as far as a dollar spent in ths shops. ...... the valuelessness of a woman's tins kept the plain sewing to the front, and elasses were taught scans and ruffles and aheap ornamentation in the false assunptloa that it was eoomngr. As late as 1903* the work of the pub­lic schools of this country was almost without exception bad from an ethical point of view, showing waste of tins and material and the inculcation of bad taste. • .

It is evident that cocking and sewing then served as ends in them­selves. Thess manual exercises were for "immediate practical utility*" Ellen H. Rlohards is recognised for her more realistic concern with the problems of everyday livings

Dorothy X. Leahy, "Trends in Henanalrlng Education," Journal of Home Economics. Tel. *2 (April, 19$0), P* 270*

Caroline L. Hunt, The Life of Ulan H. Richards (Washingtons AKSfc, 19lt2), p. 267, quoting from vs. Menards* writing.

69• • • children die toy the thousands; contagious dleeesee take toll or hnadredei beak alleys rmln foul end the etreets ere unswept; eahool houeee ere unwashed, end denser lurks In the drinking cape end ebout the tosels. Dost ie stirred In the morning with the feather duster, to greet the warn nolst noses and throats of the children. To the watchful expert It aeons like the old cities dancing and making merry on the ere of a ▼olcanic outbreak. ... There is ready «t hand a field far the Hone Eeonoad.es teacher.*

Thus, she led campaigns for better sanitation, pratlcularly for health­ful living in the hone, in the belief that "improved environment would laproYe the physical conditions of future parents and bring quicker result in race development• Domestic economy placed emphasis on"intelligent selection and use of goods and services, on the careful weighing of competing needs, and on a scientifically valid foundation of facts for deoision on these everyday questions. *y Mental exercises were pointed out as being essential in facilitating manual exercises in childhood— " if women were finally to gain control ever the condi­tions of their own lives, a beginning must be made in childhood." 0

As early as 1665 "School Kitchens" had been established in Boston where chemistry of food and sanitary chemistry were taught with cooking, housekeeping and laundering. During 1660-1890 domestic science was generally introduced In the public schools. Earlier, between 1671 and 187U domestic science on the college level was started in the Illinois Industrial University (University of Illinois),

?Ibid.. n. 29k.*Hunt, op. cit.. p. 206.yIbld.. Ibremerd p. v. by Halm V. Atwater.

*°Ibid.. p. 168.

70in lo«a State College and Kanaaa State College. By 1908 It le reported that "hone eoonoodee course* had been established in seven universities and in all but three of the agricultural colleges." -

By the beginning of the 20th century, hone economies had nude a considerable stride forward. Household adninlstration was related to eoonoadc, industrial and social changes. In the curriculum, courses were Included, in food, clothing and shelter with major atten­tion given to nutrition, later the "why's” as well as the "bow's” of doing received more attention. This accounts for emphasis on related science courses such as chemistry, biology, bacteriology and physios in the curriculum of that period. Science sad art were also applied to those activities in the hems, which embraced care of the young, the sick, family relationships, and hem* management. la addi­tion to science, such fields as art, economies, psychology and socio­logy are recognised as being basic to home economies.

As the following statement, indicates, hems economics to serve families must be keyed to the needs of the times

As homo economists, we need of course" to be conscious of ' the currents and eross-curreats of political, economic, and social thinking and theorising in sisieh we are living and working sad of their implications for homo economies.

It has been well said that to him *»o knoweth not the port to sfiich he is bound no wind can be favorable* • . .«The scone of hems econssdos. Horns sconced os as a separate sub­

ject is not ccmmomly found in the elementary grades (1-6), bat there is evidence that many elementary sohoel teachers provide eaqperienoes

^Baldwin, on. dt.. p. 5.^Uta Bane, "Values that Count in Hems Bconomiee," Journal of Home BPsnfgfttT- (January, 1950), p. 15.

71in boa* and family living aa a part of the regular program, many having studied home economies as a part of their preparation for teach­ing. The child learns to appreciate his family, to oarzy oat respon­sibilities around the home, to be thoughtful and courteous and to learn hor Children in other countries live and the differences and similarities in good bases everjuhsre.

At the junior high school level— 7th, 8th, and 9th grade— hone economics Is most likely to be required as a separate subject for girls, although it Is Increasingly given for both boys and girls 3 Pupils learn to understand themselves and others, how to maintain and Inprove their oun physical health, how to make and keep friends, how to solve conflicts with parents and to understand and appreciate the hone as the basic unit of society. Some henemaklng skills are acquired so that they ean assume responsibilities at their level of maturity. At this level, little emphasis is placed on possibilities for jobs ldileh ean grow out of homsmaking.

In the senior high school horns eeamaad.es is considered by many a special interest area for girls.1** Again, however. Increasing emphasis is on personal and home life problems for both boys and girls. Here youth learn to see themselves as adults in the home, to aatlei*

^Hoat Koonomies for Bears and Qiyt. in 7th. 6th and 9th Qradss. Id so. 3b22, dotober, 195 . Kosral Security Agency^oitflceo5 Buca- tlon (Washingtons Division of Vocational Education, Boms Beoneadea Education Branch).

^*Home Bconosdcs la the Secondary School. Bulletin of the National association or Seeoaaary-CNweel fcriaolpals, Vol. 37, October 1953 (Washingtons National Association of Seoondary School Principals of the National Bduoation Association) •

pat* their rol* a* parents, to ••• th* family a* a foundation unit In a democracy and to consider th* **l*otlon of a note, Marriage and narrl*d life. Abilities necessary to a wall-nanaged hone Ilf* ar* developed. At thia level hona *oononies directly contributes to education for p«raonal and family living. However, in eon* aohoola hone economics may a*rv* aa preparation for certain vocational occupa­tion*.

In th* United State* recent estlnate* indioat* that approxi­mately three fourth* of public high eehool* offer on*, tee, three or four year* of hone economies, one and a half Million high aohool atudenta are enrolled in hoa* econoeioa olaaaea and are taught by about 21,500 hoa* eeononlca teacher*. Over b,l|00 additional teacher* work with a ana UbO,000 out-of-eohool youth and adult a. Other hen* econoniat* conduct extenalon eervice prograna for rural wen an and lt-H dub girls in all atatea and countiea.^

The junior oollegea Milch usually oonpriae tee year* beyond high aohool and which are found in certain part* of the United State*,

r

often Include in the curriculum, bene eoonenlee for general hn— nablng purpoae* and for related non-profeeaional vocatlona. Approximately 300 auch colleges offer courses in bona econonio* in non-degree pro- grama.16

^Beulah Coon, et al, "Acme Contribution* of Hon*Boenomlos in the United States* (Waahingioni iBtk.

73In 1951 there mere 487 oollegee and universitlec that offered

a four-year dagraa program In hona economics.3-7 Of ttaaaa about 60 institutions granted tha master's dagraa and 20 aaardad doctor's dagraa In ana or sort aspects of tha field* Graduate voric at tha aaster's level requires a jaar or more of study bayond tha Bachelor's, ehlle tha Doctor's program raqulras a mini ana of too or more years. Advanced dagraas ara offarad In praotloally every arsa of hone aoonoalost foods and nutrition, hoas aeonoados education, faally and child daralapasat, clothing and text lias, hoas asnsgsasnt and faally aeonoados, and equip­ment and housing* In tha past, and also In tha present aany hoas economists study beyond the master's laral in such related fields as art, bacteriology, ehanlstry, economies, education, physiology, psych­ology and sociology* Home eeonoaies Is thus not only strengthened but also broadened in scope. The value of an interdisciplinary emphasis Is being increasingly recognised*

At present heme eeonoaies is quite generally aoeepted in schools and oolleges as a field of study meeting both general needs of eduoa- tion for personal, family and oonaanlty living and special edaeatlonal needs for vocations and professions related to horns and family life* p-o i «*— *«— in ■*> ~ mrt r

Home eoonoades, along aith ether areas of higher education, as It developed tended to ever emphasise professional education* A oon- tenpcrary heme economist has saida

1 Home Bcononlce in Decree ■■grant* "f T"f*ltutlons, Mice* 2557- Rer. 1952* Tbdsral Security Agency, Office of Education (Washingtona Division of Vocational education.

7kWe U t« is an era* It w w i t »f high salaries . . . • , a period when the d— and Is for on education* oo celled* which will enable individuals to step out of college Into o well- paid* professional position. It lo * porlod when tho oeloneo of notorial things— . . . , — lo prodosrtnant. . . . Ibli Is tho day whoa tochnleol •know-how* lo rotod high. • •

Special education* In contrast to gonoral education* ewbraees profes­sional* wooatlonal or business preparation • The doslro of wonen for oduoation for a spool allsod earoor In addition to hoswsaking, lo ofton not only an avenue to personal saoooso bat a necessity frcn standpoint of welfare of the faally and society. Professional opportanltlos in hone eeonoaies hare boeono oxtonslTO In tho United States today* as indicated in the following quotation*

• • • there ware depends for hone ooonoaics gradeatos la aany other professions beside teachiag • • • • inotitetion wans gore, dietitians* extension leaders* specialists and hone denonstra- tion agents* research workers* hone eeonoaies Journalists* nerohaadlsers in apparel and hone ftaralshlnge* and advisers in various other kinds of business giving service to or ask* ing products for the hone«*9

The scope and nature of the business and professional opportunities available to hone eoonon&ste in the United States can be seen in the "Hone Koonosdos Career feed* in Appendix C. Undoubtedly hone eeon- onles has beeoae respected and "reapsotable* as professional educa­tion. However* without a broad general and liberal base* professional preparation nay fall to develop insights into the relation ship of the profession to social well-being. There la evideaoe of great ceneern

Ueige Todhunter* •Higher Iduoatlon Challenges Hens £oonowd.os *• ** Hesn leonewlos. Vol. hi* (Jane* 19k?)* p. 299*

^Beulah Coen* •Professional Hdosatlen In Hons Koonood.cs*• Journal of jffT (April 1* 1953)* 175*

7*that these two types of education bo woll-hal anood In tho hoai econ­omics eollogo curriculum*20

She rapidly iro Lni tendency to or— 1 no the whole natere and purpose of higher education hae reeolted In eonelderable experimentation, evaluation, and reorganlmatlon in college off cringe* She aauswhst general acceptance of the fact that part of a atadent*e college education should be of a broad, general nature rather than wholly for purpoeea of specialisation has oaused considerable concern on the part of many educators* • • -21

General Education and Hone Boonoad.esToday there la a fairly on— nn consensus that the primary func­

tion of hosM economics la "education for family life." Many hone economies educators believe and are eager to demon strata that home eeonoad.es serves many young women and men as general education* To understand the contributions of home economies to general education It is necessary first to Interpret general education* Varied Interpre­tations may be found in the literature* McGinn! s reports threat

(1) Understanding the pastThe study ofother societies Is necessary, in order to

better understand our own times and place them In a devel­opmental setting* An Intensive study may be made of another civilisation in all of Its aspects and comparisons made with our own society* • • •(2) Education for nomocracy

. • • goals are o entered an the development of the indi­vidual else, but on the individual growing and functioning today* The emphasis la on a group culture, the needs of the society Into which the individual goes* The goals are "education adjusted to needs," "education for freemen*"

20Gladys Branegan at al, Hons Economics 1,p Hlgjhsy Bdocation (Washington! American Home BecnesaLes Assoolaiion, 19k9)*

^Dorothy O. Scott, "Is Chemistry the Only Answer?" Journal of Home Economics* Vol* U2 (June, 19ii9), p* ii26*

76(3) QtatwX Bdaootioa Bgwut Toohatool ItettlaaA third group hi— to bolioro that oay couroo, If proporly oriontod toward tho goolo of gonorol oduootlon, noy ho gonorol oduootlon for thoso otmdoato*22

Gonorol oduootloa In Ito Idoollotlo oonoo la not o anno "oowaon bodyof subjoct not tor," nor "oduootloa for oU non," It lo aloo oduootlonto oultlroto "rotlonol pooor to judgo frooly ond to oaoorcioo froowill," to oboorro critically contemporary oooioty, to undorotondooolol dynaaloo ond to odraneo tho culture. Qonorol oduootlon la thiooonoo lo Idontlflod with liborol oduootlon oo pointod out by tho Pron-idoat'a Coaoioolon on Hlghor Educations

• • • gonorol oduootlon lo liborol oduootlon with ito aottor ond anthod ohlftod from ito original orlotoorotie intont to tho oorrioo of doaooroay. Qonorol oduootlon oooko to extend to oil non tho bonofito of on oduootlon that liberate#*23

In foot, oduootlon that oorroo truly ohould not bo difforoatiotod lapurpoooo, oo phUoaophor ond oduootor John Dowoy hoo polntod outt

A truly liborol and llborutlng oduootlon would rofUoo today to looloto roeotlonol training on any of ito lerwla firm o oontlauouo oduootloa In tho ooolol, aorol ond oelontlfle coo- toxto within whleh wloely oda1.nlotorod oollingo ond profeo- olono aunt function,

*

That hoao oooooaleo ooa oorro tho purpoooo of gonorol oduootlon ooabo Torlflod oo follownt

four of tho oloron objective* of gonorol oduootloa liotod by tho Prooldont'o Coaulouloa'O roport oro rory otailor to^Bother MoQtnalo, "Oontributiono of Hoao leonoaioo to Qonorol

Education," Working Ptpar, prollalaory Boport to tho Aaorlooa Bomm Soooealoo Aoooolotlon, 19$2 • (al aoogrophotO

a tg a w

Dm t , "Otellaaa* to UkanO. Thonfht," Fortono M m .»ioo. xxx (tacMt, 1* 10. 156.

77tho »• commonly used toy the field of heme 90onoad.es • These four aret

To understand tho eoinn phenomena in one's physical environment, to apply habits of seiontlflo thought to both personal and civic problems# and to appreciate the implications of scientific discoveries for hn— n self are*

To attain a satisfactory motional and social adjust-* nent*To Maintain and lsprove his one health and to coopor­ate actively and intelligently in solving ooa- munlty health problems*To acquire the knea&edge and .attitudes basic to a satisfying family life."

Related to the nature of general education and the contribution of hone eeonosd.es to it, is the question of idiat- is appropriate uonen's education* Is there such a thing as general education for women as moment There is mob in current literature and educational experimentation, relating to this question. Stephens College, Missouri carried on "Hxploratlons in General Sduoation," and decided to provide "an education particularly fitted to care for these differentiated responsibilities of uonen as uell as the obligations ooamon to both non and u o n e n . "36 Their course offerings Include» Marriage, Child Study# Children's Craft, Nutrition of Children, Foods, Sconomies of the Household, Principles of Consumer Bsonooti.es, Health, Hone Nursing and Care for the sick. Interior Design# Clothings Flseentary and Advanced, Humanities and famamnl nation. These oeuree titles are very similar to those of heme economies courses found In many oolleges and universities*

3 £branegan, at al, on. sit.. Introduction, pp. xill-xlv*

iion hervioe Series Ho* 1 (Columbia, Missouri, 1933)# PP* 7-8*

78I Tlit B. MrMm I has ldutiflsd th* on— nn proble— with which

ho— — onowies i* concerned*Hhen a study i* wade of tho** probl— * which — 7 Indi­vidual fao*s It will bo 1— edlately evident that th* stud*nta

should har* — understanding of thoir nssd for food, la rsspset to quality, quantity and eost • . . • — lection, ear*, and npkoop of clothing arc important — ttor* for treat- — nt • . • • th* wla* us* of faadly Ino— for food, dothlng, housing, r*er*atlon, education, tax**, Insurance, savings and the like* A better understanding of tha responsibilities of parents far children Is essential, • , • • This generation of oolleg* students should rocognis* the fact that schools do not, cannot, and should not be asp— tod to usurp th* responsi­bility of par— ts for th* education of their children a* parents are the child's first teacher*. Bo— education nay well provide the a— t lapertant char— ter education that a child ever r— elves*z»

Speakers and writers of Important standing In education continue topoint out that the business of enriching life through better — nagt-nent is a dir— t responsibility of ho— — on— lst*.

Ho— — onosti.es has — Inportant contribution to aake to the general education of the student. It nay wake this con­tribution in all of it* course s. It — y, also, by ooshliring with ether area* of knowledge, take a position of leadership in constructing educative experiences which help young people, quite without regard to sex or specialisation, be— aware of the— elves as having a responsibility for intelligent parti­cipation in th* duties of dtlsenahip. If the bo— — onoadst* do not learn to advance tho pro— as— of cooperation — the eaapus, it is fair to as— that the advene— will be — de without th— • The general education wove— nt, forwlees as it frequently la, has — inherent vitality. It 1* not a present fad, though it way fall finally to live up to — peetatlens.1st — need to know wore clearly than — now do is fust what the— expectations are* &e ho— eoo— atiet should be a parti­cipant in this decision.28

----- B5SST*: McNael, "Ho— Boonowlcs in General Education,"Journal of Ho— goaTfTTiT* Vo1* (Hovswber, 1951), p. 698.

H. dardon Bdlflsh, "the Jeb Ahead in 0— oral education,"?f Ho— Ison— ics. Vol. 28 (Mevwwher, 19k 6), p. 57k*

79This challenge from an educator to hone economics in 19U6 continues to be a challenge* It is acoepted by many hone economists, who realise the urgent need for clarification of the potential contribu­tions of homo economic a and for its application to the many urgent needs of our tins*

Today so face another period of crisis in our civilisation*In a world of insecurity, we need hones; in an era of high cost of living, se need faadly budgets and hone nanagenentf in a period of increasing Juvenile delinquency, se need the strength of the finally groupi in a world of science, so need better health through better food and nutrltlonj in a world of conflict, we need understanding of hwiM" relationships) in a world of nisunderstending, we need education— education for hone and faally living*Clearly at hand is our problem, the problem of so carrying on our program of hone economics in higher education that the students of today who are to make the horns of toaorrew will make beaus that are centers of true living and that produce cltisens who know the inner weaning of the democratic way of life.5?Both as general education and through preparation of profes­

sional leaders, hone economics has a role te play in meeting the needs of today*s family and society. To arrest the disintegration of family life, education for hone and family living is needed, family members ■ should be helped to reformulate the family role and function in society and its social and cultural responsibility. Individuals should be helped to apply knowledge, understanding, skills and practices to human welfare and conservation in honanaklng. To lead a happy* satis­fying life, ways must be learned to minimise frustrations and con­flicts which are bound to arise in this technological, congested world*

2 Todhunter, op. cit.. pp. 299-300.

60To live in such a world, a strong and sturdy personality is rsquired* How hoas economics nay contribute to developing sueb a personality is presented in the following discussion*

Contribution of Hoas Economics to Child Well-being Since the accepted jrlasry function of boas econosd.es is faally

life education, and a primary function of faally life Is pronoting physical and nental health of faally members, hoas eeonoaies la un­doubtedly concerned with proaioting total health of the individual. A well-known home economist supports this*

There are three phases of the education of the individual in which hoae economies has an essential part to plays educa­tion (l) for security, (2) for health and well-being, and(3) for social developed nt of the individual. -5°It cannot be overemphasised that a healthy personality is usually asecure person, socially at ease. Hoae eeonoaies through concern forhealthy faally living contributes to the child's well-being in aaxqrways. Lawrence K. frank, a renowned sociologist and aental hyglenlstpoints out these contributions as follows t

>

If there is to be any effective health oare and preventive asdic ins, as distinguished fToa treatment of the sick, it cannot be provided by doctors, anrses, or other professionals— however aach their knowledge and skills any be needed by the faally. Health care and preventive medicine are carried out in the daily activities of housekeeping and hcaoaaking.Through marketing, ooddng, and the serving of meals, basic nutritional needs mast be net, and through house cleaning, laundering, dishwashing, and similar sanitation, the necessary defense against Infections and contamination mist be maintained. Through provision of rest, oare of minor ills, and all the cherishing functions within the home, individual members are protected and restored, so that they can live In health and carry on their daily activities.

1 6 --------Todhunter, on. cit.. pp. 300-301.

81IT we are to have mental health, as dlatlnguiahed from diag­

nosis and therapy, it cannot ba provided by psychiatrists, psychologist s, social workers, or other professionals* although their helpful guidance is greatly needed* Viewed as protection and conservation of the eamrglng personality of ehildrsn and youth, and as the nalntenanee of the norale of nan and sonen, nental hygiene is prlnarlly the function of the family and the hone* Mental health depends upon the daily round of homemak- ing and baby care, child rearing and education, the social adjustment of the child, the transmission of traditions* It depends on how these are carried on within continuing inter­personal relation ships— between parents and children and their siblings— without warping or damaging the personalities involved, especially the children*

This is not said to glamorise housekeeping, but to describe what housekeeping and homsmaking actually mean* Today these functions which are basic to human welfare' have been devalued socially by the emphasis upon Jobs, gainful employment, and careers* Sven the woman do enjoys homenalrlng and child rear­ing feels on the defensive and apologises for being "Just ahousewife**31

This is a great challenge to home economies and horns economists hare accepted the challenge and are striving not only to improve the qual­ity of homemaking but to have family mambers recognise the Importance of hnwmnalring to happy living*

Modern homawalrtng has many aspects and most of these relate directly or indirectly to the wellbeing of family mambers, especially' children* Below the more coemon subject areas included in tbs field of home economics are discussed in terms of their respective importance in promoting the wellbeing of children— the major concern of this study*Child Deraiomswt and lUniiy Relations

In an age when preventive health measures, especially mental^Inwrenoe K* frank, "Tea, Families are Changing,* The Survey*

U Z B (December, l$k9), 639*

are urgently needed, the educational needs to be net by this area of hone eoonoad.es are great. A ehild achieves a healthy personality in a sound body if fifes the time of his conception his parents hare happy relations, a desire for the ehild and a sense of responsibility in child rearing, adequate diet and medical oare. Healthy child rearing necessitates that parents cultivate certain understandings of infant self-regulation, relative permissiveness, potentialities of development in relation to heredity and environment, variations of normal growth, characteristics of growth patterns, growth during vari­ous life cycles, the role of ehild play and family reereatlon, and the influence of parent attitudes on children's attitudes* threats should learn to encourage the child's initiative and self-rellanoe by encouraging him to perform Mall tasks within reasonable child stand­ards. Barents need also to recognise factors which hinder the child's potential development, lessen his handicaps when possible, and help him to learn of and aooept his own strengths and weaknesses.

As the health of the faally also offsets the health of the neighbors, family neatocrs should understand the role of family health in comennity health pregram and what they can do to promote environ­mental sanitation and disease control. Health practices in the daily round of living are essential. These are not acquired by Instinct, thqy require an adequate educational program to which horns economics ean and should make contributions*Clothing and Textiles

Appropriate selection and use of clothing and textiles is important not only for physical protection, but for personality

83developamnt and socialisation*

Nhen provided with clothes designed for proper body temperature and comfort, children play with seat* Qood design in children* a clothing gives them adequate room to move about, and enables them to dress and undress themselves, which are important first steps in learn­ing to be independent.

Being mull groomed and -sell-dressed develops in a child the desired poise evidenced fays

• • • self-control and self-confidence as revealed by the ease with which we find ourselves fitting into social situations*It is real sophistication— being at hems in almost any environ­ment without a sense of inadequacy or embarrassment* Good health, calm nerves • • • • consciousness of power frcm knowing • • • • that one is weU-groomed or well-dressed are not only the oauses but also the effects of poise* • •

The sane author quotes Baerson as saying that being well dressed pro­duces a "feeling of inward tranquillity which religion is powerless to bestow* "33 The far reaching implication of clothing on mental health can be seen when an ugly duckling through being "smartly dressed" can feel secure and gain self-confidence* Moreover dress suited to the person helps to create individuality, and satisfaction* Knowing bow to choose textiles, make clothes and oare for them are elements of good economy which reduce frustration and worry*Ibods and Nutrition

Nutrients are the ingredients of food that nourish the body* Therefore, nutrition and the process of nourishing and development of

32|Cabel d7 Brain, Clothins fbr Moderns (New Torks The Macmillan Company, 19h9), p. 26*33ibjd., pp. 55*

81*the body is closely related to production, preparation and service of foods. Ibod study In hoas eeonoad.es includes Marketing, cooking or meal preparation, serving, storing, earing, and preservation of food and the importance of sanitation and eon serration of nutrients to Insure msTimun utilisation of food by the body after its oensusgH- tion. Proper methods of preparing and oeoklng food, guarantee the preservation of nutrients, and aid in digestion, absorption, and utilisation in the body* There are sane variations In the abilities of individuals to digest food, A nay eonsuns an equal quality and quantity of food with B, but be better nourished* Such individual limitations, however, are far less numerous than are those of environment* The following statement indicates the importance of nutrition in child well-being*

Nutrition is recognised as the prime factor in the propagation of individuals with the mart mum potential for physical develop­ment and in their maintenance of the best physical status possible throughout life* Thus, the development of healthier, stronger individuals in a healthier, stronger nation must start with better nutrition for mothers (and fathers) before and during pregnancy and during lactation, as well as improved nutrition for infants and children* Improved nutrition of mothers and children, coupled with further advances in medical service and social development inevitably sill produce fur­ther reductions in maternal and infant mortality* . • *3bThen there are numerous ways of handling food that are conducive

to promoting emotional health* Art in food arrangement and service can stlamlate the appetite, and satisfy the senses of sight and smell so as to bring about good digestion* latlng food one likes is satis-

^Maternal y ^ a f on and Child Health. Bulletin of the National Research Council, No* 123 CThatnngton* the Rational Council National Aosdeoqr of Sciences, 19$0), p. 30*

65fying to one's emotion. This has a far raaohtng rasult aa tha follow­ing statement lmpliess "Rgrsicians, however, go further and Inal at that good food, tastefully aarred In quiet, pleasant surroundings, goes far in promoting good physical and aental health."^ Recognition of this la apparent in the dietary department of a hospital ah ere noil trained dietitians, hoae economics graduates, sake a major contribu­tion. It goes without saying that appropriate and moderate consump­tion of food is a curative as well as a preventive health measure.

In family-centered teaching, food preparation Is taught In relation to cultural and socio-economic background of Individuals to promote good relationships In the home. If a child is given opportun­ities to prepare simple dishes within his capability and appropriate to his dally life, he gains skills whloh proetote self-confidence and sense of belonging.

The sohool lunch Is a well developed and extensive program In American schools. It is recognised as an ljq>ortant means of estab­lishing good food habits as well as helping to meet the nutritional

■

needs of ohildren. Vhen its educational possibilities are fully recognised and developed, it promotes not only health but social development, and Is a joint concern of educators and parents alike.

She three daily meals should be planned in terms of nutritional adequacy to meet dietary requirement of every age level at a low cost. Participation or observation by parents in the school lunch program is a means of extending good food hhblts into family living. Children

35i4ta Bane, on. dt.. p. 13.

66may Indue* other family members to Ilka now food and b* nor* am*ra of deficiency diseases* They ean also acquire good table manners and social poise through tha aohool lunch. The "hows'' of eating are of no leas ia >ortance than tha "ldurbs" for a healthy personality*Home Management and VamXLr Boonomloa

Management, good or poor, takes place In every honej It per­meates all aspects of living* Achievement of reoognised family goals and improvement In faally living usually call for pre-planning and management leadership on the part of one person, even though this responsibility may be passed from one to another*

Home management is the art and science of planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the use of the human and material resources of the family to secure optimum physical and mental health for each member of the family, optimum development of the Individual meabera of the family, satisfying faadly life, and wholesome and useful relations with individuals and groups, both within and outside the home* • • *3©

Hhaan resources are knowledge, abilities, Interests and energy, and planning "Is the mental work of thinking through any situation In advance of action and deciding what It Is best to do* "3? flood manage- mant insures a sense of direction, shich In turn means self-confidence* The process of deciding, planning, controlling the plan and evaluating it, definitely stlmulatee thinking, and calls for realistic percep­tion, and active adjustment, which are Ingredients of mental, as well as physical health* An Illustration can be shown In planned meals*

^hadena Blciwll and Jean K. Dorsey, Meneeement ia frilly living (Hem Tories John Wiley A dome, Inc*, 1950), p.

37Benjamin R* Andrews, "Bvery faally Should Flan," Journal of Home Bftonomlcs. Vol. 29 (December, 19U7), p* 617*

87Meals planned ahead of tiat ean bt wdaotd In cost, and result in balanced dally diets, with good proportions of protein, carbohydrate, minerals, flits and eater. Controlling the plan in this case means proper methods of preparing and eooklng to retain nutritious values of food* Wise use of foods available, timing and meeting family needs are other factors to be considered* Evaluating the plan serves as a basis for a better plan in the future*

Through management one develops ability to anticipate conse­quences, and henoe aoqulre control of desired outcome* ftiman resources, unlike material resources, are never used up, but one begets another* More interests lead to more vitality and seat of life, which are all sure signs of sound mental health*

Vbmlly economics has to do with the eoonomie aspects of family living* It is financial management and deals with use of material resources to attain the social goals of the family* Understanding of world eoonomie conditions and how Individual and the family practices are affected by them and affect them, enables people te adjust to the stress and strain of living* It Is important that abilities be developed to first plan for essentials and to make the most out of the least, which in turn ensures efficiency of living*Housing, ii«i bmiwinf

The house is not a mere Shelter and protection, but a center of family life* Lawrence K* Drank points out how housing sometimes fails to carry cut this functions

Much of cur recent housing is anachronistic, failing te trans­late into the design, construction, equipment, and operation dmt we can provide for family living, and te aeoept and apply

68th* no* kaemledge and rM<raro«> for health and veil-being of ■on and moman and c h i l d r e n . 38

* •Hobo economies has accepted thla challenge and strives to promote Improved booaing for families*

Tho bc«M • • • • must provide apaoo for group and Indi­vidual activities of tho family aooh as recreation, reading, and oharod experience among fanllj’ Bombers. It Bast afford faelUtlos for tho vlthdramal of Individual for study, root, or thinking daring porlods of fanllj aetivityj for alooplng and personal hygiene, including the needs of Infants, tho aged, or others with apodal roquirmsents. It Bast Bake easy such serrloe activities as food preparation, the serving of ■sals, dishwashing, laundering, and hoaseoleanl ng. It Bust aake available apace for childrens* play and for hobbles of adults and children* It Bust provide for the arrangement and storage of articles required for all theae activities.39

Only through such purposes ean housing hope to meet the needs of faadlymembers in every family cycle, to foster harmonious family life,privacy and integrity of individual a In the faally*

Tram the physical point of view, "healthful housing*1 is definedas "protection against fire and accidents, provision for comfort, reduction of fatigue, and precaution against contagion. These call for good mater supply, sanitary semago disposal, sufficient natural

«

and artificial light, tightness of the house to exclude rodents and vermins, ventilation, and freedom from dust, drafts, and extreme heat or extrema odd* It Is obvious that healthful living is facilitated by healthful housing, famishing and equipping*

"Zee, families Ire Changing." on dt*. p. 639*3?t«ss1* Agan, "Housing and the family Xdfe Cycle," Journal of

Hobs ■oottomlcs* Vol. Ii2 (Hay, 19$0), p* 351*b°Doane 0* Carter and Keith K* Hinchcllff, ly Bousing (Mem

Torki John Mlley k Sons, Inc*, 19b9)» p* 1U9*

89Good furnishing should bssr dsflnlts relationrtiips to tbs house.

It can erosts tho fooling of axpansiveness ond rooainoso. Tho sox a person furnishes bis living quarters can reveal his personality. A- basic criterion for good furnishing is the degree that it neats »»■*■ needs of the occupants; the selection and arrsngensnt of furniture is in terns of possible uses, each article relates to the other in func­tion and design. Burnishing is nade functional and practical vhen furniture la designed according to the character of activities to be carried on, rather than for mere ornaasntatlon. Furnishing helps te increase the efficiency of living.^

Since housekeeping is an unending task and evan drudgery for sous, it is essential that hoae aeonoados help to lighten, speed and make this task acre interesting through proper use of equipment • Selection of the right tools for specific tasks and proper use save tine, energy and prevent fatigue, irritation, frustration.^ Proper oqulpusnt oakes hone cork acre interesting, gives sore tine uhleh can be used to preaote interesting activities within the faally. It can­not be oversaphaslaed that uhen a hoae la run saoothly, efficiently, and with little apparent effort sound physical and aantal health of the hoaeaakcr and all in the faally is pronoted.

^Ray Vhalkaer, Mein Ziegfeld and Gerald Hill, Art Today* Introduction to the Fine a*** (New Iork«nSnry nait"and Coapaay, Inc., l&lj.

^Housewife1* (New Torkt Bn. H. Wise & Co., Inc., 1953).

90American Agencies and Organ! sat Iona Strengthening Home Eeonoaies

Throng instruction in the above areas* hoae eeonoaies makes direct contribution to Inproved hoae life and in addition prepares leadership for helping ethers* the sooeess of teachers in this field is proaoted through the help of government agencies and participation in professional organisations and interdisciplinary conferences* Agricultural Ifrcporlnant Stations

In the United States federal fends uere appropriated in 1687 to establish experiment stations in each state-at the state (land-grant) colleges and universities* Researeh projects are conducted to increase agricultural output and income* State funds are also available* and sometimes private industry gives seme support* Most of the researeh is done in laboratories* feedlots and fields* The studies are usually concentrated on current problems or emergencies such as disease and Insect attacks* crop rotation and varieties* meat production* utilisa­tion of feeds by lives took* new knowledge of nutrition and the like* Usually researeh is incorporated or coordinated with college departments and schools. In 192$ the Purnell Act provided money Which ean be used for researeh in home eeonoaies* Projects carried out in one hone econ­omies department are of the following nature > home laundering processes and equipment* effect of detergents on textiles* nutritional status of school children, metabolism of different groups* effect on ehild eare rearing practices of various types of child eare information and prob­lems faoed by young rural families*^

^71st Annual Report of the Ohio Ag*~***“!tural Bxner*— «t Station. Wooster* 0 E I o I T 3 m S ^

91

The year1 a work of the state experiment station la reported to the public| the reaulta of the projeets ere available through technical publications, popular magasine artlclea, orer the radio and television, through Meetings and rtemnatratlona. Close cooperation and coordina­tion with the Agricultural Extension Service and resident Instruction Is isportant*Agricultural Extension

Extension service In agriculture and hoaie eeonoaies la a plan for extending the teaching of the land-grant colleges to every county in the United States. HcmemUklng progress are carried on by county home demonstration, agents assisted by state specialists in different areas of has* eeonoaies subject natter. They are cwtployod through state and federal funds and are loeated in various eeoUrtiem*> Their work is to plan educational programs with youth and adult groups which meet their needs and Interests, answer letters or provide consultation applying researeh findings to the questiene on problems of 1mm waking and the various activities of family living* These leaders organise

igroup discussion and action projects and serve as U-H Club agents to guide young people in their club work* The problems they obtained iron rural boaoaakers are often referred to the researeh worker*

The Bureau of Hhaan ffutrition and Hoas Eeonoaies (BHNHE) was thus named in 19b3 to emphasise the human nutrition aspect of tha home economics bureau organised In 1923* The task of the Bureau In the words of its chief 1st ate develop • • • • new knowledge about efficient household management, and ways to make best consumer use of

92

food, fiber and other products of tho country's farms.Its four research divisions ere food end Nutrition, Textiles and Clothing, Housing and Household Equipment and Vhmily Economical the first three divisions are located at Beltavllle, Maryland, Agriculture Research Center and the last has its office in the Agriculture Department in Washington, D. C«

Besides hone economists with special training in nutrition, experimental food preparation, textiles, housing, household equipment, eoonomie s, expert o heal arts, physicists, physiologists, bacteriologists, architects, and statisticians are employed in the work* Writers and editors report the findings in usable form to the public*Federal Hone Economics Education Service.

The work of heme economies at the secondary level as mall as in teacher education is veil coordinated and strengthened by the Home Economies Education Service, U. S. Office of Education in the Depart­ment of Health, Education and Welfare. This service vas established in 1917 vlth federal funds appropriated for vocational education* It iworks in close cooperation vlth the Bureau of Hnman Nutrition and Home Economies and such other national organisations as the American Home Economics Association, the Amerloan Vocational Association and the National Education Association (discussed below)* Specialists in the field of higher education, researeh, si smentsry and secondary educe- tion and International education are available for consultation* This

^The Bureau of Ihnaa Nutrition and Hama Economics HNHE 112 U. S. Dept* of Agriculture (Whshingtent U. S. Gerenment Printing Qffioe) revised June 19$3» p* !•

93offlet has sponsored national on— lttoos on tho oollsgo eurioalu and vorks vlth hoao oeonoodos units in institutions of higher learn- ing as requested*

Annual visits aro marie to nost states to vork vlth state super­visors of boas econoaiea and teacher education Institutions to pronote sound Instructional programs, evaluation and to identify problems to be attacked through research work. At regional or national conferences the problems are pooled, and research findings shared* A reoent trend is to develop research vork vhich can be carried on through the coop­eration of several state institutions in the same region*Professional Associations

The American Home Economics Association (AHEl). This 1s a pro­fessional organisation founded in 1906, the main objective being "the development and promotion of standards of heme and faally life that will best further individual and social velfare*"^ The association functions on a state and national level through subject matter divi­sions, professional depertsMute, and standing oo— ittooa each of vhich takes responsibility in deciding, planning, and executing a program of vork* Such programs of vork enbrace developasat of homsmaklng, parent education, nursery schools, business enterprises, cafeteria nanageswnt, hospital dietetics, researeh, social volfUre and public health, teaching in colleges, universities, elementary and secondary schools, hems demonstration verk, and ether vecfc in state and federal services* Problems, policies and progress are reported at the Annual

^"Organisation and Program of the American Hems leoaomiee Association* * 1951*52*

91*Meeting of the association. The Journal of Hone Economics, the official organ of the association, Is published 10 months a Tear and reports findings and results of expertesntatlon and research. An out­standing piece of eerie sponsored hr the association eas a study on hone econood.es in higher education, uhieh eas published in book fern in 1949.

The association aeabers oho nust be college graduates in hone econonies or closely related fields, naaber over 20,000* This asso­ciation affiliates with hone econonies associations in Canada, Greece, Finland, South Korea and the Republic of the Philippines* It grants scholarships to foreign students for the study of hone econonies in the United States*

The AH8A has corking relations with naay large associations! among those primarily made up of uonen are the Anerioan Association of University Woman, Parent-Teacher Association, and General federation of Ibnan's Clubs. The association through committees coordinates its work with the Bureau of Unman nutrition and Hone Scononlos and the

■

Boom Economics Service in the U. S. office of Education as well as with the Children's Bureau, the Women's Bureau and the U. S. Public Health Service and ether governmental agencies*

The American Dietetics Assodetlcn (AQt). This association promotes professional competencies and standards in dietetics • At present it has about 10,000 members who are required to have a bach­elor's or advanced degree la home economics from an accredited univer­sity and to have met specified requirements In chemistry, biology, so dal solenoe, education, feeds, nutrition and dietetics and insti­

95tutional management. In addition, the mowber most bar* completed on* of the hospital, administrative or on— unity nutrition internships approrod by tho Executive Board of tho Association.^ Tha AM pub- llshaa a monthly journal.

Tha American Vocational Aaaoolatlon (ATI) and tha Mat Iona 1 Education Association (MBA) bars a host economics aaetlon and depart- nsnt raspaotlraly. Tha ohlaf eoneama of thaaa two aaotlons ara teaoh- Ing and supervision of horns ao(monies. Idkawiaa tha Aaaodation of Land-Qrant Colleges and Universities has a horns aoonosd.es division made up of hone economist a who ara oollaca administrators, extension leaders and research workers. Their concern Is ehlefly in raising tha standards of various professions and of hone aooaoad.es in higher eduea* tion. Tha School food Service Association, tha Motional Baatanrant Aaaoclatlon. tha food and Mutritinn Section of tha American Public Health Association ara related organisations of interest to certain groups of hone eeonoodsts. Keeh carries out its own purpose as indi­cated in its nans. i

Most of the above agencies and profosaional organisations con­tribute directly to the development of hone eeonoadce, supplying new foots important to families in their adjustment to teehnologleal changes that Influence fsmily living. Home economies is a field of applied knowledge and the loaders and research workers mast not only

^Coon, "Professional Iduoatlon in Home *conoad.cs," op. sit., pp. 175-176 quoting M. Zapoleen, A. V. Mitchell, and M. J. fleglsr."The Outlook for Mom on in Metetlos" Mhshlngton, Qov. Printing Offloe, V. 3. Department of labor, Women's Bureau, Bui. Mo. 23k -1, 1950, pp. 69-70.

96be well trained in tha basic fields, related to their specific phase of the work but able and ullling to cooperate with those in physical and biological sciences and the social sciences including educators, engineers, physicians, and others. In addition, the participation of bone economists in nation-wide Meetings in their own and related fields wakes possible the sharing of Methods and findings of studies and research*

Hone ecanonists in land-grant colleges neet annually for a discussion of college instruction, extension work and research* The improvement of teaching and supervision is an Important concern of the Hree Bcoaomlos Department of the national Education Association at its e owl-annual meetings* Research in home eoomomlos education, the preparation of teaohors, and the quality of instruction and supervision are discussed in the yearly nestings of the Home Economies Section of the American Vocational Association***?

Teacher Education in Home Economics It is evident that great effort has been nade to produce effi­

cient teachers of hone economics in whose hands lies its future.Teacher education for the public secondary school is offered in 96 per­cent of the Institutions granting undergraduate degrees in home soon- * omios* for college teaching more advanced degrees are required* Home economics teacher education in the United States has gone through several experimental stages* The following discussion presents seme of the desirable practices in teacher preparation which may vary from institution to institution*

klBeulah I* Coen, Home ooonBnica in odleaes and universities of the United States, on. cit*. p* 51*

Recruitment, selection and adnlseionEvidence indicates that tha dwind for hr— poking teachers for

profosolono for home economists. Too, a larga proportion of gradnatoa ■any and do not ontor a profession. Recruitment hao boo com increas­ingly noooaaary to aoouro adequate teachers and adnioelon to a toaohor education curriculum lo usually open to any student majoring in hone economics. Each year colleges with the cooperation of high school prin­cipals and homemaklng teachers explain to high, school students what home economics In college has to offer by way of professional oppor­tunities as well as its general education values, in the hope that many will prepare for high school teaching where the need is greatest.

Since no high aohool homemaklng credits are required for admis­sion to college home economics, it is possible for students to enter the field from any high school curriculum. Thus a class of freshmen nay consist of students of varying background and capacities. The differences are usually taken care of by providing experiences that meet individual needs and interests, or in seem institutions girls with strong backgrounds of knowledge and homewaking experiences are permitted to take examination for admission to more advanced courses*

Selection of a major is not usually made at the time of admis­sion to the university but later in the program in order to provide tine for the student to determine her Interests and capacities in rela-

exceeds the supplyTeaching is in competition with other possible

Laxson "A look at the Hn— making Teacher Supply," Journal of Home Eccoomics. Vol. ii5 (hay, 1953)*

98tion to a profession. Since tha curriculum for various majors in home aoonood.cs differs In tha last jretra of college, oholoa la usually mafia by tha laat quarter of tha sophomore year. Oft an a cartain acad­emic achievement la required far tha work covered In tha first two yaara as wall aa evidence of othar qualifications for tha profession, but thla la not always true.Goals or Objectives

Goala far taaohar adncatlon in hone economies should ba sat up in tarma of tha student's personal development, social development and professional adequacy. Effective total development la aaaantlal for an effective taaohar. This necessitates health, ability to cnnnlcata, critical thinking, appreciation of art and beauty, recognition of cul­tural conflicts and social aensltiTlty. Desirable professional qual­ities for prospective teachers aret adjustability, dependability, enthusiasm, varied interests, initiative, managerial ability, maturity, responsibility, friendliness, social poise, tactfulness, and technical skills. Attributes of equal importance are insights Into and under-

■standing of the problems of human developswnt and relationships, knowl­edge of shat constitutes normal satisfying family life, as well as understanding of relationships among professions, knowledge of the problems of one's profession with ideas for their possible solution, and desire and urge to grow professionally. All of these qualities are seldom achieved during the period of preparation. It la important that the prospective teaoher neither be expected to be a paragon of virtues nor to saorlfloo personal happiness but rather to have faith In her capacity to keep growing and to achieve a point of view and

99

self-understanding which will give direction to that growth*Curriewluw

The University hone economics curriculum usually provides general education for personal growth and development, profeseional education for professional development and specialisation in technical subject matter* In some schools, the general part of the curriculum is a combination of certain courses called "core requirement," which are taken by all home economics students* This has both non-home eoonomios and home economics courses serving general education purpose (see general education and home eoomoodee)* Specialisation requires more extensive courses in certain areas of home economies and related areas* Professional education includes snoh content as methods of teaching, general principles of education, educational psychology or human growth and development, the place of the school in society, prob­lems of teaching home economics, and supervised teaching in home economies* ?

Learning activities including laboratory experiences are usually planned in relation to owrrioulum objectives* It is desirable that methods of teaching follow the problem-solving approach, which requires cutting across many subject matter lines* Beal live experiences which provide first-hand contact with children of varying ages are important* Sarly contact with activities of school programs and community projects Is important but is emphasised in the period of student teaching* Preparation far student teaching or pre-student teaching experismsea— y -

*7Gertrude RoSkie, "The Home Beanomlcs Teacher, * Home Hnsmomiea in the Secondary School* op. dt** p. 65.

100should bs suds as early as ths sophoaort year through dir sot contact with teaching situations, observation in the campus laboratory school, visits to nearby schools and the choice of the teaohlng area. Other desirable experiences are contacts with children and faadiies, exper- lenoes in group living, in cnnmsr oastp with different age levels and different socio scomoario status, school lunch programs, adult classes, and through finding and using community resources*

A large majority of hens eoonoad.es departments plea the eurrl- oulum so the student spends full time during student teaching for 6 to 9 seeks in an off-campus school uhere she lives in the ooaammlty and participates in the total school-community program under the supervision of the high school teacher* The teaching center is care­fully selected by the teacher education staff and the college instruc­tor visits and oenfers with the student and her supervisory teaoher periodically during the seeks of student teaching*

The student teaching period should provide ample orientation, and opportunity for development and maturation as a teacher* Orien-

rtation involves selecting and planning use of instructional materials, and getting acquainted with ths school, pupils, resources and the total cmmnanity* The role of the supervisory teacher should be to help the student bcocmc Independent and self-reliant through self understanding* Evaluation of student teaching should be cooperative and help ths student know her strengths and needs*Quldanoa and Oounsellmr

Meeting individual differences in needs end interests is necessary In an effective teacher training program and is being

1X)1Increasingly stressed* Tee phases of guidance* personal and vocation­al, are closely related to each ether* Students are helped to dis- oover and Identify their special needs end Interests and to be reason­ably certain they have selected a vocation that they can perform within their capability* so that their work nay help then develop a satisfactory life* Individuals are helped to solve problems, to make adjustments and to devslop value-judgments* so that they can clarify their life goals and learn how to achieve then* It is important that they ara helped to help themselves* achieving responsibility and self- reliance thus being prepared to neet life's tasks effectively*

Placement Is a part of vocational guidance* Students have the basic preparation for a variety of available positions and are helped to select those for which they are qualified*Evaluation

Evaluation is essential for overall growth of students* l^nwe* went of teaching and strengthening the administrative staff * the In­stitution and the profession* It is defined as "the process of judg­ing the effectiveness of work." Since "spoonfed" learning is not learning In Its real sense* traditional emphases laid on giving back information by no means contribute to optinon growth of individuals* or to the application of Information to real Ufa situations* The best way to evaluate then is to see whether attitudes and behavior are changed*

Improved behavior* a final goal of education* does not ooeur unless the Individual realises what he is and what he would like to be* Thus* self-evaluation or self-appraisal is necessary* especially

102for personal development. Self-appraisal can be done In terms of values (shat one holds dear and wants to achieve), social adjustment (being at ease with people of various background), appreciation (sat­isfaction obtained from work), Interests (likes, dislikes, pleasure, concern, satisfaction, dissatisfaction), critical thinking (discrim­ination, caution, reflective capacity, good habits of thinking, abil­ity to attribute conclusion to various causes), and social sensitivity (comprehension and appreciation, attitudes toward fellowaen, alert­ness)* The prospective teacher further appraises her ability to under­stand and guide the learning of children*

Important to evaluation of the success of the teacher education curriculum is a follow-up program* Having alumni of the institution evaluate the program of the institution, or securing an appraisal of the success of graduates as persons and teachers can reveal the extent to which students* personal and professional needs are being met* In-service Education

As new needs arise, and new developments take place, an in- service program provides for learning on the job* Teacher education thus goes on throughout the professional life of teachers* It is recognised that "Colleges cannot graduate finished teaahers" and that "The first position and each succeeding position is a training situ­ation for the development of the teacher*" 0

The following statement gives an Inclusive picture of types ofIn-service education in home economics In the United Statest

^KoSkie, on* d t * * p* 66*

103Some institutions employ itinerant teacher trainer to work with teachers on tho job* Such bolp can bo invaluable if tho admin­istrator and taaohar welcome It* Tha atata dapartaant and taaohar training institutions offar opportunity for curriculum study and group preparation of taiohlng natariala* Thay adit and distribute program helps. Thay nay offar axtanaion courses during tha yaar and thay plan a summer aohool program particu­larly daalgnad to bafit hlgh-school taaohara* Thay aponaor eonfaraneaa and work shops on partinant toplea and ara aTailabla on request to aaaiat with all phases of tha ho— Hiking program.

Valuable training for tha taaohar can be provided through attendance at educational eonfaraneaa and meetings— looal* state, and national. Such mootings are those of ths national and atata education associations, tha American and state voca­tional associations, the American and state home eoonosd.es associations. • • .51Obe Important aspect of tha in-aervloe program la supervision.

Supervision is defined as "a service activity that exists to help teachers do their job better* Tha purposes of supervision ara to promote continuous growth and development of tha taaohar, te improve tha learning opportunities for students, to carry on administrative responsibilities and good business procedures, to help interpret the homwwslrlng program to the onasninity and other groups, to develop pro­grams, dtill in human relations and to evaluate the existing program.

In the United States supervision is moving away from mere inspection to the study of situations to reveal problems and help in analysing them. Teachers learn that supervisors are no longer super­iors but equals. The imposed and autoeratie method of supervision is replaced by cooperative and creative work for all concerned. The

^ Ibid.. p. 67.^Kimball Wiles, Supervision for better schools (Hew fork*

Prentlce-Hall, Inc., 1956), p. 3*

ioUformal Halted visits ara replaced by eonfaraneaa, workshops, travai­ling exhibits, and opportunity for taaohar visitation and observation in other schools vhich ara aore advanced. Supervision is no longer teacher-centered bat program-centered, that is, concern is cantered on experiences and learning situations provided children and is related to the vhole program*

In the United States supervision of home economies education is organised on national, state, city, and occasionally on county levels. Nationally the country is divided into four regional the Atlantic, the Central, the South, and the Pacific. The regional agents from the Office of Education work with the state supervisor and teacher training institution. In only a few states, such as Pennsylvania and West Virginia will county supervision be found. The large city aehool systems and hence the home economics city supervisors usually work independently though cooperatively with state and federal supervisors.

Since there is no "finished teacher" the importance of oppor­tunity for in-service growth is apparent. The development of this important aspect of teacher education has made a real contribution to home economics instruction.

Home economies is a field of education that functions at all levels of the educational system. It makes contributions to the nursery school, elementary school, high school, university and adult education programs. At the college level hose economies provides education for personal development for all students as well as professional leader­

105ship training. It Is opsn to both ee— s* though at prsssnt tho nun- bar of boys and men In this flsld Is still llnltsd.

In ho— soonoades thsrs in dsfinlto effort to dsralop nor# functional progrsas. Concomitant with this have cam* attonpts In cooperative planning aaong pupils, teachers* and parents in keeping with needs of pupils and of their cornsunities. The trend is to focus learning and teaching in ho— econonies on factors affecting family sell-being. Realities of family living shlch include the entire life cycle of the fanlly and all fanlly iahirtt are taken Into considera­tion as sell as different aoelo-eoononie backgrounds and varied con­ditions under shlch families live* Bephasls is laid on improved human well<-being through Improved haaan relations and he— life* This In turn neeesaltates better understanding of human growth and develop­ment* behavior and character. Contributions of he— econesd.es to da— cratlc cltlseary are being Increasingly realised.

Philosophy* content and especially methods of teaching end learning in he— eeenesdos are being strengthened and developed through

t

studies and research* TVims— k1 ng skills are seem not as ends in them­selves* but as means to possible solution of prbble— of living*Through the use of the problem ■ solving approach* areas of learning are — re interrelated and subject matter lines broken as ha— econosdos cooperates with other departments In ths ieprwve— nt of personal and family living*

Ths effective— ss of ho— economics progra— is deteimined by evaluation techniques which are being tried out and improved* Meas­urement in ter— of quality rather them quantity la being emphasised*

106The total program is evaluated in the light of eetabllehed goals and existing needs. Thus constant Improvement results from. Multiple studies and oooperative research among hou> econonies and basic related fields* government agencies and professional organisations*

CHAPTER V

EXISTING SITUATIONS IN THAILAND POINTING TO HERDS INCHILD HEALTH AND WELFARE

Gsographio Factors Thailand urns known aa Sian until 1939* Its paopl# bars always

callad thamsalTas •Thai" moaning "tha iTas*” thair land "lfaang Thai* or Thailand moaning "land of tha fTss** Tha gownaant fir at to tad ta ohanga tha asms ta Thailand in 1939* Par a pariod of thraa ysars*191*5 to 19l*9> tha bam of tha country was ohangad bade to Siam* In 191*5 during paaea nagotiatlona with Bhgland* tha nama Siam was adoptad again baeauaa war had baan daelarad undar that nama* In 191*8 tha gorernmsnt voted to ohanga tha nama back to Thailand.

Thailand liaa in tha mlddla of tha southaaat Asian Peninsula* batwaan tha parallala of 5° and 21° north latitude* and batwaan tha naridians of 97° and 106° aast langltada. This Irregularly shapad country lias batwaan Burma on tha wast and north* Xado-Chias on tha north and aast* and Malaya on tha south*

Thailand has an ara* of approximately 200*000 squar* alias* about 1*5*000 balng in tha Malay Peninsula* Tha langth Tram north to south is approximately 1*000 milas* at tha widast part its braadth from aast to wast is about 500 alias* Tha ooast Una amounts to about 1*300 milas*1’

*Ths Siam Djraotorr (Bangkok* Thai Ineorporatad* 1951-52)* A-39*

107

106

1 ■ | CAi&nqr*/r w o

/ I

Uh

BAYOF

BENGAL

SIAM

iTfl.ftftft.flflft

Hf. 1 Map or Tho 11 and

109The country la divided into four geographic divisions* Horthsrm,

Central, Eastern and Peninsular. (Sac fig. 1). Mortham Thailand con- slata of aountaln rangoa and valleys running north and aouth. Tho rivers norgo to form tho Choa Fhrayu, tho aoat Important river in tho country. Moat of tho Thai In thla roglon lira In tho rich rlvor bottoma and have orchards and rloo flolda. Tha mountain rangoa arc inhabited by aeatterod groups of hill trlboa who lira by hunting and by othor mathoda found In primitive cultural.

Central Thailand contains tho rich wall watered Choa Phraya River valley. It la one of the world's boat areas for growing rice. Because of the fertility thla area la the moat densely populated. Bangkok, the capital, la located hare.

Eastern Thailand la high, the soil la poor, climate unfavorable and Its small population la poverty ridden.

Panlnaular Thailand forma tho tall of the kite-shaped country*It makes up two-thirds of the peninsula. There la a mountain range passing dawn the center, lengthwise. This region has good forests, . cattle, fisheries, mines and farms. It is the source of tin and rubber which are both important exports of the country. In thla area there la a well-developed system of highways and railroads running north and south.

Qenerally speaking the climate la tropical. There are three seasons, the warm season from Psbruary or March to May, the rainy season from. June to October and the cool season the remaining months of the year. Panlnaular Thailand has the mildest climate. The tem­perature seldom falls below 60° P. and rarely reaches 90* P. In ths

100northern vall jr, farther fro* tha sea and drat In fey tha mountains, tha temperature sonatinas exoeeds 100° F. in tha asm season and goes below 50° F. in tha cool season*

Tha PeopleTha Thai people ara nongoloid by race, their first hones were

in the southeast corner of China and later an in tha south of China*The Thai as a race emigrated gradually into tha Indo-Chinese Penin­sula during 657-1157 A*D* drlren fey circumstances such as ears and raids from the Chinese. Tha present Thailand and the neighboring lands were then occupied by the Loas, Hons and Khmer s. In view of the fore­going facts, ehat Bears and other historians say cannot be denied*

The Siamese of today are, as is to be expected, not of mart sod Thai stock. There has been intermingling nth Chinese and Burmese, as well as with Mona and Khmer s. * * #*

Since statistics of 1947 show the number of Chinese fey origin to be835*931 and by nationality 476,582, It indicates that only 57*1 pereent of tha Chinese remain Chinese fey nationality* Out of the totalpopulation of 17,443,609, there are 16,538,309 Thai fey erlgin or birthand 16,915,669 Thai fey nationality* Thus an assumption ean be madethat the Thai ara mixed with tha Chinese as well as others*

The figures of the density of population per square mile— 72*41in 1937, 66*69 in 1947 and 95*7 in 1952 dwr increase, but stillThailand is said to be underpopulated compared to such a country as

*W* D, Bears, Public *f»i*< tlfla in Siam (London* Beyal Institute of International Affairs, i$$2), p* £•

IllIndonesia (Java) where the average density of population Is wore than 1000 to the square mile. Of the 71 ohangwmts, 60 have over 100,000 population, the live large cities, Banglcok, Ubonrat-thanl, Makornrat- sima, Khon-kaen and Roiet have over 500,000 population! Bangkok the capital is densely populated with about 900,000*

The people found in Thailand ares Thai, Chinese, Csnbodlan, Annamese, Burmese, Malayan, Indian! the French and the British the two large groups from Burope; and Ihsteh and Americans in saall groups*

The working age of the people is from fourteen to sixty-five, those under fourteen and over sixty-five constitute i»U,88 per cent of the total population* Sinoe Table I shows the per oent of people engaged in various occupations to be $0*9, the difference of 6*10 per cent is assumed to be those in priesthood and possibly unemployed home­makers*

Table 1 shows that 1*3 »UU peroent of the total population is engaged in agriculture and fishery* Most of these people are Thai* Peninsular Thailand with its lengthy coast line and rubber plantations includes some Malayans who are mostly fishermen and rubber cutters*The Indians are maall merchants and doormen! the Chinese large-scale merchants controlling eoameroe and skilled trades. Today more Buro- peans and Americans are engaged in business in Thailand than before the war*

In the discussion to follow, these statements should be rswanbsredt

"Atlantic Reportst Bhshington-Indoneoia, Bgjrpt," The Atlantic. Vol. 192 (November, 1953)* P* 16*

112Thailand is a unlqua and fortunate country when compared

to its neighbors. It is unique because it is tbs only nation in southeast Asia and one of the few on the Aslan Continent which has been independent throughout its history, except for a brief period of occupation by Japan during World War II. It is fortunate because it has food surplus Instead of shortages.4

Political Trends In 1932 the absolute monarchy regime was changed to a consti­

tutional monarchy with a house of representatives • Since the blood­less coup d'etat in 1932 there have been frequent changes of govern­ment. Principles of democracy are embodied in the Constitution in Chapter 3 regarding the rights and liberties of the Thai, and inChapter i* on the duties of the TbaitRights and Liberties of the Thai

Seotlon 26 All persons, irrespective of birth or religion, are under the same protection of the Constitution*Seotlon 27 All persona are equal before the law*Titles acquired by birth, by bestowal or by any other manner do not confer any privilege whatsoever*Seotlon 36 A person enjoys full liberty with respect to education, so Jfcr as it is not contrary to his duties as a national as provided by the laws govern­ing education and organisation of educational insti­tutions*Educational Institutions belonging to the state as well as the municipalities mist give equal facilities to all persons to receive education in accordance

with their ability.Section 43 family rights are guaranteed*

Araed Force Talk 3$3 Thailand* Office of the Secretary of Defense, Washington, b. C. Hoveatber 17, 1940, p. 1*

113TABU I. DISTRIBUTION Of HONORS Ik TSARS CtD AMD OYB& IS MAJOR OCCU- JAIIOW ACCORDING TO FSRCSMT OP TOTAL FOfOXATXOM AMD SSX IS 19h7

Occupation Total Mali» Psnalegroup aunber rureent hunter Percent Mainer XWOfWTotal of all occupationsProfessionalworlcsrstotal

8,992,883

79,k38

50.98

0.k6

k,681,557

60,870

26.8k

0.35

k,311,326

18,568

22.18

0.11

Ssad profes-sionalworkers 8,069 0.05 7,571 0.0k k98 0.01Agricultural workers and fish, men 7,576,86k k3*kk 3,788,81k 21*72 3,788,050 21*72

huprlston, nanagcrs, Agoreraesofcofficials

739,601 k.2k 397,566 2.28 3k2,035 1*96

Clerical, salanaea Akindred 70,52k OJkO 62,87k 0*36 7,6I»0 0«ok

Craltren, for anew A kindred .

130,656 0.75 82,555 0*k7 k6,101 0.28

Operative Akindredworkers 5k,900 0.31 37,51k 0.22 17,386 0.09Doneetl©serviceworkers 86,752 0.15 10,h59 0.06 16,293 0.09

Othersenriee

23*572 0.1k 18,183 OJA 5,389 0.0k

Laborers 2,282,517 1*61 215,151 1.23 67,366 0*38*Total pjpiTrtlw 17#WOi<H

Ill*Duties of the Thai

Section $0 In exsroising his right in an election ora plebiscite a person has the duty to act in good faithand for the cowaon interest.Section 53 A person has the duty to receive primary education under the conditions and in the Banner deter- Mined by law.*

These statements show concern and Interest in the coamon good and wel­fare of the individual. People are given opportunity to participatein governmental affairs through the election once every four years.Half of the representatives are elected by the people, the other half are appointed by the Government and approved by the King. In thle transitional period, the high percentage of illiteracy and other factors make it very difficult for such a government to be truly "of the people, by the people and for the people** Seme failures are Inevitable and it takes an objective spirit to admit ldiat keen observers have remarked about it*

Thailand observes the forms and many of the practices of parliamentary government, although considerable power remains in the hands of comparatively few individuals. The new constitution provides basic civil liberties, but the government Is not as democratic as that of the United States and England. For example, in the national Parliament, the House of Bepre sentatIves is elected by the people but the Senate ie now appointed by the King. • .The Senate, instituted in 1?I|6, was abolished in 1951. fir

virtue of the last and sixth constitution "the supreme power rests with the nation, and the King at its head, exercises the legislative

The Siam Directory, on. clt.

firmed threes IiIV ? Theii«*i. op. clt.. p. 7.

115power by and with the eoneent or the Parliament, the executive power through the Council of from 1U to 25 mloietere and not awre than 25 and the judicial power through the Courts*7

Sir Joeiah Crosby, who spent a quarter of a century (1916-191*1) in the British foreign Service in Thailand waa a keen and authoritative observer of the political events of these years* His thought provok­ing comments are worth examining* * • • • democracy was then &9b3) in the air, . • He cited son real evidences of progress*

Notable advancement was made in the sphere of popular educa­tion; steps were taken by the government for the creation of municipalities and of urban district councils in the prov­inces; and, above all (there were) revised treaties of com­merce and friendship......... Slam obtained for herselfcomplete autonomy in tariff matters, freedom for the last remaining vestiges of the system of extra-territoriality, and in general, recognition of her fall equality with Western coun­tries as a member of the family of nations**from 1932-1950 there had been 19 changes of administrationa,

many of which had made some effort to develop Thailand, as was evidentin the government of 19Mu It was sealous in its attempts to movetoward democracy; many good intentions can be seen in the programs,but it waa most unfortunate that such programs hardly had time to getwholly underway before that government was dissolved*

• • • strict observance of the Thai Constitution and loyalty to the King, adherence to the six principles of the People's Party (liberty, security, prosperity, equality, opportunity, education)| protection of tho people's rights and interests; cooperation between the government and the people; stablli-

T(Bangkok

it of Publicity, Bangkok, Thailand*

®Sir Josiah Crosby, "The Failure of Constitutional Qoveranent in Siam," The Asiatic Review. XXXIX (October, 19U3), bl7*

116sation or the national finances. . . . . to uphold democracy, to Maintain tha oharlahod independence of Thailand, to refrain from tha use of compulsion and firev placing further burdens on tho paoplof to aaqphasise cooperation and honesty, to grant liberty or speech, to dlaeuao paopla'a grievances openly in tha assembly, to prarant domestic dl aordar, and to work for tha aoclal and aeoaoade welfare or tha people.Tha ftramlar 'a announced pro gran 1st to cut down unnecessary expense, . . . . tarn government industries and monopolies orar to prlrata Industries, give aid to private enterprises, develop agriculture, curb Inflation, increase production, provide employment, pronota trades with neighboring countries, encourage Tillage industries, fix taxation at tha present level, improve transportation, and raise tha standard of living.9It is unnecessary to point out that tha items to be improved

imply the lack of then and tha needs to be net, concern for tha eel- rare or dsnooratle eltlsana.

Another remark about democracy in Thailand is north considering!Tha Siamese have always been patriotic. But, as eas to

be expected, the nee democratic movement intensified the nationalistic reding to a point ehere "Siam ror the Siamese*(or rather "Thailand ror tha Thai") became tha popular slogan •nd, fgr . P«1o<i at laaat an natioaaLl.♦ e •

For outsiders, it is dirfleult to understand ehy natlonallma had to ■ be "exaggerated.1* For a better understanding of this some insight into tha economic background of tha oountry is necessary. Tha evidence that Thailand strongly advocates world peaes and democracy lies in the fact that she has joined tha United Kations action programs in order to improve the welfare of her people. The BCA (Bccnodc Cooperation

Thailand Moves Toward Democracy. Office of ths Strategic Services, kesearch and Analysis Branch, a.4 A 2608 S 20 October 19kU, pp. 2-1.

*°Beeve, on. clt.. p. 27.

117Administration) Special Report supports thla statement*

Tha purpose of BOA aid to Thailand la to halp tha country atrangthan ita economic and sodal foundation a and naintain its politioal stability. Thailand haa taken a position firmly with the Wast in ita rasletance to Coauuaiat doirtna* tlon and haa loyally supported United Nations aetlon designed to check Communist aggreaaion in Korea, contributing a sub­stantial number of fighting troops. But at hone Thailand needs halp to increase ita exceedingly low agricultural yields, to bring under control coanrunl cable die eases that weaken tha population and to improve its power and transpor­tation facilities as tha basis of economic development •

The above citation shows that in the complexities of life, politioal, economic, and social factors are interwoven, and the lack of one weakens the others. Life la whole, no one can eat or drink to nourish just one organ. The root of life la health, therefore to deal with the health problem adequately, multiple attacks on many problems con­cerning it, are essential.

Economic Background As Table I shows, over four-fifths of the population engaged

in various occupations are in agriculture. It can be seen that Indue-ttries necessary for evaxyday living were left mostly in the hands of

foreigners, the largest percent of whom are Chinese. The Armed Forces Talk of the United Bureau of Defense has given a true picture of the Chinese in Thailand, "many of ttoam remain loyal to their hoawland."^ Intermarriage between the Chinese and the Siamese for generations make the latter unaware of the Chinese merchants as a foreign economic

•Proaram in Southeast Asia. BGA Special Report, October 12, 1951, (Washington* Ar last Program Division), p. 15.

12Armed *jllrr P* 2*

118power,” . . . . the Chinee# are the large-scale Merchant#, control­ling commerce and the skilled trades.” This serves as an answer to Reeve's remark of "Thailand for the Thai." It is an undeniable fact that the economic welfare of the country for a long period of time rested upon the Industry of the Chinese, but the benefits did not remain in Thailand but were sent to China. Thailand cannot become a democracy, if her government, operated by her own people, is largely for the benefit of some other people. To awaken the Thai people to this fact, no doubt, democracy has taken the form of a nationalism intended to serve the same democratic alms!

The following quotation on Thailand serves as a concise, recent and realistic explanation of the figures given In Table I*

... the great mass of the Siamese are engaged as peasantcultivators and fishermen. The occupational returns of the last prewar census shoe that ever 88 percent of occupied persons are in these categories. These two occupations are, In practice, carried on together and women are engaged in them equally with men. ...

Other Industries are, In general, confined to the prepara­tion of agriculture produce and building trade, plus a few factories making consumer goods for local use. By far the most Important industry is riee-nilling. Next, wfn-f ng excluded, corns saw-milling of teak and other tInhere. There are one or two sugar factories, operated by the Government, though production is quite Inadequate to meet the national demands, and much sugar has to be imported. In most of the larger towns there Is an lee factory and one or worm aerated water plants. In Bangkok there are three or four natch fac­tories, a few soap works, and a large cement factory. And these, apart from local handicrafts such a# hand-loon weaving, and boatbuilding, practically complete the list of Siamese Industries. ^

■ Reeye, op. clt.. p. 5

119Thus the chief exports of the country arc rice, rubber, tin, and teak*wood. Agricultural products in addition to rice are cocoanut, nalee,soybean, groundnut, mungbean, sesame and sugar cans. These and fishand other moat products account for the statement made everywhereabout Thailand's food surpluses. The Importance of rice to the welfareof the country should be brought out here*

In a country where rice is the main item of food, political stability is often dependent upon the people having enough of it. So Thai rice has political importance. • •

As far as the economy of the country is concerned, one can see from Table II that It8.53 percent of the total population are occupational markers, and hence an assumption can be made that $l»hl percent of the total population are not actively contributing to the country's econ­omy. The 16.65 percent self-employed indicates that there is little mechanisation in the country. Thai land being under-developed indus­trially, it is difficult to improve the economy of the country, ae is well realised by the various organisations of the United Nations that have been working with it. Host operations are performed by hand labor and this calls for high food consumption on the part of the workers. Less can be produced while more is needed to be consumed. Another evidence of the poor economic conditions of the land is found in the fact that over fifty percent of given occupational status (Table XI) are unpaid. This signifies close economy. A student of economics explains this as "living off of each other."

Economic improvements undoubtedly are being attempted by thelitArmed Fore** Talk, op. pit., p. 3.

120

TABLE II« OCCUPATIONAL STATUS AND DISTRIBUTION ON NOBKBS IN 19l7 ACCCBDHQ TO ISSCBR QT TOTAL POPULATION*

Occupation w,.c; .mBMDwT «VTQMi« N W Q V T fvTOns « W 9 I P IWVflvl

Total 8,161,171 18.53 1,581,030 26.26 3,883,111 22.27BnpLograr* 85,127 0.19 69,951 OJiO 15,173 0.09Saif — piayad poroona 2,901,530 16.85 2,327,915 13*35 576,585 3.30&nployooa 1,087,275 6.23 691,910 3*98 392,365 2.25Unpaid Paally Iforkara 1,387,219 25*12 1,188,221 8*53 2,899,018 16.59

*Total population 17,113,689.

Bu||cok« Thailand.

121Thai government and organisations of the United Nations. In 1951 thsThai Foreign Broadcast Information Service announced some of themeasures the Government had carried out to improve the financial situ*ation of the country. These were strict tax collecting, increasingirrigation service, establishing cooperatItsa for farmers, improvingtransportation both by sea and by land, negotiating foreign comnerce,and procuring foreign currency. The increase in the percentage ofexports to imports from 19UQ to 1951 shoes improvement of the stateeconomy. In 19U7 the imports exceeded the exports 30.17 percent, butthe exports exceeded the imports 2lul2 percent in 1950, and 20.U5 in1951 • Considering the low production of the country this is promisingin spite of the economic problems at the end of World War Hi

... the inflation problem, though not as spectacular as in China or elsewhere, is fairly serious. Votes (money) in circulation have Increased seven times since 19bl, and amount to about 2,100 million* • • •The bank of Siam cost-of-living index number is at present four and a half times that of December 19Ulj but prices of commodities and wage rates are about seven times what they were at that date. During the past two years the National Budget showed an annual deficit of about Baht 500 million, which includes items of capital expenditure. The biggest item in the ordinary expenditure is still, as in the pre-war years, defense, which takes up about 30 percent of the total. . . . . But, as elsewhere in the world, the core of the problem lies in production. Unlike many ether countries, however, Siam has a large reserve of natural resources which have not yet been exploited. Production has recently shown signs of revival in many directions. Qiven general peaceful political conditions, it should not be difficult for this eastern country speedily to return to her normal surplus position.15

M. P. "Siam Economic Problems.11 The World Todav. IF (April, 194*8), 180-181.

122Another source which supports the shore statement is as follows*

Thailand's general economic problem, in the simplest terms amounts to an inability to realise her economic potentialities. There are abundant resources! the land is underpopulated! the country produces one of the few food surpluses in the areaj labor is higher-priced than in almost any other country In the Far Eastj yet the standard of lirlng of the Thais has roes Inert depressed.16

But, most fortunately, the economic concerns of Thailand hare become the concerns of the United Nations. Through BCA programs (such as that reported in the following statement) there Is good prospect for develop­ments

Many projects are underway* Technical assistance and equipment hare been provided to help the State Rail ways maintain their rolling stock. Some small electric power units hare arrived and others are on route. The arrival in June of a dredge pro­vided by EGA assured the deepening of the Bangkok harbor channel.A highway construction program drawn up with the aid of an EGA highway engineer will be carried out with highway equipment already on order. EGA mining experts hare stimulated explora­tions which gives proad.se of greater production of tin and tung­sten! they hare also aided the Thai government in planning the production of lignite briquettes for railway and industrial fuel.1"

Thailand is being helped to realise her economic potentialities.Rhat is much more Important for her to realise is revealed in

the following statement tAlthough a great many of the schemes to increase rice pro­

duction, aid the working farmers, establishing new industries, standardise exports and Improve the country's means of communi­cation are aspirational rather than actual, their execution would undoubtedly benefit the country as a whole. Rhat is ser­iously open to question is the discriminatory nature of ether official policies aimed at benefiting a small group of Thai at^ Thailand! Its People and Economy, hr Eastern Series 36 (Sep­tember, 1#»0J, Qlbshlngiont office of Public Affairs), p. 3.

^Rroaram in Southeast Asia, op. cit.. p. 1$.

123the expense of not only foreigners but of the vast majority of the indigenous people as well*"*

It cannot be overemphasised that a country cannot beooae a democracyunleee "conjoint enterprises" are taken for the coneon good of itspeople. From the various citations above, it is obvious that the coreof all the problens is the social problce--the people. In attempts tobuild a society, eany things can be done, but the root of the troubleremains forever if the people themselves do not realise that their cunbenefit must also benefit the larger whole. It is imperative thatdesirable qualities in human personalities be cultivated in order toreduce the widespread corruptions.

Social TrendsThe term social is broad and inclusive. A definition given in

Webster's Dictionary suitable for the purpose here iss "pertaining to human beings in their physical contacts.H The United Nations in dis­cussing World Social Situations says that the term social may embraces "social structures, religions, systems of belief and cultural patterns and values . . . . human rights, crime and delinquency, narcotics addiction and similar social problems. • • Sinoe the writer isnot a student of sociology, the purpose here will be to point out typical ways of life and patterns of living in Thailand and to consider whether these are helpful to a society aspiring for democracy.

^Virginia Thompson and Richard Adloff, "The State fide in Thai Ecomooy," The Eastern Survey. XXI (June 30, 1952), 125*

•*~World Social Situation Today. The United Nations Publication. (New Torkt department of Public Uofornation, 1952), p. 1.

12bSocial Structure

Thar® la no such thing as oasts in Thailand in the ssnse thatIndia knows it, though in Thailand as elsewhere, classes exist* Duringthe series of reigning dynasties ambers of the royal family hare heldthe first socio-economic rank, followed in turn by the men of titles,the middle class, the trading class, the orchard-grovers, the farmers,and last the day-laborers sho live a hand-to-mouth existence* Above allclasses are the Buddhist priests, as stated by Coughlins * • • • theyellowt-robed monks represent the highest positions in Siamese society* 0The abolition of slavery in 190$^ signified some progress toward humanrights in the legal ssnse, and the men of the Coup d’etat of 1932inserted a significant section in the first constitution "All personsare equal before the law*"

Social organisation in Thailand, as described by Oraham threedecades ago refleets the present society to a great extent!

The members of this society, while tendering the most respect and obedience to those above them, exaeted an equal considera­tion from all those below, and there thus existed a sort of social pyramid round the base of which knelt a submissive populaoe while upon its slippery sides a throng of anxious courtiers precariously maintained Itself, each individual engaged in rendering homage to those above him and to the king at the apex of all.??

The cleavage of such a "many graded" social organisation has In the20Richard ”«*• Coughlin, "Sons Social features of Siamese Budd­hism," Asia. Vol. 2 (December, 1952), p. 1|05*

L* Munich Jumsai, Compulsory Education in Thailand (Purist UNESCO, 1951), p. 108*

A. Or ahum, Siam (London! The De La More Press, 192b), p. 233*

125course of time bssa such lessened. The Thai are In faot deeply Indebted to a social reformer, Hama V, probably the greatest in the history of Thailand. He was the grandfather of the present king,Rama IX. In 1JK>5 during his reign^3 slarery mas abolished, and he decreed the end of bodily prostration of courtiers and others in the presence of the Sovereign and nobility. The omission of the sign of submission of inferiors to superiors in social status had a far-reach­ing implication as reported by Qrahamt

An Impetus to social intercourse resulted from this change of manners, for the abandonment of the physical attitude of humility (any negleot of which by an Inferior towards a superior had formerly been considered rudeness and presump­tion) by enabling persons of slightly different rank to meet on a more or less equal footing, naturally led to an easier interchange of ideas and sentiments, though super­iority of positions continues to be iblly recognised in the fonts of speech and in other little mays*"*

A change in manner does not immediately instill change of thought, Moreover, as Qraham pointed out* "To decree a change in habits and manner of thought, and to bring that same decree into universal accept­ance and practice, are two very different things* The ooament holds true to the present; nobody can deny the fact that even though the Constitution provides that "All persons are equal before the law," that does not automatically equalise the Thai people in the fullest sense. Compared to many other peoples of the world, however, the Thai are freer in terms of class mobility*

^Jumsal, op* clt*. p. 108*

^Ibid., pp. 2UO-2U1*

^Ibid.. p. 2l*7.

Class nobility. In Thailand nobility is seen in the Tact that descendants of Majesty become merged in the people, at the fifth gener­ation and there is no such thing as an hereditary nobility in the land. Sons of aristocrats, though given status with the family naan, have to earn their own rank and title, mostly by virtue of their office. Thus farmers1 sons could become aristocrats as has happened in the past. Persons of great wealth who contribute their wealth to the welfare of the people mere rewarded fay titles. Too, education is a means of class mobility. A person of great knowledge is a fevered person, regardless of the actual class in which he was bora. Hence farmers, who consti­tute the largest group of the population, try their best to send their sons to the city to be educated in order to secure white-collar jobs. These groups of people constitute the middle classes in Thailand from which the "Siamese intelligentsia Is drawn," Again, as the Buddhist priests rank at the top of the social classes, the openness of that order Is an avenue to social position, and hence serves as a means of class mobility. People of all classes, idio enter the priesthood, become equal as disciples of Buddha, the Great Teacher, the bearers of his teaching. In this regard, the teaching profession becomes another avenue of class mobility.

Religious culture. The influence of the Buddhist priests on the patterns of living or the social system, especially at the village level can be semi from the following statement t

In the Siamese sooial system the village is the unit. It ma% in former days, a self-contained one in its economy and needs. The people's habits and customs were based mainly on agriculture end religion. Most villages bad a Buddhist monastery

127and a shrine for a village deity. She monastery served their spiritual needs as sell as (providing the) people's education.• • • • from birth till death it centered round it. Its precincts were the meeting place for social gatherings on festive occasions. • • *<6

Culture in its simplest definition Is— " . . . the sun total of theways of doing and thinking, past and present, of a social group," 7thus it becomes synonymous with religion, as it has existed in Thailand.This is confirmed by a notable Thai authority!

Fundamentally, the culture of Siam nay be sowed up in one word, religion. For everything— arts and literature, social system, habits and customs— is developed and clustered around her religion. It is in quite recent times only that there have been some changes in the culture due to western influence.Thai culture tends to become secular in the progressive parts of the country! but to the people as a whole, religious cul­ture is still a living force • 2°Buddhism is the national religion in Thailand. There has never

been religious persecution in Thailand. Missionaries have always beenwelcome to spread their religions. Mohammedanism, Confucianism, andboth Catholic and Protestant Christianity are found in minority groups.The fact that the King of Thailand, always a Buddhist, is the defenderof all Faiths shows the liberal attitude of Buddhism. The Kdiets ofBuddhism are very well given by drahamt

• ... a spirit of tolerance and a simple righteousness, in­culcating obedience to parents, kindness to children and the^ Sathira Koses, "The Culture of Siam,11 The March of Thailand.

Department of Publicity Publication (Bangkok* Thai Wiana Fanich Press, 1952), p. 10.

S. Bogardua, Contonnoriunr Sociology (Los Angeles t Univ­ersity of Southern California Press, 1931J, p. 60.

^Sathlra Koses, Ibid.. p. 5*

128lower animals, indulgence to inferiors, • • • • suppression of cruelty, anger, paaaion and extravagance, the cultivation of humility, tolerance and charity.The Buddha • • • . convinced of the Four Great Truths, namely, that sorrow ever attends existence; that with the extinction of desire mat come cessation of sorrow; and that by holiness alone can desire be extinguished; set himself to teach the renouncement of all worldly desire and bodily pleasure and the attainaent of a mental state which mould cause mankind no longer to hanker after existence but to aspire to a perfect state of rest or nothingness.2?

The state Nof rest or nothingness- or Nirvana is explained by Maownnnass "the complete extinction of individuality, without loss of conscious­ness but where all pain, suffering and mental anguish have ceased. *The same author also points out the specific worthlessness of the"human body," "human activity" and "the individual*"30 These last points are contrary to the basic concept of democracy in shloh the individual, the human personality is to be cherished and safeguarded* Nevertheless, the democratic attitude can be seen in Homes* Interpre­tation of Buddhism* "Man most be judged in terms of moral character, not1 primarily in terms of heredity or status, nor according to the externals of conventional religion. "31 No one can disagree that char­acter is a stronger contributing factor to world peace or world under­standing, the brotherhood of mankind, than pure knowledge, which, if applied without moral character may, and often does, mean disaster*

^Graham, pp. cit*. Vol. II, pp* 217-218*3°Saauel S. Fyer, Significance of Religion in Culture and Civi­

lisation. unpublished manuscript, Columbus, Ohio, 1952, p. 17/ quoting Maomnna* The Religious and Hidden Oults of India. (Hew forks The Mae- co':y W32J7p7us;------------ *----

3 Ibid.. quoting Ian, Th. World*. Iltlm Religion. (Dm Xarkt Charles Scribner's Sons, 1927), p. io*

It seems probable that the "worthlessness" or human activity baa been misinterpreted by many Thai poopla and tharafora plain laslnaaa results, which haa a tandancy to destroy Incentive to progress. The conflicts oauaad by the Buddhistic point of view are brought out by Coughlin*

The problem in trying to raise the level of material develop­ment and production of Thailand la complicated by the fact that money and goods as goals for the individual in them­selves are contrary to the basic doctrines of Buddhism, for Buddha teaches and the monks practice the extinction, not the creation and the satiation of desires• It seems apparent that in the present development programs eithsr the material values of the West must be adapted to Thailand's medial and religious system, or that Thailand's religious orientation and social structure change to conform to these material values inherent in all developamnt programs.™

It goes without saying that the material values are important for people to live a happy, comfortable, effective life. let, moderation is to be considered in the sense that drives for material values must not be so strong that the Sightfold Path-right understanding, right ndndedness, right speech, right action, right living, right effort, right attentive­ness, and right concentratlon diich Buddha discovered from his medi­tation, cannot be followed. Failure to follow this path leads to a corrupt life.

However, Buddhism adopted by the Thai people has been somewhat modified and mixed with the other cults they found prevailing In the land upon their emigration, according to a Thai historian!

^Coughlin, op. oit.. p. 1|17. Ifacmuna, on. oit.. p. US.

130Animism* with ancestor-worship, la the primitive belief

of tha Thai and their neighbors as well, and this for— d thefirst layer of Thai religion....... the Thai inheriteda fair proportion of Hindu! am through the influence of the Cambodians* • • • • Whatever cults and beliefs are adopted by tha Thai, they are readily modified to suit their temperament and surroundings* Vhsn they adopted Buddhism* they greatly modified their basic beliefs of airiadma Into the fold of Buddhism* Likewise when they esbraced Hinduism* they adapted it as a subordinate to the former* 4s Buddhisir and Hinduism were evolved from one and the same source* 1. e* Ikahmlnlsm* there was no hindrenoe to their assimilation* They beea— in time intermixed completely* and. of course tinged with the former animistic belief* • •Superstitions and folklore. These traditions are contributing

factors in the life of the Thai people* especially those who are broughtup with less scientific knowledge of life and its environment* Folklore*the "traditions* beliefs* and customs of the eomnon people* or theknowledge of these*** as defined in a dictionary* is closely related tosuperstition which "comes from roots weaning empty* groundless* andfear of superhuman power* In practice it is unreasoning awe or fear ofsomething unknown*

4 superstitious belief is one that ascribes casual relationship to phenomena and objects which bear no such relationship to oneanother......... In so— instances it Is difficult to separate'superstitious beliefs and practices from certain religious beliefs and practices* Superstition is often defined as false religion* In view of the enormous differences in opinion as to what constitutes correct and false religion it is not alto­gether surprising that what is considered religion by one may be considered superstition by another**°

^Sathlra Koses* on. oit*. pp* 5-6*iCSemuel S* lQrer* Science Beg* mrtnga. unpublished manuscript*

Columbus* Ohio* 1953* P* 10*

^Ibid*. quoting Julius Bernard Holler and 0* S* Lundeen* Souroesjp/ Suparstltlous Belisfa. Journal of Educational Besearch*

131To distinguish religion from superstition Is therefore Important for one who searches for truth. The ceases of superstitions near serve as criteria. They are "sheer lade of knowledge, mislnformation, faulty education, faulty reasoning, inability to perceive proper relationship (cause and effeot), emotional disturbances, anxiety, unwillingness to face distasteful reality, wishful thinking, and self delusion. "37 The generalisations regarding mental health given earlier are the opposite of these. To protect the mental health of the population then, it is necessary to point out that superstitions have contaminated many lives. Reginald le Hay, who for a period of time was Adviser to the Thai Government in the Ministry of Ccaaaerce and Comsnnioatlon, in his Reflec­tions on the Thai Tales which he translated, gives a thought provoking discussion on the superstitions of the Thai peoples

... their thoughts are mostly tinged with religion, or at any rate with fears of the natural and supernatural phenomena all around than. Magle, both sympathetic and contagious, still plays a great part in their lives, and their ears and ayes are open to every wind that blows, every bird that calls, and every leaf that rustles in the mysterious, enchanted forest. Nowadays the townsfolk are beoomlng more sophisticated, • through their schools and contact with Western ideas, but the great mass of the people still remains untouched, . • . 3®

No condemnation is intended in pointing out these superstitions as thewriter agrees with Le May when ha aayet

But there is no doubt that many otherwise educated people will not sit thirteen at table, will still persist in throwing spilt salt over their left shoulder, and will not get married in this month of May, and do not consider their superstitions

^Reginald Le May, trans., Thai Tales Old and Mew (London* Noel Douglas, 19U5), pp. 126-29.

132In any way childish, which, in feet, they ars, . . . . It is only a quart ion of degree • • • • thasa trivial and unevent- ful superstitions must ba a relic of tha not vary distant past, whan education had not yet begun its work of differentiation aaong tha peoples of tha world* They are enough to prove what is only too often forgotten, namely, that all the peoples of this earth are fnndaasntally one.3?Due to the inability to relate cause to effect, the fears and

worries due to superstitions result in damage to a healthy mind. Illus­trations of the superstitions that have enslaved the winds of many Thai are>

Be Plan is a ghoul . ... if Tong marries Be Plan, within three months she will have plucked out his liver and eaten

Bh may well believe that the dream ifcich the Hand Priest experienced might easily become a reality, for we have his own evidence that the second priest died of cholera, even as the dream foretold, • * .*3-• • * they heard the full story of her illness, they all agreed, too, that ahe was under tbs spell of a sorcerer, who had given her a love philtre and had buried her waxen image in the ground* So, the astrologers were summoned, who. sprinkled her with mfstic words and holy water j • • *b2• • • asked his (the old priest) help in various ways— eons for charms and aaaleta, ethers for holy water to sprinkle upon their houses**'. • • Praaop Invited the astrologer into his cell, and asked39Ibld.. P* 13b.°Ibld.. P- 3b-35^Ibld. . P- 78.

**2Ibid. . P- 8b.

^Ibid., P* 85*

133tala to consult bis boro scops sad reveal to hi* what his lots would be, especially ths name of his future wife.****He obtained by stealth a snail phial of oil> oil extracted from a human corpse, and seeking a suitable opportunity, he uncorked the phial and flung the contents over the unsus­pecting girl* • • • • Either the lady will be fired with a deep and lasting passion for the thrower, or she will go wad* In this oase the young lady chose tbs latter course***?All that the Injured wife has to do is to collect a little of the water from under the boards at ths bottom of seven sampan a (boats) mix it in a bottle, and give it to her husband to drink of course unbeknown to him* It is said to be an excellent oorreotlve. * . ***°It Is very ooiaaon to see a country man tattooed on the chest or back with his horoscope, • * * • it is used purely and slaply as a chars to render the wearer invulnerable to ballets and knives .**'"Kan's first medicine was a mental influence," but mental influ­

ence can be created In healthy ways on scientific bases* The loss of reasoning power Is irreparable* Man has to have control over himself and over his environment, as says a wise nan, "If we let go control and, so to speak, lose our reasoning powers, it is easily possible for such a state of mind to react on our bodies and make us, literally, seriously 111*" But, ”• • • joy and pleasure and happiness, once aroused, are able to drive away all thought of disease, and thus, the disease itself." *® Psychosomatic medicine of the preeent confirms this state-

^Ibld*. p7 93.frSlbld.* p. 133.

^7Ibld*. p. 11*2.

i*8Phya Haamnet Banhan, note on Le Kay, p* 92*

13kment* Nevertheless, the physical conditions of health cannot be neglected*Trends In Health

The picture of social trends Is not complete without a discus­sion of the health situation of the people and the country* WHO (World Health Organisation) confirms this statements

• • • it has been characteristic of the aore prosperous and highly Industrialised countries that improvements in health hare gone hand in hand with social and economic advancement—In working conditions* housing* education* agricultural and Industrial productivity and so forthf and It is Indeed generally true that such Improvements* unless eooowpanled by corresponding advances in other fields* can be little aore than ephemeral or piecemeal**?

What the Report says in discussing the "less industrialised" countriesapplies to Thailand which has very little industry*

If these countries are to Incorporate fully In their own services the newer methods sad techniques Introduced from abroad* they must have the means of developing their own resources* until this is possible* any appreciable raising of the level of health— which could of itself do much to improve resources in manpower* and thus increase productiv­ity— is financially Impracticable *50Since an agricultural country like Thailand depends on

"resources in manpower" to increase productivity* the core of theeconomic* political and social problems is health* Recognition ofthis fact is of the greatest concern in the present study*

Many of the following comments on the health situation In

p* 1*k Ihs Work of TOP 1952 (Oanevat World Health Organisation* 19$3\

°Ibid*

135Thailand that hald true, universally In tha past ara still trua in sona araass

Tha chief causa of Siam's under population lias in tha sanitary conditions that load to tha high death rata* Tha amasing listlaasnass that tha Siamese hare always shown regarding contagious diseases is partly due to ignorance but even more to tha resignation of karma. Thera is no conception of quarantine, and no effort is sede to aroid contact with those who ara suffering trom leprosy or small pox. Internal parasites hare for centuries Infected erery drop of water in the country except in Bangkok. Although they lead outdoor lives, the Siamese possess every disease known to man.51

"The resignation of karma" is the attitude toward life as suffering, and death as a means of extinguishing suoh suffering and a transition to the next better life* The health campaigns in the last few decades have altered the situation described above, especially in developed areas of Thailand. This can be verified by the records of vital sta­tistics.

Vital statistics in Thailand are hardly adequate. The Demo­graphic Yearbook 19U8, prepared by ths United Nations was forced to report "Thailand not lnoluded" in many of their health surveys*Recently more attention has been given to them, but those available are not up to date* However, ample data can be gathered to show the health situation in Thailand*

The montly Bulletin of Statistics of Thailand in December, 1952 states that the annual increase of papulation from 191*7-1952 is 9*8 percent* Table IH shows 23*4 percent decline in crude birth rates and

^Virginia Thompson, Thailand* The Mew Siam (Hew larks The Haosdllsn Co., 191*9), p. 699*

136UO.ii percent decline in crude death retea. Thus an extraordinary reduction in death rates did result in a gain of population. Dis­regarding stillbirth a, the percent of deaths to llvebirths under one year of age has been very high. Table IV shows 51.7 percent decline of infant deaths under one month, 63.5 percent decline of deaths in the ages from 1-U years, and 63*3 percent decline in deaths in ages 45-49, but it is evident that the percent of decline is emailer after that age. This accounts for the fact that Thailand is still under­populated.

Records of illness are also pertinent evidence of the nation's health. Table V shows the fourteen principal causes of death in Thailand from 1946-1949, inclusive. Malaria was the w>st destructive disease throughout the period. Statements given below from different sources support the figures in the table.

Malaria is the most destructive disease in Thailand. It is estimated that three million cases of malarial Illness occur yearly and that the disease acoounts for 20 percent of deaths from all causes.Taws (similar to syphilis, but not venereal), leprosy, and tuberculosis present serious problems."Malaria cuts Thai Productivity, in both human and economic

terms, more than any other single factor. Each year there are on an average 50,000 reported malaria deaths (plus an unknown number of unreported ones) and an estimated 3,000,000 cases in the country* Though malaria is found in all areas, certain parts of the country hare a higher incidence of the disease. • •

Malaria cuts productivity of Thailand due to the faot that its inci­dence is seasonal. The first epidemic occurs in July, August and

^Armed Forces Talk, op. dt.. p. iu^Thallands Its People and Economy, o p . dt.. p. 4.

137XAHLB HI. DISTRIBUTION OF CRUM BUSH RATS8, MASH RUBS AID HXAIS

B3BIH8 AID MATHS OHDA (MB TEAR OF AM, HICLUSIFB OF STUJU BXBSM FOR XHB TBARS 1937 - 1949

XBAROnd*Blrtha QradaDaatha JbdSut Wsmi and rtaatha maoar oaa yaar ar>

dnai/ra of atm birtkBata par1000

Bata par 1000

Ha. of Blrtha

DaathaHa. M ---- -*-48I H M I

1937 36.7 17*8 532,480 53,688 10.081938 33.5 15.1 494,508 46,300 9.371939 36.7 16.9 551,239 54,345 9.861940 36.3 17.3 555,444 57,677 10.381941 36.3 17.0 565,895 56,457 8.21M 2 3k.9 16.2 554,018 52,457 9.4719k3 36.5 18 *k 588,870 57,347 9.7419kk 32.0 17.6 525,406 51,887 9.8819k5 25.9 16.5 433,261 45,752 30.5619k6 2k.2 15.2 431,835 38,957 9.4619k7 23.8 13.5 413,430 32,989 7.9819k8 24.1 10.8 426,052 29,000 6.8119k9 28.1 10.6 504,682 33,271 6.59

Sovreti Daakocraphle iMrbotk U5t* Unitad ItUsn p. 228-9p. 245-7p. 220-1P* 268-9 F* 334-5

ttAnn|« daath par ynar 9*10$Pnraant d m U m A w 1937-47 10*83 H tri— tt OatHaa fiw 193T^i9 34.62

138TAHLK IT t OWHUUSOtf OF W SH K A » HR 3DOO WKUXIXM BT 101 AMD ABC

100 1HB 3BAB8 1117 AMD 19l7

A|« la 1917 1917yur Both m s Halo Wtmtlm Beth m x Male VtaMl*

AH «c« 17.8 18*9 16*7 13.1 11*1 12*5Under 1 ■with 101*0 llli*9 92*8 51*8 57*1 56*11-1 26*9 27.7 26.0 17.1 18*1 16*25-1

lo -lk8*1 6*1 5*8 7*1

1.57*71*8

7 a1*2

15-19 7*6 7*9 7*1 5 a 5*1 1*720-21 7.0 7.1 6*825-2910-Hi 10,0 10*2 9*9 9*2

9*99*1

io a9*09*7

15-19 12*2 12*1 11*210-11 13*8 15.0 12*615-4*9 10*0

19*2 21*9 16*1 16*0 18*8 33*350-51 19*7 21*1 16*2 .55-59 21*0 26*0 21*060-61 H.9 16a 27*785-8970-75

55*9 5 7 a 51*6 11*566*5

18*671*1

18*159*8

85 ovnr 111*1 121*1 206*1

So«rMt nwmgfylrtn IiirtiMr 1952 Ihitti Matloe* n« 281-285*

13?September and greatly Interferes with the cultivation of rice. The second epidemic begins In November and lasts until March, causing delay end loss in harvesting, since the work has to stop when family members are 111. Since the majority of the population are villagers, public health at the village level Influences the health situation of the whole population. MSI (Mutual Security Agency) which has been working to aid Thailand In attacking Its economic problems reports*

Yet all is not well In the village. There are no sani­tary facilities, hence intestinal diseases are rampant and take an appalling toll, especially among infants. A sixth of the population each year undergoes sickness or death from malaria. Ssmohoma, which frequently causes blindness, affects approximately half of the children of school age. • •Table VI shows a decline in malaria, but the percentage decline

of certain other diseases Is much greater than that of malaria.Deaths from tuberculosis, pneumonia, suicide, accidents and peuperal, however, have been increased. In Table VII it is seen that most diseases causing Infant deaths show deollne except for diarrhoea and enteritis and pneumonia.

Public health problems. The decline of the death rate Is evidence that the Government of Thailand is well aware of the value of good public health. It also shows that there Is increasing under­standing and application of medical and sanitary science In the country. However, in practice many barriers to progress are found, as pointed out by Reeve*

^*Bast Meets West f," Mutual Security Agency, Wash­ington, p. I*.

iko

TABLE V. DISTRIBUTION OF BIATHS PER 1000 POPULATION REPORTED IN THAI­LAND, ACCORDING TO PRINCIPAL GAUSS OP DSATRS FCR THB TSARS 19l*6-19k?

Ga«Hi of DoathDeaths Per 1000 Population

191*6 W M 191*8 191*9Hate lb. auto No. Bate Ho.X kalana l*o, old ■ 2 no ’V7OT*" TJ9N"aur,23? 1f*l»b ■38",01i6‘ zTio

2 Dlarrhoaa A Shteritis 17,311* 1.00 19,323 1.11 9,995 0.56 11,871 0*653 Convulsions In Childron under 5 ptars old 13,506 0.77 11,010 0*61 11,797 0*65

1* Dyoentory 11,355 0*65 11,760 0.67 6,535 0.37 6,1*25 0.355 Disease ofearly Infancy 13,126 0*76 10,381* 0.59 9,731* 0.55 12,297 0*686 Tuberculosis of tbs respi­ration system 9,067 0*52 9,679 0*55 9,118 0*51 10,1*89 0.58

7 htaiaoBii 5,365 0*31 U,518 0.26 6,065 0.31* 6,925 0.388 Beri-Beri 1,895 0*11 1,1*78 0*08 1,208 0.07 1,579 0.099 Measles 71*8 0.01* 1,352 0*08 652 0*01* 589 0*0310 Inflnensa 1,589 0*09 733 0*01* 517 0*03 916 0.05U Homieide 1,861 0*11 1,666 0*09 1,389 0*08 1,81*2 0.1012 9ulelde 283 0*02 310* 0.02 10*9 0.03 1*72 0.0313 Aooldental

Death 1,952 0.11 3A93 0.13 2,31*6 1*32 2,751* 0*15Hi Puerperal 3,01*7 7*1(0 3,093 7.1*8 2,952 6.93 3,576 • • •

Source* SUtiiliwl Tcarbodt Thailand. Pol, 1, 1952O w i M AUtliuail QmUt, fttlwil Scononlo Counoil Bangkok, Thailand

1illThe organisation for the public health service is, on

paper, imposing. There is a Department of Public Health, subordinate to the Ministry of the Interior, under a Director-General with a dosen hong or Divisions. There is an Inspectorate of Health under a Chief Medical Officer*Ccwunlcable diseases, Laboratory, Medico-Social Service,Mental hygiene, Mutritlon, and so on* But, in fact, this large central organisation appears to be somewhat top- heavyj it is out of proportion to the public health services actually functioning, and the efficiency of those that do exist.

This is, nevertheless, hardly the fault of the depart­ment. In spite of a somewhat limited budget— the Director- General and his staff (many of idiom hold European or Amer­ican medical degrees) are generally enthusiastic and com­petent. But the real difficulty is that the number of fully- qualified doctors in the country is pitifully insufficient. Their total number is probably between 1,000 and 2,000 in all, which gives one doctor to every 10,000 of the population.

Although in most of the seventy provincial centers there is at least one hospital or dispensary, administered either by the Government or by the local municipality, public health services in rural areas are Inadequate and unsatisfactory. Bangkok Itself, has however, large and well-run hospitals, some of them belonging to the State. The Bed Cross Society also administers a large and efficient "Pasteur Institute" which mokes large quantities of anti-rabies vaccine, snake­bite serum, and vaccine against smallpox, cholera, typhoid, and other endemic diseases*"

The heart of the problem is the insufficient number of trained medi­cal doctors. Such a problem of course can be less severe if the public Itself is well equipped with the knowledge of good health, how to achieve and maintain it, knowledge of symptoms of prevailing dis­eases and how immunisation works. If certain groups of lay leaders could do the screening, the work to be done by qualified medical men could become less of a burden, and more people be served.

It goes without asying that the problem of the low economic standing of the whole country makes it more difficult for the public

^Beeve, op. dt*. pp. 53-55*

1U2TABLE VI. FRINCXFAL GAUSS OF DEATHS IN THAILAND NITS PBBCBHAOS

D9GL3QGB OR INCRXASX 19b6-19k9

19L6 19k9

Canone Nate perT l ^ y >

Nate per 1000 fawMtap decline or Increase

Malaria 2.30 2.10 8.7 declineDiarrlMft A Hhtlritia 1*00 0.65 35*0 •

Convulsion* in ehlldren 0.77 0.65 15*8 "w i t f 5 years eld (1*7) -

Dysentery 0.65 0*35 46.2 «

U i m m of early infancy 0*76 0.68 10.5 ■

Tubcredoslc ef the rtipinliM ex*tee 0.52 0.56 U.5 increase

AmwobU 0.51 0.38 22.6 «

Berl Beri 0.11 0.09 18.2 declinefcirtf 0.04 0.03 25*0 »T « ^ | i n 0.09 0.05 JUu5 •

o . u 0.10 9.1 •

Selelde 0.02 0.03 50.0 lnereaeeO .U 0.15 36Ji •

h n p t r a l , 7JiO (3,0k7) (3 I 5 7 6 )

174 i •

343TABLE YU. XBMHT DEATHS mm 30 KIBCIBAL CAUSES IB THAILABP WITH F9t~

CatXAOE OECUBB OR XBG81A8E IB 1946-1949

OUm m i 1946 1949 h m n t f i (WeHn>Bate par Bate par or lneraaan1000 1000

Total 98.7 6$. 9 33.2 daailnaCoogonltaldability 23.7 17Ji 26.6 «Conrvalaieaa in ehlldran 21*7 13.7 36.9 «Diirrhoaa A anteritia 3*0 6.0 300.0 inaraaaalfalarta 4.9 4.8 2.0 daailnaDyoantary 2.1 ia 47.6 •feaaaonla 1.1 2.4 116.2 inaraaaaTnflnanaa 1.0 0.3 70.0 rtaoHnaDio* of naoal ffcaaaa Ac brooobo-poovaanla 1.9 0.7 63.2 daailnaDli* dm to hal- ■intha 0.8 0.2 75.0 •Maaalaa 0.4 0.2 50.0 ■Oibara 38a 19*1 49.9 •

lUtat the Tillage level to have nedlcal services. In Thailand there are Tew large eltiee and highways and other weans of transportation 15row cities to villages are insufficient• There are projects to lnprore and construct wore highways in the near fhture. Living conveniences In the villages are so underdeveloped that the following statenent presents a true and realistic picture of the situation *

But throughout the provinces, not only is there a short* age of qualified doctors but there is a natural reluctance awong the nedlcal profession to undertake Tery poorly paid work in the remoter country districts, i.e. in the districts renote from the province headquarters. • • »56

Another writer points out the sane difficulty in getting teachers,out to such places, and explains such "reluctance"*

The problen of getting teachers becomes wore and nore acute as ws get farther away from the towns and districts centers and reach distant villages In jungle areas where there are no adequate oowreni cations with the towns. These villages are almost cut off from civilisation, there are no doctors, no modern comforts and the only lodgings available are those offered by generous villagers living In huts, or with the priests In spare rooms in the temples. These areas also abound In malaria and other forms of disease resulting from contaminated water and food. * • •?'

Very often It turns out that even the doctor and his family becamevictims of the prevailing diseases| their living is net only unpleas*ant but filled with danger. Too, villagers often prefer the so calledherb-doc tor a, many of idiom are Buddhist priests. "They normally relyon the local Chinese drug*shop, « . . . or consult the old fashioneddoctor, a sort of local herbalist, idio sells old, utterly unsoien-

^keeve, on. oit.. p. 5h.

^Junaal, on. oit.. p. 61.

11*5t i n e Siamese medicaments. • •

The more difficult problem is to gain people's attention andInterests In the new health projects. As has been saldi

Half the battle In a rural project, and for that matter in any project, is to get the people interested. This has been achieved in some measure. • ■ •“Approaches to the problems. Reeve summarises the health prob­

lems and some approaches to then thus*Malaria, dysentery, cholera, and venereal diseases are the greatest scourges. Infant mortality is also *9gy hied*.Much remains to be done to combat these evils.A number of schemes have, from time to time, been propounded to try to overcome this difficulty. Various inducements have been given to students to take up medical courses at the Bangkok Universities. Training courses for "junior doctors"— a rudimentary medical training sufficient to make them qualified to do first aid and to prescribe for and treat malaria and other ocamon diseases— have .been started and jobs for those passing have been guaranteed.61

To promote and improve public health Is an enormous task. It is evident that the health of the public cannot be achieved and maintained without the understanding participation of the public itself. Funda­mental to public health is a sanitary environment, therefore eaoh person must be taught to keep his environment clean and conducive to healthy living. The importance of good sanitation la pointed out in the Report of VHDt

op. dt.. p. 55.G. Thambiah, "drief Review of the Rural UGH Project,

Chiengmai" Work Paper, UCH Nursing Rural Health Center Chlengaal, Thailand, 1953, (mimeographed), p. 1.

°Reeve, op. dt.. pp. 5b-55.

^•Reeve, op. oit.. pp. 5U«55*

11*6It Is axiomatic that good sanitation Is fundamental to public health and economic progress. The more advanced countries bear witness to the importance of a sound environment not only in improving the physical health of their cltisena, but also in promoting general well-being and raising standards of living; In the less developed countries, without at least a mini,mum standard of environmental sanitation plans for economic improvement must fall short. There are still unfor­tunately many people, Including even some public health officials, who do not attribute to environmental sanitation Its full importance; in fact, its value is often least understood in tb°ae parts of the world where it is most needed. • • . *

Thailand unfortunately falls in this last category.In 1.951 the BCA reported the use of its funds by Thailand as

six times as much spent in public health as for education and two times as much as that spent in agriculture, forestry and fisheries* This supports the following statement* * * . . the primary need isnot for commodities to be fed in the economy to produce local cur­rency, but rather for assistance in building essential services in public health and agriculture and in improving the system of public works.

The USA has carried out the following project in order to improve healths

MSA has ordered materials to construct U,000 shallow wells and to bore 500 deep wells, each approximately 1X)0 feet deep. These will demonstrate the importance of pure water in a region where the germ theory of disease is not yet widely known. Few villages have any kind of toilet facilities. MSA's sanitary engineer shows village headmen how to construct a bamboo nrivy for a total cost, excluding labor, of about#1.50.^ The Work of WHO. 1552, op. dt.. p. 2. ^ ftrearam in South Bast Asia, op. dt.. p. 15* ^Bast Meets ist in Thailand, op. dt.. p. 6.

1U7The project carried out In relation to maternal and child healthis reported by the Department or Health to Include*

fhysloal examination of mothers and children, out-patient treatment for those sick, ante-natal care both Inside and outside the clinic, advice to the mother during her pregnancy, delivery at home, post-natal nursing, post-natal examination*

Care to the new born babies, advice In feeding and looking after the new born baby up to sohool age, pediatric clinic- staffed by pediatrician and nurse, provides well baby clinic once a weak, immunisation clinic Is open each afternoon, and also serve the sick child*

fhysical examination and hygiene inspection of school children gt sohool, Immunisation, treatment of minor ail­ments and first aid both at clinic and at school} securing medical care for the sick and follow up contacts of Infec­tious diseases by visiting nurse} dental examination and treatment Is available at the clinic, dental health educa­tion has been started at selected schools*

Venereal disease clinic for mothers and child including blood examination for the men In the family, and also treat­ment, is arranged with the division of V.D. control*

X-ray mobile unit Is arranged with the division of T.B. control.

Securing aid for those who are in any trouble, which might interfere with medical and nursing treatment.

Improvement In sanitation In the area of Bangrak andTannawa.3*

Good progress In Thailand is shown by a review of the work of WHO in Southeast Asia*

Maternal and Child Health*In Thailand, the work in Bangkok developed very well, while progress In Chlengnal was slower. The need for Including both the preventive and curative aspects in such programmes was recognised, and this In itself is a gratifying result*”®

The^importanoe of mental health is beginning to be appreciated* Thailand had the servioes of a consultant of three months in 1951 and, as a result of his report,

6^yqr tho“sako of Health of Mother and Child. Department of Health, Ministry of Public health, Bangkok, Thailand, 1953* pp* 5-9*

^The Mork of WHD. on. oit*. pp. 95-96*

msthe Government asked WHD to provide a psychiatrist In 1953, to establish a mental hygiene clinic*6'Health Education collaborated with UNESCO'S Fundamental Education Project*A health educator mas assigned to the UNESCO fundamental education project In Ceylon, -where the establishment of a health education institute Is planned. It Is proposed to provide a sohool health officer and a school health nurse for a similar project In Thailand, . .Antiaalaria Campaigntin Thailand, tee first phase of a five-year plan (started with help tram WHO and expanded under United States bilateral technical assistance) Is In operation, and covers one and a quarter million people} in 1956 the Government proposes to protect five million people*6?Tuberculosis Services*• . . six todft-assisted demonstration and training projects were in operation • • • • , with objectives based on the recomnendations of the Expert Committee on Tuberculosis . . . . the areas surveyed extremely high rates of morbidity, long suspected, were confirmed.At . . . • Bangkok the existing tuberculosis services

have been greatly improved, and the attendance of patients has increased.Yaw Control*Projects being carried out In Indonesia and Thailand with the assistance of WHD and UNICEF are now on a scale sel­dom previously attained in medical history. They have been conducted as mass campaigns In rural areas with field teams under the guidance and supervision of the medical officers, and with the active cooperation of the civil administra­tions. . • .**

67loc. d t .68Ioc. oit*

6?The Work of WHD 1952. op. dt.. pp. 95-96*

7°The Work of WHO 1952. op. dt., p, 97*

^Ibid.. p. 97

Leprosy!Leprosy Is endemic in ell the countries. . . . consultant

will make a surrey in Thailand in 1953.The projects which receive Technical Assistance funds are tuberculosis project, BCQ programme, maternal and child health, nursing, rural health demonstration units, school health service, control of trepon- ematoses, training of nldwives, improving environmental sanitation, and five out of the twelve fellowships awarded were under TechnicalAssistance.^

It cannot be overemphasised that raising the standard of public health is the most direct and fruitful means of increasing manpower and hence the productivity of the country. The 50 percent of the total expenses of the country spent on public health does not indicate the actual annual cost of sickness to the country, but it leaves no room for doubt that poverty is an effect and disease often a cause, though in some cases it may be the other way round. Many campaigns against the diseases listed above show weakened human resources, and thus it would not be inaccurate to predict that Thai­land has a long way to go before she can miter the period of — tH m w productivity.

It is certainly dear that the cost of preventable diseases imposes a staggering burden upon the human race.

Svary step that can be taken toward lessening this burden will not only diminish suffering and prolong human llfej it will also increase productivity and promote prosperity. This prosperity, in turn, must not be con­sidered as an ultimate end in itself. If wisely conducted,' Ibid.. p. 98.

73Ibid., p. 105.

150economic Improvement may make it poseible for peoples— limited in the pest for here existence— to enjoy e fuller end e richer existence* "That they might here life, ««* that they might heve it more abundantly” is the objective of the programme of public health*'**

Hence, further thought should be given to the main activities ofdaily living that can "diminish suffering and prolong life** Foodis one factor for consideration in healthful living*

Food preferences and standard of living. The Importance ofrice to the eoonosy of Thailand has been previously pointed out; itsimportance in the health of the Thai people, the rice-eatere, cannotbe overlooked. The Ministry of Agriculture in its annual report toFAO in 19U9 gives a clear picture of the Thai diets

It should be noted that all Thai dishes serve as accompaniment of the main item, rice, and therefore taken in very small portions, in direct contrast to the meat eating peoples mho make meat the main Item accompanied by bread* The amount of protein intake is therefore bound to be small, and although indications are that there is an increased oonsnption of meat because of these eating habits the consumption of rice mill not be lessened thereby* On the contrary, It nay be even increased, because the neat is consumed in the form of curried dishes highly seasoned with ohilies, and other condiments as accompaniments to rice, more of uhich nay be consumed due to Increase in palatablllty of the accompaniment.

As these feeding habits are of very long standing, it will need a great deal of education to altar them* 75

Thus, rice is to be evaluated in the light of its nutrition. The FAOin its nutritional survey has made excellent studies of rice diets*

7liC. £• A* Winslow, The Cost of Sickness and The Fries of Health (Genevat World Health Organisation, 19511, Monograph Series, No* 7» p* 16*

^ Annual Report to FAQ of the United nations. (Bangkok* Minis­try of Agriculture, 19U9J, p* £LT

151In the rice eating areas of the world the general level of health— using the term health In Its eldest sense— is low In comparison eith levels ehleh have been attained in West­ern civilisation. Among the criteria by ehleh health in this broad sense nay be assessed are mortality rates, expec­tation of life, the prevalence of disease, physical develop­ment, and working capacity. All these are influenced by nutrition, though nutrition is only one of the many factors concerned. More specific evidence of malnutrition can be obtained by investigating the Incidence of food deficiency states, or by studying groups in the population, e. g.,Infants, children, and mothers, and applying certain methods of procedures— clinical, anthropometric, physiological, and biochemical— by which it is believed that state of nutrition can at least be approximately assessed. According to both these criteria, malnutrition is exceptionally prevalent among rice eaters. • • .7°

As infant mortality rate is very high and beri-bexi is on the list ofthe ten leading causes of death in Thailand, the following statementscannot be denied*

Beri-beri is the best known deficiency disease . . . . remains prevalent In Siam and in parts of China, India, and Malaya. Special emphasis must be laid on infant beri-beri, a disease which is often unrecognised. Investigations • • • • during the years 1939W*5 showed that infant beri­beri was much more common than had formerly been supposed and was responsible for a high mortality among Infants.The disease in its acute form often leads to the sudden death of breast-fed infants during the second to the fourth month of life. . . .

Apart from beri-beri, numerous other deficiency states such as keratomalacia, stomatitis, glossitis, cheilosis, "burning-feet," and hepatic cirrhosis occur much more fre­quently among rice eaters . . . . of the poorer classes;

These nutrition studies have supported the Ministry of Agriculture's report to FAO, that "rice supplies over 70 percent of total calories and that other foods, e.g., foods of animal origin, are present In

and Bice Diets. FAO Nutritional Studies No. 1, (Rome; FAO, 1952), p. 8.

7?Ibid.. p. 9.

152relatively snail quantities." A nore recent report was given in 1953 by The MLO nutritionist of Southeast Asia* Dr. S. S. De in collabora­tion with Dr. Tong* Director of Food and Drug Division of the Depart­ment of Healths

The dietary surveys conducted in different parts of Thailand Indicate a high deficiency of protein in the diet. The little protein consumed is in the form of fish and meat amounting to 12 grams of animal protein daily; milk is practically unknown and negligible amount of milk consumed is imported milk in the form of evaporated or condensed milk. There is no sell established diary in the cities. Consumption of pulses is almost nil except occasionally in the form of sprouted mungo beans. Oilseed like peanut is processed for oil extraction and also consumed either boiled-or fried. Soya bean is grown extensively in certain parts of Thailand* par­ticularly in the North. The beans are used far manufacture of soya paste* soya sauce and tohu (bean cake).

Large proportion of the beans are exported. Though soya milk is known and consumed in many countries in South East Asia* soya milk is unknown in this country. Soya milk has been recognised as a nourishing drink for Infants and children.. . . it was decided that a small scale production of soya milk should be started in Cholburi for feeding school children and determine the acceptance and the cost of production.This was considered as a pilot project and if the demonstra­tion was successful* introduction of soya vUk on large scale would be considered in the country.70Such dietary and nutrition surveys are sound basic approaches*

on which educational activities can be well based. An experimental nutrition laboratory was set up with the aid of both FAO and USA. Its purpose is to "carry out chemloal* bacteriological* and biological experiments to obtain knowledge as to ths nutritive values of foods of Thailand and to study the nutritive condition of people In Thai-

78s. S. Ds and Tong Chutima* "Progress on Soya milk Feeding*" Progress Report of the Delegation of Thailand, unpublished manuscript* 1953, p. 1.

153land,* which are essential to scientific advances of nutrition cam­paigns. There is also a nutrition committee on the national level with advisory functions.

Uachine milled rice is a problem which cannot be solved through controlling the degree of milling. Enriching rice with thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, and iron pyrophosphate is carried out under the Hoffman La-Roche process, but this is done on a very small scale* The parbioling of rice is under consideration but has not yet been attempted. All possible means have been employed to educate the public in mashing and cooking rice to conserve as many nutrients as possible. In improving the rice diets, soyabean milk has been intro­duced, fish supplies have been increased, shark liver oil has been extracted, and experiments have been made in feeding such vulnerable groupe as school Children.

As most Thai people live in the rural areas, the diets ofthese people are the chief concern of the campaigns. Every studymade on the diets came to the same conclusions

The Thai rural diets seem to be ill-balanced and do not pro­vide for normal growth and optimal health. There is consid­erable room for educating the people in these rural areas in order to urge them to increase their consumption of meat, fish, eggs and vegetables, as shortage of protective foods results from habit as mall as from economic condition. 79

In many eases the economic condition is ty far less Important as a con­tributing factor than are eating habits and food patterns, as pointed

79"Progress Report of the Delegation of Thailand, ■ Third Regional nutrition Committee in South and last Asia, Bandung, Indon­esia, Working Paper, June, 1953, p* 3.

I5hout by the same report*

In general It nay be said that the people In this part of North Thailand are completely well off IT compared with the North East Region but that many of them are In reality quite poor by any other standard* Their diets are mostly marginal from the nutritional standpoint and any new factor which makes them worse is likely to cause symptoms of a definite nutri­tional deficiency*BO

Thus* In spite of the abundant food supply in Thailand* the diets ofthe average Thai are reported to be deficient In Vitamin B and Agroup* animal protein* fat and to a lesser extent calcium* which Is tobe confirmed in further Investigation. Dietary studies show that* inaddition to the rice diets* low economic conditions* poor eating habits*and low standards of living* account for "ill-diets." Ifany of thefoods needed can be produced In Thailand* but to Improve health ingeneral* technological knowledge in food growing is needed* so that asmaller percent of the population will have to spend their time infood production. Religious taboos on certain meats and unintelligentattitudes toward foods have to be aboilshedj poor eating habits andsome other poor health habits* especially those concerning sanitationhave to be overcome*

From personal observation It Is the belief of the writer thatof all the factors accounting for poor hygiene* the low standard ofliving and poor eating habits are greatest* Many well-to-do andeducated people do not pay attention to securing a well-balanced meal*The foods they know are good for them and what they like and actuallyeat are very different things* Their diet depends on food preferences*

Jean Richie "Report on Nutrition Conditions In Thailand" Bangkok* FAO* August 1951* Working Paper* p. 2*

155the attitudes of their parents toward foods, and the standard of living and health under which they grew up. Education has to be started with the families, in the families. It is therefore the pur­pose here to show the interrelation of family culture, food prefer­ences, health habits and standard of living and the importance of education in these areas as a means of improvement.

Education can and should affect the standards of living to agreat extent. Through education people are helped to form bettervalue judgment, and to break poor habits. The task of education istremendous as has been pointed out i

. . . If we want civilisation, democracy, humanity, we shall have to cultivate discrimination, analysis, reflec­tion, a healthy skeptic ism and the delayed responses that are inseparable from these*®1

Family PatternsThe fact that the family is a basic social unit makes discus­

sion of it fundamental in an analysis of a social situation. The picture of Thai society cannot be clear without insight into patterns of family living; the ways it culturalises the child and the way it fortifies the children of the nation from the standpoint of healthy personality developawnt. Campbell has said 2 "The health of the body politic is bound up with the health of the family, which in many respects may be more justly regarded as the unit of the state than the individual being."82

81 Joseph K. Hart, kind in Transition (Hew Xorkt Covioi Friede,1938), p. 36U.

®^J.G.D. Campbell, Siam in the Twentieth Century (London> Edward Arnold, 1902), p. 111.

156The type of family. In Thailand the family is a kinship

group or extended family. In the family group there are not only father, mother, and child or children but relatives, lodgers and hired- hands. Table VIII indicates the high percent of children. The family unit was larger than it is now, when polygamy was legal. Some fifty years ago polygany was extensively practised among royalty, aristo­crats, and the comparatively well-to-do. Now that only aonogasy is legal, and the family unit has become smaller, the cost of living has gone up and children have beccme economic responsibilities. A young married couple usually live with either the parents or the parents-in- law, in the same home or in a newly built one in the same compound of land. It is thus not uncommon to find three generations, plus others, living together.

Cultural factors are positive attributes of this type of family. Being Buddhists, the Thai's attitudes towards parents and old age can be traced to the teaching of Buddha. Children have strong moral obli­gations to their parents, who are considered donors and protectors of their lives, without whose loving care the survival of the child is impossible. "The duties of children toward their parents are care of them when they are old, helping them in their work, keeping the good name of the family, obedience, trustworthiness, using their properties sensibly, and reamfcering them after their death.Children are brought up with the idea that it is also a privilege to

83John F. Bobree, "Thailand— A Loosely Structured Social Sys­tem," American Anthropologist. 52 (April-June, 1950), p. 183. quoting Kumut Chandruang. ky boyhood in Siam (New Yorki John Day Co., 19U0), pp. 1U1-1U2.

157care for aged parents and that "The Bother, the father suet not be treated improperly under any circumstances,Treating properly in its simplest sense would mean showing respect, giving physical comfort, tending to their wishes and desires, and often mean subordinating to the good intentions they have for the younger generation. "Whosoever being rich does not support mother or father when old and past their youth, let one know him as an outcast"®^, indicates that financial aid is desirable, though the parents may not be in need of it. In Thailand, however, the filial obligation nay not be as strong as that in China or in Japan. But that parental respect is strong can be seen from The Family Law in the Civil and Coonerclal Code on the Rights and Duties of parents and childrens Section 99 "Children are bound to maintain their parents*"86

Old age, hence, is much less of a problem in Thailand than in the United States. Obedience and gratitude toward the parents are ingrained In the mind of the children. Old age often symbolises respect, sagacity. Because of their longer life experience older people are believed to be far-sighted. Their opinions naturally become authoritative, and as a matter of fact, young married sons and daughters make few decisions of their own, for fear they would clash with the decisions of the elders. In many cases frustration is sup-

®**Qeorg Buhler, ed. and trans. Sacred Books of the Sast (Oxford* The Clarendon Areas, 1882-97), p. 262.

®^Faushall, Ibid.. 1898, p. 21.

^Beeryman's Law library» F^ilv. International Translation Co. (Bangkok, Thailand* Alexander MacDonald, Post Publishing Co., Ltd., 191*7), p. 31.

158TABUS VIII, DISTRIBUTION OF FAMXLT liMBHtfl BI SSZ AND RELATIONSHIP

19k7

Relation­ship

Total Population Male Fenale

Nuaber Parcent Nnaber Percent Huber Percent

Head 3,31*5,153 22.0t* 3,220,939 36*93 62i*,2lU 7.16Husband 19,088 0,11 19,068 0*22 — ---

m xe 2,911i#936 16*71 - - 2,9U|,9P6 33.1(3Child 9,Ok6,6l»8 51*88 k,558,lk6 52*26 h,1(90,502 51.1(9h u r t 109,305 0*63 52,801 0*38 76,501* 0*88Brother 4 Sister

233,692 1.3k 121,575 1.39 112,117 1*28

Otherrelative 611,777 3.51 306,61a 3,52 305,136 3.50

Lodger k78,907 2.71* 353,518 k.05 125,369 l*kkServant or 181,183 hirehaad 1.0k 109,lili7 1*25 71,736 0*82

Total 17,ltl»2,689 100*00 8,722,155 100*00 6,20,53k 100*00

Sources Statistical Yearbook of p. 82*

159pressed because of the obligation they feel toward the parents.

Marriage choice is somewhat simplified with the respect to elders' opinions in conventional families* Since parents have a duty to assist their children in matrimony* their approval of the bride and groom is usually considered necessary. Often a go-between is sent by the boy's parents to negotiate the matter with the girl's parents.Then comes a formal acceptance of the future son—in-lawj an astrologer is consulted for a betrothal* and in case the parents can afford it* a certain amount of capital is given to the would be bride and groom in order that they may begin life together right after the marriage.

There is no child marriage in Thailand as in India* or child­hood engagement as in China. Marriage Is legal when the groom is over seventeen and the bride over fifteen. They have to receive the oonsent of the parents* and must not be blood relations. The oonsent of the parents or guardians is unnecessary if they are of age (21) • Statis­tics are not available for the average age at which men and women marry.

A few decades ago when polygeny was legal* women were not onlyunequal to men but also unequal among themselves. There were wivesgiven by the parents* those given by the king* wives who were the solehousekeeper* and others. The legal status of these women varied.Finally* in 193U the Government introduced the draft of the Civil andCommercial Code Book V dealing with the family. These reasons weregiven by those iho favored polygamy*

Polygamy was a tradition which the Thai people practiced for hundreds of years and there wras no harm in it. (2) As there are acre women than men* it would be difficult for all the

160women to marry* (3) It is hypocrisy to pass a law forbidding it. because many people will practise it and evade the law*(U) There would be many illegitimate through tills new law*(5) 1st future events shape their course, because the country itself is slowly turning towards monogamy as the best marriage practice, because the people are getting better education, and the cost of polygamy makes it possible for only the compara­tively well-to-do* (6) The law would upset the system as

bordering Ualaya where most

Without examining these reasons carefully, one should think that the men 1*10 were in favor of polygamy meant well, and thought of the bene­fits to women and children. There was no harm in polygamy, if harm means physical damage. But no one can deny the fact that interactions among one father, two or more mothers and several children are apt to be more complicated than those of a father, a mother and a child or children. Feelings of inferiority and superiority and frustrations would be inevitable* However, when this draft was passed into a law It was criticised as being "a step backward" because "it deprives the concubines of their former legal status."®® But from a democratic point of view it was a big step forward, it raised the status of women, their dignity, and their worth as human beings*

At present a woman has practically an equal legal status withman, but between husband and wife inequalities do exist, as VirginiaThompson points out*

The law has shown a marked preference for the independent status of the married woman, along with its oonoept of an absolute legal equality for both sexes outside marriage* • • •®^Direk Chalyanam, "Thai Fmnily Laws," an address made at the

American Association of Bangkok, 1952.88,Thompson, on. oit*. p. 68U*

161. . . the civil and cossaercial coda in 1926 • • • • uninten­tionally puts the married woman, formerly on an equal footing with her husband, on a lower status as property owner than before. Even if her husband disappears or goes insane, she can only bind her share of common property and can only dispose of their joint property with her husband's consent, whereas her husband can bind both their properties on his sole respon­sibility.... the adultery of a wife entitles her husband to a divorce but not vice versa. Moreover, once a divorce is registered, the husband is free.to remarry immediately, whereas the wife oust wait 310 days.8?

An explanation for the wife having to "wait 310 days" is that the wifemay be pregnant before the divorce, so it is really a protection forthe coming child. With an appeal to court and its approval, she mayre-marry as soon as she wishes.

Another part of the present Family Law showing inequality between husband and wife is Article lU5b. This declares that the husband is the head in the marriage partnership, he makes the choice of living quarters and decides means of supporting the family.

Aside from what the law says, the feeling of superiority and inferiority between the two sexes is still prevalent * "Man is paddy, woman Is rice", is a proverb much mentioned to point out that man reproduces his kind, whereas woman does not, in spite of the biological fact that reproduction does not occur without both and that a child receives 2k chromosomes from each parent. Marriage as companionship for the mutual benefit of both with the give and take that secures the happiness of all concerned is the hope for the future.

Divorce as well as marriage is regarded as a family, and hence^Thompson, loc. clt.

162private, enterprise. It usually Is the point of view of a wife that If she married the wrong wan, she would have to suffer until released by death. The comments wade by Virginia Thompson In this respect are quite accurate»

For both sexes divorce is comparatively easy, though slightly harder for a woman. Separations are frequent; for with a dowry and with a native ability to feather her nest, a Siamese woman can look forward to security alone. Upon divorce the wife receives back her dowry, one-third of the money wade since her marriage, and custody of half of the children. Even married women have full control over their property and may incur contracts. Divorce oases under these circumstances are so rare that, when they do occur, the law courts are crowded.The matter Is usually settled by the couple themselves. The husband, unless something outstanding occurs, prefers simply taking a concubine to a divorce; • •K. P. Landon quotes the Siam Chronicle in discussing divorce*One divorce to 2i*U marriages in Siam. Isn't It a world record? Slam perhaps holds the distinction of being the

country with the lowest divorce rate in the world.91Landon comments further*

ferriages are not broken casually. This may be because It Is still possible for a man to add another woman to his house­hold if he tires of his old wife. The statistics quoted above, however, give a somewhat untrue picture. While the number of divorces is not large, there are a great many separations where no divorce Is secured."In the Monthly Bulletin of Statistics of the United Nations on

ferriage and Divorce rates, Thailand was not included. But the Sta­tistics Yearbook of Thailand^ reports in 19U7, the last year available,

^Thompson, op. oit.. p. 681.^Siam Chronicle. April 20th, 1937 quoted by Kenneth Perry Lan­

don, Slam In ansltlon (Chicago* the University of Chicago Press,1939), p. 15*.

^Landon, op. cit.« pp. 156-157*^ Statistical Yearbook. Thailand, op. dt.. pp. 56-57.

163that the divorce rate of the male la 1*67 of the total number of the males married, and lt.6U percent of the total number of married females. Since there is evidence that not all the people who got married before the new marriage law registered their marriage, and separations are preferred to divorce, these percents hardly represent the true situa­tion of marital status in Thailand. One assumption is that married life in Thailand, as in other lands, is not always a success.

Housing undoubtedly has a great influence on the family standardof living and family life. There are all kinds of houses in Thailand,ranging from a village hut or shack of bamboo with thatched roof to amodern home of tiles and stucco. The kitchen is usually built awayfTom the living quarters as there is no smoke stack of any kind todraw off the smoke. The following description of the village housinggives a good picture of how the majority of the population livei

A typical country village stands out as distinctly as an island in the sea. It is surrounded by rice fields which are dry in the hot season and ankle deep with water during the rice season. Tha approach to the village is across a checker-board of rice fields, froa ten to thirty or forty houses are clustered together under the shelter of palm trees. Each householder fences off his compound from his neighbors with bamboo or seme sort of hedge, perhaps of cactus, or barbed wire. The hub of the village is the tem­ple, the grounds of Uhioh form a social and religious center for the people. The average house stands in the middle of a small compound, raised about five feet from the ground on posts. There are many advantages to building sot the house is out of the water during flood, the family animals nay be kept under the house, and at night the ladder may be drawn up, thus making entrance slightly more difficult than other­wise for thieves* The steps, a shaky bamboo ladder, lead to a verandah. Opening off the verandah, but about five inches higher, are two or three rooms, according to the else of the family. She house is made of wood or babboo, with attap for the roof. The buffalo, cow, the pigs and the chickens are kept under the house. There, too, is the weaving frame on which the women make cloth for family needs, although

16Uit oust bs added that the Arana la no re and more railing into disuse as cheap Japanese textiles cone into the narkets. There nay be one or two pariah dogs which warn the family of the approach of strangersThe same author describes a home in town*The town haste of a salaried worker is very different from

the home of a peasant* The average house is small, two-storeyed, with wooden walls and a tiled roof. The lower floor is of cement. There is a large room or verandah for receiving guests. It is equipped with a set of antlers for hats, a table, a few straight chairs, about twenty framed pictures of friends, a rack for canes, and a raised platform covered with a rug or pillows for thosd who prefer to lounge and chat there. • • • • The room behind has a well for drink­ing and bathing purposes. Behind that room is the kitchen, separated from the house by a covered passage. Upstairs are two bedrooms and a large hall which may be used for Intimate guests. The floors are well polished. The equipment is not expensive unless the family Is well-to-do, but It is comfor­table.95

An upper class home is also described!A certain wealthy home in Bangkok was sharply divided to suit two cultures. One side was decorated after the french patterns it had french tapestries, french chairs and tables,

and many copies of famous paintings. The library was full of English and french books. The radio and phonograph stood ready Tor use. The other part of the house was decorated with old ivory tusks, Siamese porcelains, nelllo and silver work* Chinese and Japanese prints, and other objects of art. The floor was beautifully polished, and no one wearing shoes was allowed to walk upon It. The library was well equipped with fine Siamese books. It was, needless to say, an upper class cultured home.9®

The income per capita is not included in the Statistical Yearbook of Thailand. An indication of probable extant of low income group Is the high percentage of illiteracy and the fact that the major occupational

9 Landon7~op. oit.. pp. 166-167.9*Ib±d., pp. 167-168.

96Ibid., p. 168.

165group is agricultural and fishery (U3«UU percent of the total popula­tion)*

Keeping the animals under the house is very unsanitary, but the rural people have to do it in order to protect the animals from rob­bers* Also, they are little aware of the importance of sanitation* Thus to attack the problem of the low standards of living, multiple causes have to be treated*

Poor housing does not afford much privacy, which is probably less valued by the easy going Thai people than by many* It is not uncommon to find the family sleeping together in one crowded room or two, and the children sleeping apart from the parents only when they enter late childhood or early adolescence*

Thai life in the villages is well described by Virginia Thomp­sons

Ufa in the country is toilsome and monotonous; but the pro­vision of food, clothing and heat Involves practically no effort* Festivals— family, religious, and national— are the chief business of the Siamese life*?7

Life is toilsome because hardly any modern facilities are used. Thefamily works together in the rice planting and the harvest seasons*Those who can do the cooking cook, and those who are too young andimnature watch the water buffaloes or run errands* The physically stolefarm, and women have the greater share of the work, since the mensupervise and go out more to the social gathering of the village tokeep abreast with what Is going on* After the harvest, there Is more

7rThosg>son, op* dt*. p. 685*

166relaxation, the lazy ones gamble and drink and the more ambitious raise poultry, go fishing and accumulate food stuff for the harvest festivals.

On the village level, the preparation of food requires little effort, as those people eat whatever they have, rice, vegetables and fish and little meat. The middle class with domestic helpers, spend a great deal of time and effort in preparing three or four meals a days

The Thai, like the French, have a generous palate which is accommodated to any good foreign dish. Thus all foreign delicacies have been assimilated into the Thai cookery book. However, there is a real core of national cooking which bears no resemblance to any other, living In a land of plenty where all kinds of fruits, herbs and apices grow in profusion, the Thai have come to regard cooking as at once a fine art and a science with recondite formulas and methods denied to the uninitiated. Visitors to this land have only to taste our curries, salads and sausages to realize the truth of these words

Simple equipment such as grinders, peelers, graters used in American kitchens would shorten the oooking process In a kitchen in Thailand. Though many of these articles are available In Bangkok, most people do not use them, as they see little need for saving time and effort. For example, though different kinds of ready mixed curry powder are found in the market, many people prefer to make their own and are very inde­pendent of the few cook books available.

On account of the heat, not much clothing is needed. The Thai peasants are often found without an upper garment, but at festivals they are clad in the best clothes they can afford to pay for. Landon

^ The March of Thailand, op. dt.. p. 20.

167gives an aocurate statement on Thai clothings

. . . modern Siamese in the towns are fully clothed. Their dress is hardly distinguishable from, that of the foreigner.The traditional Siamese mode of dress is fast disappearing in the city, especially now that civil officials are required to wear trousers, cpat, shirt, and tie at their w o r k .99

Many people learn to make their own clothes, since few ready-madeclothes are available in the shops. Tailors and dress-makers, many ofwhom are Chinese, make them to order using designs in magaslnes andcatalogues from the western world.

Child rearing. This is the most Important of family activities. Since statistics show a high rate of death during the first year this throws great responsibility on the family. The comment that "Slam is a paradise for young children*1100 is rather questionable, as the fol­lowing points out*

The saving factor in the lives of young children is that they are generally breast-fed until a younger child appears.It Is the transition from a milk diet rich in proteins to a rice diet with little or no proteins that causes hardship, and the ensuing rounded abdomens do not retreat until the children are seven or eight years old. But their sufferings are not over then; for soon come intestinal parasites and possibilities of malarial infection•101

This statement applies mostly to the lower class of uneducated people.The well-to-do people show disinclination to breast-feeding theirbabies, and use imported powdered milk instead. Qa the whole, diets ofchildren of the better off are more nourishing than those of the less

99'Landon, o p . cit.. p. 168*10°Thompson, op. dt.. p. 685*

^Ibid.. p. 713.

168privileged. Parents of middle socio-economic groups have a certain degree of schooling and have learned that meal times should be regular and punctual, and hence they may refuse to listen to the hungry cries of the baby. But the Thai baby in general has no anxiety regarding food during infancy; most parents cannot stand the cries and hence follow the self-demand schedule rather extensively.

Parent-child relationships in many middle class families start as soon as a woman recognises that she is pregnant. Her husband Is especially careful of all she does and tries to meet all her wishes and desires, especially her craving for special foods. The religious activities of the family during this period of expectancy are empha­sised, in the belief that It might secure all their good wishes for the coming Infant. It was twice customary to place In the little wicker basket where the baby was laid after birth a needle and thread, and a book which were supposed to Inculcate in the newly born a sharp wit and a literary talent.

During infancy the infant is usually given utmost care. His basket is hung up and he is usually put to sleep with singing and swinging, which makes it more pleasant in the hot climate. Frcm the song "No ant and insect are allowed to disturb thee, nor the least trifle to frighten thee and make thee shudder11 it can be seen how great is the love of the parents, especially the mother. Most natur­ally such love and care can easily become overprotection, which la common in the middle olass and above.

Sibling relationships are less of a problem in Thailand beoause the younger children are taught submission to the age hierarchy, and

16?the older to look at the younger as the less mature and therefore more demanding and more dependent. In a modern Thai home there la less evidence of the age hierarchy* and the older children take leas respon­sibility in helping the parenta care for the younger ones. The more lenient attitude toward the younger* especially the youngest of the family on many occasions often makes him "the baby of the family" the rest of his life.

Boys and girls can play together until the signs of puberty in the girls appear. The segregation of the two sexes then begins. Boys are allowed more freedom. In conventional families the virginity of the girl is to be strictly guarded before her marriage* so she is well chaperoned wherever she goes. It remains to be seen how the modern family will educate its children* and how well It will perform the function entrusted to it by society.

Education in the home is fundamental to all other education.Such daily education is "ground into the bones" of the person it becomes a foundation or a background of later educational enterprises. Since it is so important* it needs examination.

Thai parents are often referred to as the first teachers of the child* so* undoubtedly they do the best they can to perform these duties as prescribed in the Buddhist teaching! "These are the duties of parents to their childrens giving food* clothing and shelter* for* bidding wrong doing* encouraging right conduct* giving education* assisting them in matrimony* and transferring properties to them in good time."

In the families where parents have had schooling* reading and

170writing are taught at home* Good Banners are especially emphasised, as the Thai are aware of the proverb» "The tones of voles indicate the language** so are manners Indicative of family background. Par­ticularly "girls should be seen but not heard." X well-bred person talks softly* goes about noiselessly* eats without waking any sound* chews without opening the mouth and without spilling. He is calm* well composed and does not show any excitement.

In the days when a girl had little chance of schooling* at home she learned to be a good housekeeper* a good cook* to be able to pre­pare a delicate and tasty meal for the family* and a banquet if neces­sary. There was a saying that "the best way to choose a wife is to go into the kitchen of the family with a daughter." The daughter was taught that "the charm from the tip of the cooking spoon is the chan that ensures a husband's love till the end of his days." Now the women cure admitted to the same types of education as men* ability in cooking is no longer much of a criterion in choosing a wife in the more educated class. Women were expected to be able to sew* to embroider* crochet and arrange flowers. Mending and darning were also considered import­ant for a housewife. Nowadays* these things are little taught in the home.

Few present-day families let their children handle their per­sonal finance* let alone the household finance* though the value of money is emphasised* especially in the families where the parents work hard to support the family.

Personal health is more or less taught in the home. Positive health habits such as keeping clean* staying well through exercise*

171good food habits, and fresh air and sunshine receive their doe empha-sis in the enlightened family*

Sex education is seldom given in the family’* This is indicatedby Le Iday's statements

It is not usual for parents to talk about these matters before their children, nor for the children to ask direct ques­tions, nor for brothers and sisters to discuss them togetherj but both boys and girls can learn them gradually from the general family life of the house, because there is no attempt to hide them. • • •

let a girl, however indirectly she might come to learn the facts of life, would never be told by her mother what would be expected of her on marriage* She would be left to find out herself, . * .

But among the lower class of people, as is true in general, sexual knowledge is not "much left to the children's imagination," as the grownups make no attempt to hide anything*

Character education is probably the kind of education for which the Thai family could be given most credit* To be truthful, honest, to be forgiving, to be considerate of others, to stand on one's own feet, to be grateful to one's benefactors, and the like are stressed again and again. This, of course, la done in varying degrees in dif­ferent families. The Thai, liim the rest of the orientals, spend more time in meditating than acting, so such has been philosophised that each one develops his philosophy of life in the family*

The following comments on the Thai character support the above statement and serve to reveal the nature of the Thai character*

The first characteristic of the Thai culture to strike an observer from the west, • • • • is the Individualistic behavior of the people.........the almost determined lack of regularity,^O^Le key, op* clt*. p. 152*

172discipline, and regimentation of Thai life* In contrast to Japan, Thailand lades neatness and discipline; in contrast to Americans, the Thai lack respect for administrative regularity and have no industrial sense of tima.l°3Work is not regarded as good in itself. There is, on the con­trary, a good deal of attention paid to things which give enjoy­ment. Pleasure if often considered a good thing per se."**

Another writer supports this statementtThe Siamese are a pleasure loving people, as is shown by their ready laughter. The people they like are those who make them laugh. The Siamese have remarked that they respect those who made them afraid and like those who make them laugh. 105

The same author makes this further consenttAnother aspect of Siamese character is indicated by the

word "ptau'ng." It means to depend on someone or something.The idea of dependence is similar to the old Italian one of having a patron for one's art or work. It fits a feudal state where the people look to their lord for protection and in return serve and help him. Thus wealthy and important persons often had an enormous entourage of poor relatives, children of friends, servants and the families of servants. slaves and the families of slaves, all dependent upon them.10°

The desire to "phu'ng" developed out of the days when slavery was stillpracticed, as the author points out. Slavery was abolished in 1905,but this idea of leaning on someone still lingers on. A reflectedglory is still cherished. Then there is this thought-provoking aspectof charactert

Another aspect of Siamese character is lassitude or leth­argy. Whatever of this spirit eannot be traced to such diseases as hook-worm can probably be blamed on the climate and on the

op. cit.. p. 182.M ^Ibid.. p. 190. l^Landon, op. dt.. p. 1U3.

106Ibid.* p. 1i>5.

173ease with which one can secure enough to eat. Slam la under­populated. It la a land of plenty where no one needa to starve. It is so warm that clothing, except for style and appearance,Is of no great importance. No one could freese to death. Not unnaturally, jobs involving manual labor go begging in many country districts. A peasant mill work for a limited length of time, but, when he has money in his pocket, he prefers to sleep, gamble, and enjoy life In his own way. The idea of working hard, every day simply to add to his wealth seems absurd.107Jealoujggis manifest In an unwillingness to allow others to get

A comment such as the following is also revealing of Thai character*One of the most serious handicaps to progress is the Siamese

characteristic of "kan kreng chai," or diffidence. It means a respect for one's superior tinged with fear. . • • The word and person of a superior were not questioned. Orders were carried out by inferiors even when the orders were unwise. The result was the destruction of initiative and independent think­ing. . •The following are comoents in favor of the Thai character*The Siamese are one of the most polite races. Hamers are

taught from childhood........ The poorest peasant will pro­vide a welcome to unknom guests. There is a spirit of will­ingness to share what they have, a genuine friendliness, that is at the root of Siamese hospitality*

The same author continues, quoting Le May*. . . but the people, being of a free and independent turn of mind, have a lively sense of humour, somewhat broad, of a Chaucerian kind, . . . . sad their thoughts are mostly tinged with religion, or at any rate with fears of the natural and supernatural phenomena all around them. . . . the peasants are a hardy loveable race, rooted to the soil they till. It islOttgodon, op. clt.. p. 1U7.!°0Ibid., p. 11*8.109Ibid., p. 11*9.

U0 Ibid.. p. 11*9

17Uremarkable how all tha oppression and all the tyranny or the past centuries have left then still free and uncomplaining.I have been often among then, sat with than at their village councils, and marvelled at their independence of thought and bearing, their patience, and their responsive, sidelong glances at any glimpse of humour. Trust then as a friend, as an equal, and they mill open their hearts. • •

The veil known cultural anthropologist, Ruth Benedict, presents apicture of the Thai culture which is worth presenting here, though theauthor admits that it is inadequate. The discussion is more relevantto the northern Thai.

The psychic security which makes possible Thai cheerful­ness, easy conviviality, and non-violence is grounded in a long and remarkably permissive Infancy during which no disciplines are imposed either in feeding or sleeping routines or in toilet training, and no attention at all is paid to infantile erections or to the child's playing with his genitals. The Thai as adults are not pursued by a sense of catastrophe, and they have faith that the world is not fundamentally against them. . . .. . . in later life they stress self-responsibility as the chief tenet of Buddhism. In relatively unpatteraed relationships which lie outside the hlerarchal arrangements, this self-responsi­bility becomes the virtue of bringing any situation to a this- worldly satisfactory conclusion, a procedure In iriilch gulls may be used without censure, on one's opponent's Ignorance, greed, etc. . . J0 2

Another anthropologist supports this*The permissiveness of individual behavioral variation In the culture does not mean that the society Is poorly integrated.Ota the contrary, the loose integration is a functional one, allowing not only variation in individual behavior but also in national behavior • • • • In such a society the process of acculturation may produce fewer diafunctional social situa­tions • • • • a loosely integrated structure such as the Thai nay adjust to external influences with less drastic overall

^ ^Ibid.. p. 3i*l» quoting Le Bay, op. dt.. pp. 126-29.^^Ruth Benedict, Thai Oulture and Behavior. Unpublished War­

time Study, (Ithaoa* Department, of her Eastern Studies, Cornell Uni­versity, 1952), pp. Uk-ltS*

175changes than a more rigid structure such as the Japanese or the Vietnamese, • . .^3

Thus it can be seen that the Thai family contributes to the nation asa whole. Such coments as presented in this discussion help the Thaito see themselves more clearly, as it is natural that no one can seethe dust in his own eye. To look objectively at such analyses shouldbe a help to further improvement. Landon points to the possible changein Thai character which may result from modern trends t

In describing the characteristics of the Siamese people it is not intended to imply that the Siamese have an exclusive claim to any of them. Certain characteristics have been selected for description because they represent the develop­ment of important aspects of the national life. Seme of these are being changed by the type of life that is developing under the constitutional monarchy. Thus the friendly spirit of the Siamese may be lost in a calculating, competitive world where people scarcely know their neighbors. Unwillingness to allow a neighbor to succeed, the common pattern may be lost in a monogamous, individualistic, educated state. Excessive respect, "kan kreng chai," may vanish in a democratic econosy.1^*This statement is very challenging to the Thai families. It

is true that they have much to gain by cooperating with educational institutions in order to accomplish such a democratic economy. The family should also strive to cherish the desirable characteristics of the Siamese culture. It should also be aware of the fact that outside agencies and resources can be of great help to aid them in performing their function to the best of their ability.

113Bnbree, on. clt.. p. 191.

^■^landon, op. clt., p. 51

176Trends In Education

Education in Thailand originated in the Buddhist temples scat­tered all over the country. Since the priests are not allowed to touch girls, only the boys had a chance to live with them and learn "reading, writing, arithmetic and moral precepts, along Buddhist lines, • • Vocational education was carried on in the family; children learned from their own parents or as apprentices to well-known teachers of arts and crafts.

Learned people were found around the royal court, and during the reigns of certain kings, great impetus was given to literature, for the kings themselves were literary leaders, great poets who "have defied all competition even to the present day."1

Forerunners of the modem educational system who made great contributions to its development, were the French Catholic Mission and the American Presbyterian Mission. The French Missionary work started in 1660 A. D. and in 1681* King Haral sent six students to study in FTance. In 1852 the Presbyterian Mission established a school and in 1867 "a school for ladles" was set up. This was the beginning of women*s education in formal schools. Since the Thai are free to profess any faith, they eventually came to appreciate missionary schools. Due gratitude for such help can be seen in the following statement*

^"'jumeai, op. cit.. p. 13*

U 6k. L. Fin Malakul, "Recent Advance in Thai Education, - Tfee March of Thailand, op. cit.. p. 36.

177A nucleus of private schools arising out of this system

of missionary schools soon sprang up side by side with the State schools, and during the early days when the Government was endeavouring to enforce education it was able to recruit teachers from these schools* In fact, when there was no budget for education and the oountry needed the help of all its people, the numerous schools started by private enterprise helped to share the burden of education. It has, therefore, always been the policy of the Government to help private schools in every possible way«Al?In 1871 King Chulalongkorn founded the first secular school in

the Grand Palace. Only the King's sons and sons of courtiers, and probably very few royal daughters, if any, had the opportunity of attending. The King's enthusiasm for education was so influential that many government schools were opened beyond the palace's nails.In 1889 the Ministry of Education was established to supervise educa­tional activities. The leaders of the country were well aware that there was danger of losing their independence since the English, French and Putch were seeking colonies in the East. The King who was a shrewd statesman realised that to deal with these people the status of the country would have to be raised, and this only through education. As a matter of first importance, study of foreign languages was initiated, as well as scholarships to Europe, especially England. In 1897 the King .himself went to Europe and had "the l&igliah system of education investigated for application to his country."U8 In the following year a plan of education along the lines of the English system was submitted to the King and approved. The plan was revised end improved from time to time, but basically it remains the same, though recently with the

■in*i'Jumsai, op. cit.. p. 18.

Jumsai, op. cit.. p. 108.

178help of UNESCO experts, the need to change methods and procedures In education has been recognised in some quarters.

Many educational projects mere carried out In the reign of King Vajiravudha, King Chulalongkorn's son, mho before his ascension to the throne had his education in England. He introduced the Boy Scout Move­ment, and founded Chulalongkorn University, the first institution of higher learning, and of still greater importance promulgated the Primary Education Act in 1921, by which children of seven years and over are required to attend school until they are fourteen or have finished the primary course, (fourth grade). Unfortunately the las could not actually be enforced for some time as in remote villages schools sere not available. Even in the districts share they are available, an inadequate supply of teachers has been and still is, a severe problem.

The change of Government from absolute monarchy to democracy in 1932 called for participation of the people in governmental affairs.The census in 1937 shoes the percentage of literacy above ten years of age to be 31*2 percent of the total population, and in 19U7 37*9. Thepercent increase within ten years is 6.7, a slow process resulting from many causes, the most outstanding being World War II. Nevertheless the state policies in education as set forth in the Constitution are sounds

Section 62. Education shall have as its aim the development among the Thai of good citisenship, sound body and health, knowledge and ability to earn their living and a democratic spirit.Section 63. The State shall foster and support education.

It is the sole duty of the State to set up an

179educational system. All educational institutions are under the control and supervision of the State*

The State shall make arrangements to enable academic institutions to manage their own affairs within . the scope defined by law.Section 6U. Primary education in educational institutions set up by the State as well as by the municipalities shall be provided free of charge.

The State shall assist in furnishing educational equipments to a reasonable extent.Section 65. The State shall support research in arts and science.The educational system of Thailand cannot be fully understood

without knowing the set-up of the Ministry of Education, which has as its head the Minister of Education. Appointees in this office change along with the political party of the Government. The work in the Ministry is administered by the Office of the Under-Secretary, which in turn controls the following departmentsi

Department of Elementary Education.Department of Secondary Education.Department of Vocational Education.Department of Physical Education.Department of Educational Techniques.

The Physical Education Department also works in collaboration with the Department of Publio Health in student health activities. The Educa­tional Techniques Department was set up recently to acquire and approve textbooks, and to develop educational research* The following analysis of this system gives an idea of the degree of centralisations

The arrangements by which the educational system is admin­istered are highly centralised, the direction and control of all institutions being in the hands of the Ministry of Education. Except in a few oases where before the war certain municipal!-

180ties end districts collected small sums of money, the necessary funds come solely from the National Government, in whom of course the power of taxation is vested. Educational require­ments throughout the Kingdom like the local administrative structure are identical in all respects. Textbooks are subject to approval by the Department . . . . and a uniform examination system is prescribed and supervised by the Ministry. The natural result is that the pupils In all grades regard the pass­ing of these examinations ag the supreme objective at every stage of their education.11”The administrative organisation as shown in Chart I shows cen­

tralisation which has been necessary to carry out the work when there is inadequate leadership. It also indicates limited power of each administrator and hence limited responsibility. The implications are that not only is leadership development retarded but the growth of the program is limited. A uniform curriculum and uniform examinations are questionable in terms of meeting personal and local needs, which vary according to the geographic location. This is emphasised by the UNESCO report*

(a) In the south where rubber and tin predominate the stress should be on those products in the vocational sub­jects, and in the geography and social studies courses the emphasis should vary accordingly.

(b) In the north-east where there is considerable cattle land and silk-weaving, the curriculum in all the grades should give the boys and girls a working knowledge and understanding of those conditions and prepare them in a preliminary way for effective participation in the control and utilisation of those resources.

(o) In the central region fishing and farming are the main occupations. . . .

(d) In the north, the material in the lessons should Include as such as possible about tea, tobacco, soya bean, and teak, and the pupils should be given opportunities toH^Sir John Sargent and Grata Pedro, Report of the Mission to

Thailand. Uneseo Educational Mission (Paris* Tmprimerle Union, 1950), pp. 23-2R.

181learn how to produce, conserve, and utilise those products to prevent waste and to ensure m t Hu i production•Though there is little evidence of effort at nesting the local

needs, opportunities are given for both privileged and under-privileged people through various types of schools.Types of Schools

Schools in Thailand are of four types t1. Local schools consist of four elementary grades. They

are managed by provincial administrative bodies out of the primary school budget of the Ministry of Education. This kind of school was set up according to the Compulsory Educa­tion Act of 1921*2. Municipal schools are the elementary schools set up by

the Municipal authorities. Usually a local school within a municipality is supported by the municipal funds. If these are insufficient an additional sum is given from the primary school budget*3* Government sohools are administered by The Ministry of

Education out of the national budget. This type of school comprises elementary, secondary, teacher training, vocational, technical schools and institutions of higher learning.1*. Private schools are organised and administered fay private

enterprises and organisations and are governed by tbs Act cm Private Schools in 1927, revised in 1939. Accredited private schools obtain subsidies from the Ministry of Education.

>rt of the Mission to Thailand, op. cit.. p. 39*

The Permanent Under-8fw tiry «f State182

(Central Adminl atratlon)

Dlrector-Oenaral(Heads or Educational

Department) ___*

Director (Chief of Divisions)

I (Frcrvincial Adminl etratlon)

Comals*loner of Idncatlon

It

Provincial CoMdsslener Adminl etratlon (Interior)

Head of 8eetlomei f

Education Of fleer of Changead

or IDietriet %deeatlan Qffieer

V m Masters IHeads of District Schools and loeal schools

JLlocal Sobed Teachers

Ilf. 2. Thailand's l<hdnlstratlvo (hrgairlaation for Mducatlon

ioureei ftepori of UHXSOO Mission to Thailand, p. 15*

183Kinds of Education

Types of education are divided into three categories* general (fundamental knowledge which is basic and non-vocational in character) vocational and higher education* Teacher training is found at various levels and may be part of vocational or of non-vocational education*

General education. The general fundamental knowledge required of everybody is provided in primary and secondary schools, which com­prise a total of ten yeqrs, four primary grades, three lower and three upper secondary grades* But, as shown in Chart XX, after the fourth primary grade, or the third or sixth secondary grades, boys and girls may branch off to vocational education. They may go on to finish the sixth secondary and then to college preparatory. After the second year of college preparatory they may take the entrance examination into the university* Those who do not want to receive higher education usually go into special training schools which are largely teacher training, after having finished tenth grads or sixth secondary grade. Most of these training schools have a three-year curriculum, though a few hope to extend to a four or five year program*

All primary instruction is based on the syllabus issued by the government. All teaching must be in the Thai language, except in some private schools where approval of a special syllabus nay be granted* Electives are limited to certain hours in the week*

Subject matter taught in the primary grades covers Thai, arith­metic, geography, history, science, civics, morality, drawing, hand­work, singing, and physical education which includes scouting for boys and junior red cross for girls* In toe secondary grades courses of

181*the same nature but more advanced are offered with English.

In the college preparatory, the last two years of high school, students concentrate on extensive courses either in arts or in science in accordance with their choice of studies in the University.

Vocational education. Vocational study is provided at three levels for those finishing the primary grades, the lower secondary or the upper secondary as indicated in Chart II.

The primary vocational school offers courses in carpentry, agri­culture, weaving, woman’s crafts, sewing, boat-building, metal work, blacksmith work, leather work, barbering, pottery, dress-making, and others. The intermediate level offers carpentry, agriculture and woman1 s craft. At the higher level (a continuation of the upper second­ary) courses include teacher training, commerce, foreign language, mechanics, building, arts and craft, woman's craft, dress making and agriculture. Of these, weaving, woman's craft and sewing are only for girls. Teacher-training, commerce, arts and craft are co-educational•

Higher education. In Thailand higher education Is mainly under­stood as university education or education beyond the last year of college-preparatory (twelfth grade), while technical institutions accept students who have.finished tenth grade. University education came into existence in Thailand with the inauguration of Chulalongkorn University in 1 9 1 6 . The offerings in this university are far more numerous than in any other. The University of Moral and Political Sciences, the University of Medicine, the College of Agriculture and

^^Jumsal, op. clt.. p. 1D9.

Higher education Secondsry Education

Training 3 years

185Taohnleal Institute

Vocational Education

2 yaarsfinal stagsor College preparatory secondary 2 years

3 years stageseeendary 3 years

3 years Initial stags ofsecondary 3 years

beys and girls beys and girls

seniorvocational

inter— rile ta ▼ocational

3— lor vooatlanel

1 year k years

Bra Prl— ry Maary Education

fig. 3* Relations of Secondary and Vocational Education

186the College of Fine Arte complete the list of universities. These ere all In Bangkok, the capital. The School of Medicine used to be in Chulalongcorn University, which is under the auspices of the Ministry of Education, but it is now detached and is a separate institution under the control of the Ministry of Public Health. This will indicate that the word university is not used In Thailand as in America.

Included In Chart III are also offerings In technical education under the various ministries, the Ministry of Agriculture, Comminica- tions, Ministry of Interior, of Defense and Ministry of Cultural Affairs. These special schools have become popular, but the student body of each has never become large, on account of the shortage of teaching staff, and because admission is based on the entrance examination, which in most cases does not consider high school records.

The total number of university students has shown marked increasein recent years. In 19k9 the total number of university students was30,11*3, including a high proportion of part time students in theUniversity of Moral and Politioal Sciences. Popular demand for highereducation Is mentioned by Imndon*

Only within the last decade has there been a popular demand for sixth and eighth matyome secondary education (tenth and twelfth grades). Few parents even considered the university for their children. Mow the educational vision has broadened, and more families are seeking a higher education for their sons and daughters. The movement Is more sweeping among the fanlllee of civil officials and of those engaged in highly remunerative work than in other classes. For the first time there is not room enough in Chulalongkorn University for all who would study. It Is frequently remarked that other univer­sities are needed. The government, however, does not desire too large a white collar class. It is afraid that the nation cannot use the abilities of a large number of university

187PTe-pri- Secondary HaCv.TW-narr A . WDDHT lover

voo* TOC.paratexy SLaher voo. University

* 1-h 1 2 3 h 5 6 7 e 1 2 3 i* 5 6

i

i©

j

AgricultureArchitectureArte end SciencesCoenerce end Account lugDiplomacyETanatlc ArteleononlesEducationfaglnoorlnglevMedical Science Political Sciences Public Artelelstrution JtorestxT QeodesyMilitary Afaodfcn Itnl EducationPolice Muottiop | Mallear w<ii‘ ‘m I

1 .. 1....I ...." ;■ ■■ " i

1I

Fig* k The Felnte of fatrmoe end Completion in Iduoetlon* liber of Tears*Pjpli— e le given after 3 Tears of etadsr*Degree le gLvea after || Tears or nere of study*

188graduates* This seems somewhat absurd when it le considered that there are only $00 or so dootora in all Slam, to mention but one departmentConsidering that the scheme or national education was instituted

in 1937 when it became "mere extensive in scope and better financed and organised than any that had hitherto been p r o v i d e d " -the pro­gress made within a decade was not too discouraging* The deteriorated economic situation after World War 11 formed great barriers which the government tried to meet through "providing free textbooks to as many of the lowest primary classes as possible, and by abolishing school fees at all government schools from the lowest classes to the univer­sities, • • *”12b But, the fact that Table IX shows the total number of students at all levels to be only 16*13 percent of the total popu­lation also implies that Thailand has a long way to go*

The number of higher institutions has increased to a total of five* Starollment figures at this level show a tremendous increase of student body between 1930 and 19U9I the increase In men students being from over 300 to 30,000 and that of the women from 3b to over 2500* The percent of women students of the total number in 1930 was 9*22 and in 19b9 was only 6*38* The asiall peroent of women students does not conform with the statements made in one of the Ministry of Education's publicationst

^^lendon, op. cit*. pp. 109*110*

^ UMISOO Report, op* cit** p. 12*

189TABLB IX. ACHE RANQI AND DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS n o r n m jh VARIOUS

TIPIS OF SCHOGtS IN 1952

Typo of Sobool Ago ranga IUU taila Total

Uniraraity (5 anlT.) 18— 30 k,lk2 1,579 5,721Adult Bduoatlon 16- 11, 371 9,336 20,707Too nh ii* Training (Including Haoa Bconaadea) 15— 26 2, *76 2,k21 k,697

Vocational 10— 30 10,786 11,207 21,993iMainralV 15— 22 k,l57 2,225 6,382Saoondary s t 123.163 5k,381 177,5kkFlo— ntarj 6— Ik 1,512,90* 1,313,67k 2,826,583P m -School 3i 4 6,109 5,522 U,9kl

Total 1,685,223 I,k00,3k5 3,085,568

*Part-tlaa atadanta la ilia UnlTaraitj of Moral and Political Selaooa ara 25*121*Total popalatlon 19*123*900* Faro ant of atadaata ta total popalatlaa 16.23*

Sooroat Dapartaant of Sdaaatlaa tbohnlfai, Mlnlatrsr at Xdaostlaa rapart flroa aaeh vdnraltgr*

190Women do not lag behind in any nay. Wherever there la a chance for them they hare come up to the front rank and virtually eollpeed the men In their energetic fervour for knowledge. They go for law and jurisprudence, they go in for medicine, for the teaching profession, for arts and science. The figures in recent years show an overflux of women students in many faculties of Chulalon^orn Uni­versity and a depressing dwindling of men students

The role of women in a democratic society cannot be overlooked* Women have no less social responsibility than men, though this is not saying that women have the same responsibilities* In studying the educational improvements of Thailand it remains to be seen to what extent the education of women as women can be developed*

The concern for the education of the total population of thecountry includes a concern for higher eduoatlon, for leadership* Thisfor a democratic country is laperatlve as the UNESCO Mission indicates *

Ms understand that Thailand aspires to bso one a democracy in the fullest sense of the term* Of all forms of policy a democracy stands in the greatest need of leaders and experts in a university or some institution of university standing which affords the necessary facilities for advanced study and research as well as for human contacts* Mo system of education can be regarded as fundamental in the UNESCO sense if it fails to provide the fullest opportunities for the potential leaders and experta it grows up to proceed to the highest stages of education irrespective of their means*3**”

The marked progress mankind has made in the past has been due to out­standing individuals, therefore, it goes without saying that providing education for leadership is a function of a democratic society* A first measure toward provision of leadership is training teachers for instruction at the various levels as Miown la Chart IT*

^ UMBSCO Report. o p * dt*. pp. lb-15*

xa6Ibld*. pp. 31-32*

191Teacher training. Because of the severe shortage of teachers,

every effort has been made to train as many teachers as possible. As illiteracy is the main problem* a high standard of efficiency for all teachers is Impossible* hence there are a variety of levels of training and different classifications of teachers. These includet

1. Teacher training school for early childhood educationor kindergarten. Pupils finishing tenth grade are accepted in this kind of school.

2. Teacher training schools for teachers of local schools. Pupils finishing fourth grade are selected from localities where there are no acciinflations for teaohers from outside.A local certification la given at the end of the three years.

3. Teacher training schools for students graduating from seventh grade vfco are prepared in two years to teach local schools with a provincial certification.

I*. Primary teacher training schools admit students who finish tenth grade. The program is one year.

5. Post-primary teacher training schools undertake to train both general and vocational teachers. The program is a three-year course following the tenth grade. A certifica­tion on the national level is given for the elementary school teaching.

6. Secondary teacher training is a two-year program contin­uing from the above post-primary certified as Junior secondary teachers. This group is prepared for the upper secondary school teaching.

192

7. Senior secondary teacher training is a three-year curri­culum in the university or a special teacher training insti­tute admitting students who finish the twelfth grade.

8. Post graduate university diploma is a diploma given to students who spend one year in teacher education after having received a bachelor's degree.The most recent innovation in teacher education is the degree

Bachelor in Education for graduation from a four year curriculum offered at Chulalongkorn University. In addition to thiat in-service education is also given to teachers on the job, who have the B. A. and a diploma in education with three years of teaching experience, and to those with only a B. A. degree and five years' teaching exper­ience. Selection of these teachers Is matte before this privilege of in-service education.

Chart IV also shows teacher training in vocational education. Recent development in this phase of education is a Technical Institute with a three-year curriculum beyond higher vocational sohoola.

Fran. the chart it should be noted that the number of years of training required of elementary school teachers is less than that of seoondary teachers. A question should be raised whether as foundation education primary or elementary education should not receive greater emphasis and be handled by those who are really well prepared? The conflict of great demand of teachers and selection in teacher education remains to be solved.

193

Fra-pri- M i i r y ■arjr

fltattndinri J mVoaa- Voca­tional tlaaal

TTH77& &S£*yTooa-tlaoal

* 1 12 3 It | 1 2 3 it 9 6 7 e 2 3 U 5 6Kindargartar Tatar. Cart* Looal KL.Tdtar.__CwtJ I

Kl.Tatar. Cart.INational B.Tchr. Cart*Jr. Saoondary Tatar. Cart. Nr. Saoondary Tatar. Cart. Baohalor of Bdnontlan lbiMkrad.BaiT.UM .Diplono

T l w M t i y Tatar. Cart* 8aoandarjr Tatar* Cart*TNv* Training Canraaa Tar

j

B|h«r Vocational

Banding TTadaa Pn— arnlal Sdaetbi Agrleultnral Una. Tailoring

Itagrsioal Tatar* Train.Cnrt.

fig. 5 Tjrpas of Taaohar Bdaeatlan Showing ttaa Balnta of B N m o t andKutaar of Taara fbr OartlTlaataa and Oiplaaaa

* No. of jroon.

191*Home Bcon«fpica and Home Economic a Education

In time past family life education In Thailand was taught and learned In the home as a matter of course and time, mainly with hit- or-miss methods. It was then a fashion that the upper classes sent their daughters to the homes of royalties as apprentices in fanciful and elaborate handcrafts and handwork, cooking, sewing, weaving, arrangement and decoration of flowers, fruits and foods, with emphasis on good manners and perhaps a little reading and writing.

A school for women's handcrafts came into existence about three decades ago. It is a vocational school of three levels— lower, middle and higher. Students graduating from l*th grade are admitted into a two-year curriculum, from 7th into a three-year curriculum and from 10th into a three-year or more. The main emphasis In the curriculum is on clothing or sewing; cooking and elaborate flower arrangement are also included. The higher vocational schools *iloh are available only in Bangkok Include embroidery, knitting, tatting, orafts, carving, toy- making and making small home equipment*

Thus, home economics in Thailand, as in many other countries, started with its tangible aspects— cooking and sewing. Family life education on the elementary level comes under subjects entitled Ethics, Junior Red Cross for girls and Scouting for boys. (See Appendix D).In the lower secondary schools some homemaklng courses are available as electives.

Vocational teacher training offers courses In clothing, foods and nutrition.

In 191*8 another type of schools was opened which offers more

homemaklng courses than others. At present the scope and nature of courses offered of this school are not as extensive as those of vocational homemaking In the United States. It la more similar to a vocational school than any others. But being under the Department of Secondary Education it is not called a vocational school. The curri­culum of this school is three years beyond tenth grade. The courses in home economics are Cooking, Nutrition, Clothing, Handicrafts, Home decoration. Hone management, hygiene, Mother and Child Care and Home Nursing. The first two years are spent in these special subjects and general subjects, and the last year Includes the so-called method courses In teacher training. IMenm who graduate from these sohools go Into nursery school teaching or horn economics teaching In elemen­tary and secondary schools. Information given the writer from the Director-General Indicates that there is an Immediate plan to develop this field of education into a three year curriculum beyond high school. It Is doubtful that this will be in the university.

At present in Thailand there is little home economics on the college level. Quite recently some courses in foods and nutrition were offered at the College of Agriculture. There too, no marked progress can be made due to the lack of personnel and equipswnt, but there is a plan to expand its curriculum in home economics. Back in I9J48, when three scholarships were granted to graduate students to study home economics in the United States, there was some prospect for developing home economics in Chulalongkorn University. But a reoent interview with an administrative authority of the university indicated that there was little prospect in the near future.

196Only a few technically trained home economists can be found in

Thailand. Educational developments In Thailand show that education In this field Is needed. But since this is largly an unrecognised need and the supply of trained home economists is far below the demand, the development of home economics in Thailand is a great challenge to those few who believe In it as a means to promote democratic family living asa basis for democracy in government.Educational Improvements

Thailand became a member of UNESCO In January 19U9. The Mission UNESCO sent to Thailand published a Report In 1950. The high light of the report is that "education must be directly related to the needs and interests of the Individuals and the eomnunity where they lives there should be wall defined goals and means to attain them." The ultimate goal set by the Report is Important s

A system of free and universal education that meetsthe educational needs of all children, youih and adults*regardless of sex* social and economic status* and occu­pations. . . .

A flexible educational programme that will enable all persons of varying capacities and aptitudes to make the most of thesis elves.

A system of education that will cooperate with other agencies in oommnlty improvement.**

The report goes on to say that adult education courses should be prac­tical and designed to Increase the ability and competence of the adults for better living.

The Mission has undoubtedly stimulated many educational develop- 537

UNESCO Report* op. d t . , p. 3$.

197merits as can be seen In the International Yearbook of Education 1951*The educational budget was Increased for primary and adult education more than for vocational education. A department of educational tech­niques and a research office mere set up* More schools mere built and greater incentives mere given to Individuals who are capable of writing textbooks* After a national seminar of representatives of all con­cerned, including nurses, doctors and architects, a new system of educa­tion was decreed* A new type of secondary school, sernl-vocational In character, under the name of "Popular school" was undertaken at Chacheongsao, where many other educational experiments are being tried on the basis of a ten-year plan*

Adult education Is naturally a problem to be attacked along with the problem of Illiteracy and the problem of a low standard of living* Since a large percent of the total population earns its living in agriculture and fishery to live, little time Is left for reading and writing* The literacy campaign had a sound alma

• • • to include in the reading lessons of the adults use­ful information about health, Irrigation, farming, Industry and other occupations, peace and order, citlsenship, and other subjects of oosnum Interest In order that reading about these subjects may not only vitalise the literacy pro­gramme but also make the students more efficient. -2°

Most unfortunately nothing of the literacy campaign is left but sign posts, like epitaphs, as an observer says* It was realised that the project did not apparently meet the needs of those adults, so the fundamental education of UNESCO is being attempted, with the purpose thus statedt

UNESCO Report, o p * d t * * p* 30*

198The purpose of fundamental education is to help people to

understand their Immediate problems and to give them skills to solve their problems through their own efforts and with their own resources* Unesco and other specialised Agencies of the United Nations have defined the term fundamental educa­tion as "the phase of education that alms to help people— both children and adult s—-, who have not had sufficient school­ing to live fuller and happier lives in adjustment with their changing environment! to recognise their rights and duties as members of society as well as Individuals! and to participate more effectively In the economic and social development of their communities*11Unesco considers fundamental education to be an emergency

solution designed to help masses of Illiterate adults and children In countries whose educational facilities have been Inadequate* Consequently, fundamental education Includes the work of adult education! on one hand Its scope Is narrower than that of adult education, because It does not cover fur­ther education^ on the other hand the scope of the fundamental education Is wider, for in many countries where primary com­pulsory education Is not fully developed, primary school children must be taken care of In the fundamental education programme • 129

Thailand has beccsss one of the two centers In the Fhr East*The staff of this training progranxne will comprise both

foreign and national members. Unesco has proposed to send five experts Including the Director, and $10,000 for the Initial equipment* The services of experts from three other Specialised Agencies have also been promised tentatively— one or two from the World Health Organisation, one from the International labour Organisation, and one or two from the Food and Agriculture Organisation* Unesco has at the same time planned to award fellowships to $ Thai experts, * * *

The purpose of this center Is to train fundamental education specialists along the line that Unesco has set up*

The following areas of work will be emphasised!1. Health-community and personal health, hygiene and

sanitation*2* Rural Econony— Agriculture, Fisheries, Cottage Indus­

tries, and Co-operatives*3* Literacy*1»* Social Education— comsunlty responsibilities, recre­

ations, and use of leisure time*5* Primary Education— this area Is included because It Is

129Thailand Unesco Fundamental Eduoatlon Cmatre. Bangkok* Department of Educational Technique, klnistry of Education, 1952,pp. 20-21*

199recognised that primary in this region needs to be inproved and should be considered as part of fundamental education.*30

In short. It can be said that fundamental education is education to improve the standard of living. FAO in reporting the progress In Thailand mentions a great development In education for livings

A technical Institute of large alse at high sohool and junior college level Is now under construction by the Ministry of Education with MSA aids, equipment, and counterpart funds this is located in the suburbs of Bangkok and shall be devoted entirely to the technical training of young men and women in various fields. Nutrition, home economics and dietetics w i n be Included In this college training and a special build­ing is earmarked for foods and nutrition. It is expected that the oollege will open during this year and this Is another step forward In the progress of nutrition In Thai! and.

The Ministry of Education, with assistance from Unesco,MSA and FAO, has organised an educational demonstration In schools and ooawuni ties at Chaohoengsao and hopes to Intro­duce home economics as part of this program and also as part of a fundamental education program In North East Thailand.The Department of Health is cooperating by placing a nutrl- tlon^team and a — n soybean production plant at Chachoeng—

In the above, nutrition and dietetics are mentioned apart from home economics. Actually they are areas within the broad field of home economics, but no doubt the Nutrition Comnlttee which made this report wished to emphasise these. With the health conditions as discussed in Thailand, nutrition stands In a position of great, If not greatest, importance. It can be sensed that nutrition education Is Identified with fundamental education. It Is fundamental to living as are health habits In eating, clothing, keeping dean, staying well physically and

•^Thalland Unesco Fundamental Education Centre, o p. d t ..pp. 27-26.

131*)*rogress Report of the Nutrition Delegation in Thailand,1* op. oit.. p. 5>.

200emotionally.

Summary of Thailand Today *nd Some Educational Needs Education Tor better living Is urgently called for In Thailand.

Various avenues can be used to attack health problems. To cultivate a health-minded people Is one of the best means. To contribute to this goal has become the chief concern of this thesis, in the belief that the families of the nation and the heritage they give their children are central to the problem. Educating family members for democratic, healthful family living and helping them to achieve wholesome family life are major challenges to education in a democratic country.

Thailand Is a tropical country. The main income of the country comes from agriculture. Being unlndustrlallsed, many manufactured products have to be Imported. Neither coal nor natural gas has been found. Therefore man power Is very important.

The government changed in 1932 from an absolute monarchy to a constitutional monarchy) frequent changes of government in the last years have made it difficult for democracy to work. Nany concepts of Feudal Slam, which are contrary to democratic concepts, still persist.To do away with these, education Is necessary to develop both good leaders and followers, so that all can contribute to the best of their ability to the welfare of the whole.

Lack of knowledge of simple health practices in everyday living and of the knowledge of oomrnml cable diseases account for the prevailing ill-health of the nation at large. Though high Infant mortality rates have declined recently, a nation-wide campaign to combat disease and promote health is called for. Ul-health is an economic burden and a

social waste.An analysis of the political, economic, social and educational

situations in Thailand shows that some attempt has been made to promote child health and welfare. The recent developments through studies of nutrition, maternal and child health and juvenile courts, are evidence of increased concern of agencies in the welfare of children. But only as the families are aware of and use such resources can such attempts succeed. Only as education of the family members in relation to child needs takes place, will these agencies be able to function effectively. Experiment in fundamental education to reach adults as well as the young, should bring about much needed changes in ways of living. If people can get a vision of what is possible for them to accomplish through Improved health and education, they should be able to carry on on their own power.

Such fields of education as agriculture, bacteriology, economics and sociology make contributions to healthful living. It is through educating women in the homes and making them realise the importance of health practices and putting these into action, that health principles will function in everyday life, and children will have a real chance for healthy all-round development. It is the thesis of this study that home economics may and should contribute to such education.

CHAPTSi VI

REACTIONS OF A GROUP o f THAI LEADERS TO SUGGESTED BASIC PRINCIPLES

FOR kEETING CERTAIN FANILX L IF E EDUCATION NEEDS IN THAILAND

Principles Basic to Healthy Child Development An analysis of the existing situations in present-day Thailand

as reviewed in the preceding chapter reveals certain problens related to child health. Forty-five basic beliefs, understandings and abili­ties believed important for Thai parents and prospective parents to develop if these problens are to be reduced and child well-being pro­moted were developed. A group of Thai leaders in education, health and welfare were requested to appraise these basic principles as to relative importance and the possibility of developing then through teaching children in the schools and adult education programs. It was believed that the extent to which such principles would be accepted as important educational needs of the country could thus be identified as basis for early developments In a hone economics program.

The statements which were incorporated in the ohecklist-inquirywere*

1. Child rearing starts with the hygiene of pregnancy, pro­vision of special needs of foods, clothing, exercises, medical care, emotional adjustment and parental responsibility.2. The child should be accepted as he is, sines his sex is beyond control, and his individual differences and potential­ities of development somewhat limited by his hereditary patterns.3* Breast-feeding meets the infant's physical and psycholog­ical needs of food, physical comfort, need to suck and to be cuddled.

203U» Child rearing should not be trusted to Ignorant hands) If domestic help Is required, guidance and supervision by a trained person is needed*5* Vide variations of normal growth should be recognised within the characteristics of growth patterns of different age levels*6* Requirement of a child to conform to cultural and class Impacts should be modified In consideration of his Immediate physiological needs*7* Consistency In affection, discipline, care and protection on the bases of sound physical health, good medical care, legitimate praise, creates sound mental health for a child*8* Adult ano ourageoent and allowance of reasonable standards create self-confidence In a child*9* Opportunities to become independent, to make decision, without unreasoned demand of obedience cultivate self-depend­ence and initiative*10* Adult concept of a child and acceptance of his strengths and weaknesses influence his self-concept and his accomplish­ment*11* Relative pexmissivenesB is necessary In creating the individual's sense of direction, his concept of right and wrong*12* The older child should be prepared for the coming of the younger one for the mental health of the former and for good sibling relationships later*13* The extent of responsibility expected of older children for younger children should be limited*111* Opportunities for interactions among agsmates should be provided for a child to learn to get along and make satis­fying contact with realities of life*15* Children should be seen with other children of varying age and maturity levels to help their parents understand them better*16* Opportunities to play, balanced nutritious diets, adequate rest should be regulated for physical as well as social, emotional, and intellectual growth*

20h

17* Religious beliefs, morea, and folklore should be inter- preted to the child in the light of the technological knowl­edge, relating causes to effects*18* Hardships, oontact with realities of life problems can be used to develop a sporting spirit, willingness to take the inevitable and an attitude toward life as a game*19* Adequate nutrition means more than calorie consumption, it requires nutrients— protein, minerals, vitamins,— all essential to health and more vitality*20. Good food habits are formed through provision of well- balanced meals, an awareness of the neoessary supplements for rice diets and the deficiency diseases they cause*21* Nutritious values of food can be retained and infections guarded against through appropriate methods of preparing and cooking*22* Selecting and buying of food should be done with awareness of sanitation in the matter of production and sale.23* Caring, storing and preserving of food can be carried out with proper sanitation with or without the aid of refrigera­tion.2b* Knowledge and provision of food needs of different age levels of family members when well and sick is essential for health*2$m Appropriate selection and use of textiles and dothing should be practiced for proper body temperature, their practicality, and for enhancing personality*26* Homemakers should be aware of toe impacts of housing on housekeeping efficiency, and on the health of the dwellers in relation to home planning, space allotment, lighting, ventila­tion, sound control and freedom from accident haaards.27* Home management processes of thinking, deciding, planning, and controlling toe plan and the uses of family resources of money, time and energy should be used to cultivate personal and fully satisfactions*28* Selecting and using the best tools in the home, and con­forming the tools to the body should be considered in relation to work efficiency and the health of toe worker*29* Family recreation can be used to promote both physical and mental health and better relations of family members*

20530. Qnphasis should be placed on acceptance of male and female biological and social roles, how they supplement one another, and how the success of the family can be brought about through the cooperation of the tec.31* Wholesome attitude toward sex and marriage can be culti­vated so that sex is seen as a normal process of life and marriage as partnership of privileges and responsibilities*32* Family members should hare satisfying relationships with each other, especially with in-laws, as one avenue to happy married life*33. For the good of society, a married couple should accept childbearing and child rearing as direct functions and respon­sibilities of the family.3U. The number of children should be limited to the capacity of the family to care for them.35. Belief in the sacredness of the human personality must be implemented in family living before its political implementa­tion can be fully achieved.36. An individual should maintain his own physical and mental health and share the responsibility for the health of others, especially that of the family.37. Vital and economic statistics correlate, the prosperity of one Is conducive to that of the other*38* A healthy person is a source of new wealth whereas an ill person is an economic burden and premature deaths are economic loss*39. A modern, comprehensive public health program comprises sanitation, preventive medicine, curative medicine, health promotion and improvement of standards of livings the family holds the key, especially in health promotion, without which little can be accomplished*1|0. The fundamentals of environmental sanitation are safe water supply and sewage disposal as a means of direct control of gastro-intestlnal diseases*Ul. Curative medicine costs ten times more than preventive medicine and many diseases are preventable, nevertheless the earlier the cure the better*U2. Personal hygiene is basic to health promotion, particularly in maternal and child healths good care of the fetus gives life a good start*

206U3* Reduction of infant mortality rates is desirable but what is more important is to make life north living for the newly born,14*. Minimum standards for personal, family and cononunity health should be the goals of the individual and the family*U£* Better health laws and practices in the coanunity and nation, especially as related to public sanitation and disease control, are to be encouraged and promoted by all conoerned.Part I of the inquiry listed the above forty-five items with

three columns for checking each item* (See Appendix E ,). Respondents were asked to check column one if they believed the stated understand­ing or ability to be important for Thai parents to acquire, column two if it should be a goal of teaching in the schools, and column three if it should be a goal of adult education* Part II asked two questions* The respondent was asked l) to name the most serious problem(s) in the existing health situations in Thailand, to explain the specified prob- lem(s) and 2) to give suggestions for promoting education for child health and welfare and to indicate whether home economics teaching can be one effective means to meet such needs*

The group of selected leaders was made up of administrators in the Ministry of Education, physicians and health workers, those engaged in home economies education, or in related fields such as biology, social welfare, cultural affairs and teacher education* Respondents were requested to Indicate their educational background, profession and marital status*

Response i*om Thai leaders The inquiry was sent to 32 Thais and a foreigner, 26 in Thailand

and 7 in the United States* (See Appendix F)« Responses were received

207from 28. individuals, of whom 27 or 83 percent of the total, cheeked the list; 23 cheeked the list and answered the questions; U did the checking without answering the questions and 1 answered the questions and discussed the items without cheeking the list* A. letter came later on from the foreign physician, indicating his absence when the checklist arrived. Nevertheless he showed Interest in the study*Of the total group of respondents, one physician in the Government Division of Nateraal and Child Health made comments and suggestions on 10 of the IS principles. Some Indicated an unwillingness to check the list due to such factors as feelings of Inadequacy, fear of mis­interpretation of the purpose of the inquiry, and lack of under stand-

4,ing the questions and directions for checking the list* Although no respondent questioned whether each item could be checked in all columns if appropirate, four respondents only checked one column on each item*

Approximately 25 percent of the respondents Indicated some difficulty in understanding certain parts of the inquiry* There seemed to be more uncertainty on the word "school11 than anything else. Two questioned the kinds of schools, that is, did the question Includeelementary or secondary, or teacher training, boys or girls, voca­tional or general hoaemaklng. One respondent questioned the meaning of the term "adult" as used in the inquiry*

■ ■ .w* ■ ' ■ " ■ ■ '*Farenta referred to those who have children or to youth who

will some day have children, present and prospective* The term schools la Intended to Include both elementary and secondary and pre­paratory schools for both sens in Thailand* Adults referred to those beyond the age of 21, already out of formal schooling.

208TABLE X. DISTRIBUTION OF US P&HCIPIRS ACOGBDIHG TO THE PERCENT OP THU

TJlAXSWRft cmaOXQ THBI as IMPORTANT EDUCATIONAL GOALS

CategoryBy all By 75 fcarooat

or a m 89 So l»iwtor a mBjy loan than 50 Hrewt

Xtoaa Itona Itaa It0M

Important for fkuwtt Ednoatlon 3

#1* 2i hi 5,6, 18, 15, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 25,2: S: &

IT, 2k, 30, 3S, 36, 37, 38. 39, to, kl, kk. kS.

Total No* 1 3* 12Iaportant to inelado in School Frogran*

la, 19, to, a, ». &,39, to, kl

S, 8.9,10. Ik. 16,17, 83, IS, 87, 89, 30, 31, 35, 36, 37, 38, kk, k5

1, 1, 3, k, 6, 7, 11, 18. 13, IS, 86, 18, 38, g, 3k, kl.

Total No* 9 19 17ImportanttoIn Adult Ednoatlon

19, to, a,« , *3. Ik, IS, 16, IT, 18, 19, 30, 31, 31. 3S» 36, 39, to, kl, kt. k3, kk, kS

1* *, 3# k, 5, 6, 7# 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13* it, 35, 16, 17, 18, 33, 3k, 37, 38

Total No. 83 22

Analysis of ths responses to each of the kS principles basio to bealtby child develop— nt i u nude according to those on thloh thsrs m t 1) a completely favorable response by 100 psreont of respondents, 2} a farorabls rosponss by 75-99 percent of ths jujf 3) farorabls rasponsa by orsr $0 percent, b) farorabls by only h9 percent sad lass and, 5) no farorabls rasponsa*

Itsn 3 had ona handrod pareant approval as an educational coal for parents, 32 other itsns ears approved by 75-99 psrosnt of respond onto and 12 other Iteas ears approved by over $0 percent respondents* Thus all ltens ears approved by over S O psreont of ths Jury as dwai in Table X* Table XXT in the Appendix gives ths exact washer of shocks received by each of ths Ii5 principles*

As coals for Instruction in schools— 9 ltens resolved approval by 75 percent or acre af respondents end 19 asre ltens ears checked by over 50 percent* Ths ether 17 ltens did net receive approval by SO percent of ths group, bat in nosy eases even these qualified their chocking* Undoubtedly the ansertalaty as to ths interpretation of tbs' word "schools11 bad an offset on the chocking of those ltens as gcdls to be tanght in schools* Three respondents d w did not shade all ltens as appropriate for schools renasked that they could and chsald all be goals in schools, particularly high schools, with well-adjusted nethsds of teaching for certain age levels.

As goals for adult education 23 ltens had 75 pareant or better of ths p e g approving, 22 other ltens had SO percent or aare approving and no ltea was rated by loss than 50 pareant of the respendents as

210inappropriate to adult education.

Theae ii5 prineiploe ara l^ortut for any dcnoeratle eodety, any faaily a d > r of either eax* They ara deairahle goala for all* Parenta, youth aa proapeetlve parenta and all adolta ahould ba adnoatad equally. Many prlaolplee aa abated say aoaad inappropriate far teaefc- ing children or youth hat the content and nethod uaad to taaah the bade Idea mat bo flexible, appropriate and adjected ta oartaln age lerrele* Tboaa In aaheola ahould ba thoutfrt of aa preeant faaily neobere and proqpeetlre parenta* nth fhaily life adaoatlon far thle pmpi bath praaant and future hone llTing aan prenote the eell-belng of the ehllA*

Zn Tier of the foot that preapeetlva parenta baoona parenta and parenta ara adulta, the raaatlena ta the relative lapartanee of the prinoiplaa aa goala far parent adoaatien ara pnoaonted baler in the order of the paroent of tbalr eboeka*It— t m m x t of I h m o m

3* htaat tfaaHm naata the iafmt*a phyaloal and payoholagloal naada of food, phyaleal oonfort, need ta aaok and to ba euddlad*2* The child ahoald ba aaeaptad aa ha la, ainaa hla aan la beyond any oentrel, and hla individual dlfferencea and petentlalltlea of develepuaut aaaonhat llnltad by hla hereditary pattarna*7* Conalateeay In affection, dioelplino, aara and prataatien on the baaea of aound phyaioal health, goad nadloal aara, logltiaato praiaa, erantaa aound nnrtal health ibr a child*15* Children ahould ba aeon eith ether children of varying age and aatarlty larala ta help tbalr parenta underetand than batter*1* Child rearing etarte alth the hygiana of pregnancy, previolaa of epaeiil naada of faede, elathlag, anraiaaa, nadloal aara, anatlenal adjuetnent and parental raapenalbillty*b. Child rearing ahanld not ba trnatad ta Ignorant handa) if denaatia help la required, guidance and eupamiaiea by a trained perecn ia needed.

2116. Requirement of t ohild to oooform to cultural end ole.ee Impacts should be modified in consideration of his Immediate pfcqrslol- ogloal needs*11* Relative pemls sivcaess is neoessary In cresting the indi­vidual1 s sense of direction, hie concept of right end wrong*12* The older child should be prepared for the «*-*«g of the younger one for the mental health of the fbrmer and for good relatlonahips later*13* the extent of reopen si bllity expected of elder ehildrem far younger children should be limited*16* Opportunities to play, belanced nutritions diets, adequate rest should be regelated far physical as cell as social, emotional, and Intellectual growth*3b* the number of children ahould be limited to the capacity of the family to care for them*

Items Receiving Over Rjghtar Percent of Response -9* Opportunities to beeeee Independent, to make decision, with­out unreasoned 1 emend of obedience cultivate self-dependence and initiative*10* Adult concept of a child sad eeceptomee of his strengths and woaknoesoo influence his self oonoopt end his eneompHshsent*Hi* Opportunities for intcraetlens among age mates *euld be provided fer a Child to loam to get along sad make satisfying contact with realities of life*25* Appropriate eduction and use of textiles and olothfag she eld be practiced for proper kef imp ureters, their practicality, and fer etdmnolng personality*33. Fer the good of society, a married oeapio should accept childbearing and child rearing as direct functions and respen at bill ties of the fully*6* Adult encouragement and adewnaoe of reasonable standards create edf confidence in a child.10* Hardships, contact with realities of life problems earn be used to devdep a sporting spirit, ullllngasoc to take the inevitable end aa attitude toward Ufa as a gmt.19* Adequate nutrition means more than calorie consumption. It requires nutrients ■protein, mineral a, vitamins,*-ell essential to

212health and more vitality*

20* Good food taaUta art famed throaih proeiaion of woll-halanoad neala, an aaptmta of tha neoeeeery aupplemante far rice dlata and tha deficiency dlaoaaaa they oeuee*22* Selecting and baying of faad d r n U bo dono with anarcneea of aanltation in tha aattor of pradaetion and eale*26* Bonanakara dwtld bo aaaro of tho inpecta of haoalag on houcakacplng effielciity and on tho health of tha deollere in ralatlaa to hone planning, apace allotment , lighting, Tontilation, aonad control and fraodoi from aoeidant hesarda.27* Bona nanaganant preoeeeea of thinking, deciding, p3 annlng and controlling tha plan and tho meea of fhnlly roaonrooa of noaty, tine and anargy ahould ba need to onltivnto poroonal and fhnily eatlefaetlam*li3. Bodnotion of infant mortality rmtoa ia doairablo but abet ia ■ore l^mrtant ia to nako life north lirlng far tha newly born.$. lUo wwrlatlene of nornal growth ahoold bo raaogriaad within tha oharaetorintlea of growth pattoma of different ago loaela*21* Matrltiona walnee of flood aan bo retained and iafeetlana guarded againat t h r o w a ppropriate nathada of preparing and cooking*23. Oaring, at wring and proaarrlng of fbod earn bo carried oat with proper eaadtetiem with or withoat tho aid of refrigeration*32* family amdiTo ahould have eatlafying rolatlondilpe with each other, eaponlally with impawn aa ana arcnao to happy married life*1*2. Fwraonal hjgiame la baola to health promotion, particularly la maternal and child healthj good oare of the fetna glwee life a good atart.

I f . h w l T i M O f rf Ii w m i28* hoi eating and weing the beet toele In the home and conforming the toele to the body ahoold bo oanaidarod in relation to work effi- olanoy and tho health of the worker.29. VbndLly roorootione earn be need to promote both pkyeloal and mantel health and better relatione of finally wnhira.31* ^eleecne attitude toward eon and nan* I ago earn be eultiwated ao that eon ia eeen aa a nornal praeaea of life and marriage aa pert- narehip of prleilegee and reopenalbi title a*

I I

:? * 3

, |H i «si ill if i Jj 1 1 $ ' 1

U \h ii 11

s i ! 9 « I

S i ? ! I )

. . s s ! i i ; i ! i ( g

p i i ] 1 ! i 1

Id

» ijHt

i

si v. ?!I

1a!i n

ia 9S 3

2lkThe 12 Itone uhloh enr 90 pwewi of rooponce art

■oitly onderetandlaga u d aUlltUa ooeaarnlng tho |j»*iT aipwtfof otalld roaring. The next 18 ltana rated above 80 pareant dool nore with tho tangible aapoeta of living, noh aa fbod, clothing and ahaltor. Moot of tha next tan Itena approved bj ever 70 poroant ara uaderetand- inga of aapoeta of fOadLlx living dlob ara liporfciat but not oaaontlal. Tha laat five Itana ehloh received tha loaoat rating ara thoaa under- atandlnga uhloh halp lndlvidoala to aoo tha ijqportaaoe of thalr rela- tlon to tho valfara of tha uhole. It la north noting that Itan 35— "Ballaf In tha aaarodnaaa of tha hanan paraenallty naat bo Inplonontod in faadly living bafaro ita political 1ap1 anentation oan bo 10H j achieved”— la In thla group. It nay bo tbnt In light of tho aLtnatlen In Thailand, thla la too ahatraat to bo of groat concern at preeent. Hoaavar, thla challenge la foand In tho thono of thla atndr** "*he rolo of hano oeononloa In danoorotio fnaUj* living. . • •* Sana* cratlc fanlly living appo ara to bo in groat naad of a aovnd Intarpre- tation in Thailand.

Figaro 6 ahona tha dlatrihotlon of tho reopeneee to oaofa Itan aa to Importance (I), and aoeaptanoo aa goal for odaoatlon In aohoele (H), In adult prograna (HI). Qreateet flnetnatlon la aoon In opinion regarding tvirMng la tho aohaola. Itan 19 (adequate nutrition) rooolvod 26 oheoka and hanoo naat favarablo roaponao, ohlla Itan 3k (birth eontrd) rooolvod only flvo oheoka. Thla dooa glvo a piotnro of that roapondanta bollavo appropriate for eohool ago graapa. Tho uncertainty of tho torn aahobla pointed oat oarllar la undoubtedly a factor In thla flnotaatlon and aooovnta for tho loaa favorablo roaction

— HI In Adult ft*ogr

Mo. of ItflBt of Principles5 1 0 15 20 25 30 35 liOFig. 6 Distribution of Response to ii5 Principles is to Importance as Educational Goals. £

216to tho itoas aa goala for children In tho sohools.

SLtfrt/HdM poroont of tho total j«qr oho responded answered thoquestions la hrt II. 3jr oad largo, respondents were roallatle aadgonoroua with thoir eoanents. Tho following, original and tranalatodrtat— onto, aro Tory ohallonglng and hoaco eltod horo. Tho nnisnat abelow were aado by a nalYoralty professor of biology oho had his edeoa-tlon In tho United States*

frlaeiploi aro Idoas of lestemars and thoy aro mostly nor. I suppose tho first thlag to do Is to adjmst tlsa to tho sltoatlons of Thailand. If no aro to aako nso of thoso principles, thay should bo mood atanltaaoomsly mlth all groups, parents and adnlts for tho present dad In oohsolo for tho fmtmro.

A rosit stot w w t i sods by a adnlstor of State mas that on sooomat of Improved health, sohoSla ooold not bs increased mp to tho nsod of tho quantity of shUdrsn b a m In Bangjrob. This doss not agroo with j m r lton lo (Bodaotlsn of infant mortality rato la doslrablo but what Is noro Important Is to nsko Ufa worth UTlng for tho nswiy born.)Itan 3b (Tbs nsshor of ohlldron should bo limited to tho capacity of tho ftnrtly to oars for than) la understood to bo birth son* trol. I bars latoly found an artlolo saying that this tbaory doss not wortc. Intolllgont people horo a fan ohlldroa wbilo tha lansr olaaa aro prolific, brcntwally tho lntollootwal olaaa night bo asnllanpd. htfind has sortomsly aanaldorod this profe- Ion. (tranalatod)

Another respondent, a ooandttoo naafaar of tho National Inatltato ofCulture also oonsMntod on lton 3b*

. * . thoso b5 prlaslplos will onaMo paoplo to mndorstaad tho lwportanoo of U fa aad tho policy of tho stato which promotes ths mSU-bslng of InilvlAuas, bat lton 3b is against ths Boddhlst teaching of kindness, Sharing, sport man ship . ♦ . • thsroforo oaro ahoold bo glTon to all* (tranalatod)

It would appssr that ha m y not horo Interpreted lton 3b as birth con­trol. However, the oeanont nods by a thodsglst, Boerstary of IHnistnr of tho Ministry of Cultural Affairs indicates tho accept once of those

217principle* by mtbsritlti of Thailand*

Tbooo (princlploa) h m baoma our eoneern aad lstcrtii. fhay oaro already pat Into practice tn anhoola aad la radio eduoa- tlon by tha Boraaa of %>lrltaal Ooltnre, tha Baraaa of Vgaaa'i Coitara aad tha Motional Inatltuta af Oaltare* (tranalatod)ammrti— fw atrMrtl— «— « y-f,r7TT

A pfayololaa la tha wik of Maternal aad Child Haalth aha bad hortraining la Thailand, Oeraaay, fagfrcnri and tho United States (la ChildTalfaro) aada aene aoghaatloaa ta Inpro m aad clarify tha prlnelploala tha checklist*

Principles3. Braaat faading ahaald ba gLma to aaat tha infant'a phyaloal and physi ological naada of food, phyaloal eoafort, nood ta enok aad to bo saddled*

d m u t l a w3* Braaat faading dwdd bo glroa ta aaat tha lnfant,s physical and physlelagloal naada of food, physical ooaf art,

ta mtk and to ba caddied,

6. Bsqnlrsnont of a child to eon- forn ta oaltnral aad olaaa lapaata ahaald ba nodi fi ad in oanaldaratlan of 1 mediate ptaQrslelagleal naada*

9* Opportonlty ta baaona Inday aahi ant ta naka aalaatlon althaat vnraaaanad donand of abodlanaa ahaald ealtlmte aalf dapand onaa and initiative*

17* Baligiaaa beliefs, noraa and faiklara ahaald ba lntarpratad to tha child in tha light of tha taahnolaaftaal knaoAadaa* relating aanaca ta affaata*

6* tanalranani of a child to oan forn ta aaltarol and alaaa lapaata eheald ba codified la oanaldaratlan of hla phraleal.e»ti«eLdB6 BlflQ55iI9* Opportonlty ta baaona indcpuid

ant to naka doalalan g g f f d i i g g j i m nlthont n r u M o d danandaf obedience, ohoold cultivate aalf dapandanea and initiative.

17* BaHglaoa beliefs, noma and faiklara ahoold ha lntarpratad ta tha In tha light oftha taahnalngioil knoadodga, relating aonaao ta offaata.

19. Jdoqpat* aatrlUoa ahoold m n ■or* fhift ealarla oooaoaption, it r*qulr*a aatrianta pro toina, alntitla, Tit owl no— oil oaaantlal to hoalth and aero vitality.

22. Salootlng aad baying of food ahould bo dono oitk anaranoaa of aanitation in tho nattar of prodmetlon and aal*.

3U- Tho moibor of ohildron ahoold bo lljrftod to tho capacity of tho faaily to earo for thorn.

36, An individual Maintainhla o m physical and ■owtal hoolth and bo rooponalblo for tho hodtk of others, •spec­ially that of tho faadly*

ill* Oorativo nodieioo ooota ton tlnoo ■or* than provontioo nodlaln* and aaay diooaaooara pravantdklo, novarthslooa tha oarllor tho enr* tho bottor.

1»3« fiodnotian of Infant nortallty rato la doolrablo but nhat la ■or* Important la to nak* Ufa north lining for tho naalybon*

21819* Adeqaat* nutrition ahould

noon a m than aalarla oon- sonptlen, it roqnlros natri- *nta— proteina, nSneralo, vitamins— all oooontial to W f f - hoolth and a m

22* Solootlag and toying of ooofcod food ahoold bo dono nith anaro- noaa of food nalnoo and aanl* tatlen in the aiuar of pro* duetion aad odlo*

3k. Tha mobor of ofaildran ahoold bo linltod to tho oapaolty of tho fhnily to oana for than* to tho hoolth of tho narantodngjynHnB 3nam B nM S S & n^S S B 3E S m i B & S S M 53B &iff. 8ft». JMffttS*

36m in indinidnal ahoold nalntaln hla oon physical and nantol hoolth and trr to ho roapanai- ULo for tho hoalth of otharo, aapoolally that of tho ikatljr*

Id* Oorativ* aodioina ooata a aroatJBlLJttMf. nor* than proven tit* nodinao aad aaat diooao- oa aro preventable, nsvertba l*oa tho onrlior tho aor* tho hotter*

Ii3* lodnotlon of Infant Mortality rato ia dsarfmbl* bat dat la of no looa innortanoo la to nakoHKToartt Hilng far tho noaBy bam*

Though tho above aaggontiana aro not drafkiii in vin of tho aitaatian in Thailand noat of than balp atrangthan tho original atato- ■anta. Tho addition in Itan 3 donates Inadoqaat* rooognltion of tho inportanoo of anotianal naada in oanpariain to tho physical naada. •Living" in itan If designs to* ita inportanoo fran tha noftical at and-point* "Cooked” food in lton 22 la oagg*atlv* of tho aitnatiana in

2X9Thailand uhera the aaaitatlea of eooked food la vary uncertain de- aplta tha foot that — ny paopla Ilka to bay ooakad faod fron food rondora and pertahla oafaa. Onah aaggeatlem ara **>*1 ‘ r 117 wel- c o m , thalr Inplleationa ara of lntaraat and ara ewldanae of tha understanding af tha fUndanental parpaaaa of tha stagy aa nil aa In eight lata tha ant of tha paraan who nada tha suggestions*

Tha Moat Serious Problem la ftdatlag Haalth Situations Moat raapondanta had aona Idaa of tha haala protXana of haalth

in Thailand, though taa rafar to better searses of lnforaatlon* It ean ba aanaad from thalr easnents that a aajorlty raallsa that tha problem ara perennial and aonpUaated waking It dlffleolt to pat a flnfur an angr particular ana* Tha foUowlJig stat manta support thias "Tha prohlaMa af people's haalth ara trsnendnua, they ara tha result of relatad problem In adaaatlon, eeonoaies and saanunleations*" and ■There la not any ana neat serious haalth probian, tout aaah problan haa alcniflaant hairing and aaah la alosaly ralatad to tha ethers*" Educational Problem

Table XI aham that tha leak af alnpla haalth knouXadga la nantlowad mat frequently aa a raanlt af a law odnastlenal status*Ona af tha autharltlaa In adnaatian saqplnlnart tha altoatiaut

Tha atandard af sdueatica af tha general pnblia la wary law aa adnaatian la only aangnlaoty up to fanrth grade* Thara ara appraadaataly 260,000 pupils flnlahlng fanrth grade and ant af thaaa only ahont $0,000 have a ehaneo af going an to fifth grade* lower aanmdaty (Sth - 7th gradea) aahaala ara halag expanded. In the near future it la tha hope that thin leval af adnaatian will ba oral lab! a to tha general pnblia.(tran elated)One respondent believes that law adnaatienal atatna ar tha high par*

220cant of lUitoraoy, aakaa it fapoaaitola for o good public boolth program, and that tha program la oado inadoquata booaoao of tho look of pablie support.

Haalth odoeatlon la aadoobtodly badLng g l m la so koala, hot tha lnadoquaey of tho mrlevlia la pointod oat by * physician aa bolag "too crosdod yot laaofflolont In aanor mya, too far roaorod trmm everyday Ufa* too aoadoalo." lluqr roapoudanta baliaved that tho lnoffaotlTonoaa la duo to aathoda of toaehlag. flaa aald "aaar aathoda In haalth education anat bo wood*" Oho toaohor polntod oat that haalth aad hmaoaatrlng tanght la aohoola la not effective baoaaao it laeka tho aupport of poranta*8o«UX J W W —

Tha aootal proKl— a ara aald ta ba tha aala attrlbatoa of haalth probleae-—satisfaction sith tho existing atandarda of llviag, easy-going habits, roalataaoo to change, bollof In ftadca, supersti­tions, food tabooa and othor aufadad practices* Nona ralatad tho oujr-golag habits to tha trop&oal ollaata of tha country. A physician aaldt

Iaoaturlty aad Irreafionalbl 11 ty of tha paaplo la general, traood to aaa roadinaaa to a too aaddao (yet neatly unrealised) ehanga la tho any of life, In tha pattern, from a anall salf- oantalnod Tillage Ufa to that of a big toan tharofora uapre- parod to oopa a&th sanitation, oaring for paaplo on a large seals, ate.A toaohor odaaator and a aooial aoxkor agreed that ehaago sill ba dlffloalt aad a leng-tlne pressess

To ahaaga tha bollofa of poopla scold taka generations* Ta try to paint out to paroata that thay ahoold da la roaring thalr children, tho aay thay vara not taraagd «p, aoold aatur-

221TABU XI. HSA1*TH f W W J M XKDZXUXD BT 2b TH1Z UBFOBBBRS

No. I t M Drt iMMgr H m w t

1 Xparnwt of slapla haalth kao«Ud|») ear** lass Toad habits# highly nno— d fo«d) llttla MBltatlM in handling ftada* 15 62.50

2 Lott adaoatlaa alatu) laadsqpats haalth ada- oatl«i| axelmslon af antrltloa 1b tha corri- onion, thaory nithsot *nph* da on praotlos. 10 bl.673 Fwrty honslng frabl«« srpanalon af alnra

an aeaaaat af nobility af raral psopla Into vrUn arsas* 8 33*35

b ladatanoa to daa|i| ballafa In taiakii nparftitlonti food taboo* aad athar oat* aadad praotloa*, aspa dally an tha part of prsgnant aad laotatlng snnan. 8 33*33

5 Zaaafflolaat doatora aad mrsas, aapadally in laalatad raral araaa. 7 29*17

6 Satisfaction la tha axlstlag ofeaadardo of llvlaii soar going hahlta, laak af alll poaar to salf-inprova* 7 29*17

7 Inadsqoats elty planning# laofc af sanita­tion In dralaagt and *aaag* disposal, iasaf- fleloBt pablls parks and raaraatloa raaoaroas. 6 25*00

8 laak of daaltanaoaa and slosaly oannsatad pragran far tha doral apsaat af a*amnntsat1na# ****<■ sanitation, haalth and nadioal oara# no Spooling* togathar froa goTaranant

agaadas and aorriaaa* 5 20*839 Zhonfflelant bodgat for pahlle haalth pro- notion* 5 20*8310 Pabllo haalth pragran laak tha sappnrl af tha

pahlla# thnrafbm 1n*npata« 1 4*17U look af anfflolant fnatlltlaa for proaarrlng

ar transporting food* 1 4.77

222ally ba art with resistance# Thay do not trart In innovation and change# Ctranalatad)• • • bat I bailor* that lying banaatb all thaaa “laga", la tha philosophy of tha people, Milch baa a prat daal to da with, tha attitude toward changing# Va tand ta ollng to tha old habit of doing things, rainstant to try oat nor rays of llrlng baoausa walking along tha already astabliohad path is safer, it saras tha doors tnm baing cMiarraasod rith Mistakes thay aaka. ba ooddla around tha ldaa that *ny grand­mother and q r nothar road to do it that ray." Another point is va ara Inoilnod to ba short-sighted, aa oaaaot oradit oursalras nuoh on waking prorision for tha days to m m or planning shaad of tins# KLth tha condition, alvays TM-g^g, aa oannot eontand onrsalraa to tha orovning success of tha past practices*

A padiatrloian brought out tha nagliganoa in ohild roaring# Most raspondonts agreed that sating habits ara tha wain sosraa of haalthproblows#

Oanoral public Is still oaroloss with thalr food habits*Tha highly seasoned food, frequent sating, tha look af atten- tion and lntarast in personal haalth aad fwally haalth and tha uss of a quack in tins of iUaass ara all problows* (trans­lated)Most people sat ohat thay like without baing awaro of food valua# To thaoa paopla tha taats of tha faad is tha aost ijqwrtant* Tha wajoslty of thaw nevor hare any knowledge of nutrition* Thus, wot Insufflslsney of food, but ignoranoa is tha wain problem, (translated) i

Ohs rsapondsnt wontlooad that food taboos prevent pragnant and Insta­ting wowan fTow haring nutritious food* A respondent id»s was born and had lived In anothar culture before living in Thailand wads a thought- provoking ooMont on tha riaa satorss

Thara ssows to ba a bUsafhl uwauarsnaso af faad vwlnas aad af diet aad its relation ta health* The paopla in gsasral aat tea aaah rise aad too little af ethor foods* The pear aad lower classes aaka alasst a fetish af plain ballad riaa* Thsy sincerely believe that so long as one sen and dees eat rise, one will live and keep wall* flmetlw bssawss of poverty, sowstlwss baoausa of ignorance, but frequently boo anus af laainass, they are osatoat to aaka a weal af riaa and fish.

223•ox and chlllloa♦ H i o n who have tha wherewithal taod to eon- nat expensive bat not particularly astrltloaii fancy deUoa- elaa.Coupled with this la tho tlan honored oneton of nibbling.If there art not veal tinsa, thay serve llttlo or no purpose for a para on whose appetite haa bnnn dollod b7 nibbling baton an asala.

Still anothar person palntad ant that thara ara athar ouatoaia and ballafa that ara contrary to healthful living*

Tha boad la eonnldarad high and vulnarabla nhlla tha feat ara eonnldarad lav. Thin In agnlnnt tha fhot that all partn of tha body, all organa, naad egual cam. It vould ba all right Just ta pratoct tha hand on aaaanat af tha brain*

Tha cleaning nark la regarded an naraapeotabla and only that of tha servants . . . * mgardlose of tha That that living in a dirty hoane la rtinhaneurahlo.

Tha kitchen and tha hatfareen naad aa aaoh cleaning an a living roan or gaeat roan, (traaalated)O xg rm H lo ri. tmd U g U lrti™

The aaarelty af nvter aapadally in aaatarn Thailand, nan nan*tinned aa a barrier to healthful living. Tha lav laval of land ackcadrainage difficult. In araaa uhera a nodarn ayatan af voter supply iaused, it la at ill inaafflaiant. Thara are prnhlcne in alty planning,sanitation, drainage, navaga disposal, and inaafflaiant pobllo parkaaad raaraation raaavraaa. Several paopla vent lined inadequate budgetfor a public health pragran and lack of truaspertation, hospitals,doatara and nnraaa. 1 physician atatadt

Iaaufflalanoy af trained paraoanal, nlda difference In atandnrda of living betvnan tho capital aad mral araaa land ta great difficulty In anading highly trained paapla ta laclatad rural araaa.

Hare inadequate tranaportatlcn and aw— nlnatlan areata nany dlffiaul* tiaa. A few adadnlntrutaro aald that thaaa aha naintalw lav atand- arda of Uvlng laak oounaat lotion, and hanaa appartunltlaa ta aaa

22hbottor standards of Using* Hodarn facilities whioh aaka a a g r con­tribution* to healthful Using* ars not asallabla far tha njorltgr of tha population*

Tha pooplo in tba loser inooan bracket* turn as oonvaniant aaana of ksapiaf frsah or perishable food* for any lo^th of tins* They* tharofors ara tha Tiotias of slatons aysls of *t«U| ttaoroforo daily narketlng haying in snail expensive bits— tho necessity of oonsuartng tha day's parohasss bsfcro they spoil* This la an lasaffleiant* expensive* oxtreaely aaatddll ystnu Tha hanosifa gats loss food nla* far bar aonsy* Tha random profit at har exponas* In this post oar pariod ahon itasstls kolp is aa expend va aad hard to proearo that any hsnsswivss tars to do thoir oan cooking* this ays- tan bacons* a raal tax on tho hoasoaifo's stroagth*

Look of saffislant foeilitios for preserving or trans­porting parlshablo fruits* fish* vegetables* «to.« is alao an important fbetor in prevention of aasts and extending tho araa of actedlability*

Svldanoo Aran several respondents shears tha look of a sianltanoons andolaaaly knit progran* or saffislant "pooling togothor" of govoranantaganoio* and services* On* aritor sau it up as*

Znposslble to got a sinaltansoas and olosaly o mooted pragran for tha dotal apnant of n— ainloation* education* sanitation* haalth aad nodical oara* nlth tha eetabUahnaut of Ian aad ardor going on at tho sans apssd in tha sans plaoo.

inothor raopondant supports tha abotat«

I an afraid nothing rash oan ho dons* Tbs prohlans you ara undertaking ara groat ■ tha nays of Using* tho ssltaro of tho Thai pooplo* have to ha ohaagod. This aoaossltatos a nation' aids attaek ulth oooporation of sotoral aganoio* aad ssrtloos* (translated)

Tbs prohlans ara oortainly groat* Thay oaanot all ho ooltod* at loastnot lansdlatsly* Bat ffran an optiadLstio viewpoint* a nsll-eoordinstod progran will do naeh to iassro sans dssinahla progross*

Suggestions for Improving Health Situations in ThailandteUtitloai fron 2b respondent* ware grouped into 11 Itena, of

which non* nethods in health edeeatlon with onphaale on practicality,was cautioned cost (See Table HI) frequently. A physician suggested*

Health education diowld be Integrated as part of tha general teaching progran, e.g. learning about feed and digestion should tic up with geography aad botany aad agriculture con­cerning the foodj physiology, anatc^ of the digestive aynteni waste products, bacteria, putrefaction, ndLghteoil, disposal, water pollution, latrine, water sanitation, wells, geology (soil strata, concerning the spread of. pelleted water to drinking walla) ate*Build up a healthy, positive interest in health*

Two wonan-doetors and one other respondent pointed out the knowledgeof child devdopuent as aa arcane to child health. The sane writercontinuedi

• • • teachers, parents sad those who handle children nut know the dorolopnont of the aornal child, his physical, intel­lectual, Motional, social needs, aad her to apply this knowl­edge and understanding in helping the child to grew up healthy and well-adjusted.

They arst knew and apply the principles of sanitation in the hone, school, wansunlty*There should be a F*T*A* in Thailand*

All respondents who are bane eoenoaists believed that the educationparents aad adults will help with the solution to the prehlons*

The hone is a place share a child spends nest of his tins, therefore it is la the hens that habits are famed* Oeed education in the bans brings about good eltiaena, ones dhi aspirations * * * . Oeed hones have direst bearing on physical and cental dovolopanct* (translated)

A pediatrician suggested good preparation of prospective parantatAll prospective parents should be prepared for child rearing . . * * this dioeld bo based an the Id principles* * * •

A university professor replied*The ppograc you propose la part Z Qi5 principles) should be

226oarrlfd ««t 1m «ohocl> ulth p v n t i aad adulta* Children Mgr «ad«ntaal uhat thay should da far t h u l m aad society, tvt tkqr i m U not ba able ta da lb tffMivaly eithoet aadarataadlac parents* • . . (translated)

Too baa aeoaoalata aad a hNHMkir aha la la taaahar education sug­gested tha aeheol lunch aa a naans af fbndag positive haalth habitat

OLat aad haalth should of ooaraa eventually hacam m a part af tha nxperlenee af m i y aehaol girl aad boy— not through bolag taught aa a eohool aokjtet la disb tha children aut paaa a urlttea oranlnation, bat by dally practice. At aehaol, for aaapla day after day the aehaol lunch eould ba a nail planned seal doelgnad ta encourage children to aat regntabloa, egga, neata, fruits, eta*, until with a llttla aaaohlng a new typo of diet ulll boo one a habit*live raspondonta believe that far batter haalth af children,

aehaol haalth aaarlea net ba pronatod and nail aaerdlnatad ultheohool ebrini stration* A torn aald that It naada cooperation ofteaohera, therefore batter preparation af taaebara la Inportentespecially that af alanentary aehool teaohera*

la tha rani araaa clonsutaiy aeheol teaohera ahanld ba aa prepared ulth knadadga that thay belleve la tha lapartanaa of haalth* T h u ean tha Idaaa be spread ta thalr pup&le*• • • (tranalatad)

TnUninusnl al sanitation aa uall aa oouuualaattoa and aaeneadea, arapointed eat aa lagtdlative reepeneibilltlaa* Tea nan nantlanadbneaea Ibnlaasntal Education, tdileh la adnaatlen far better living*

A good paint una brought aut by one reepoadant uhe h u livedIn tee cultures t

Anothar Ai^porbaat eenaldarutlan fbr tha andean eastern trained bane aaanandat let any changes nest ba baaed on the existing Thai aaoniry and cuisine, the changes neat then be learned by doing, net by tha eapuandtng af theories*

227Bo m Boonoalea u * H u m of Hooting tho frobiaan

Tablo 2 2 H ahova tho diatrlbutloa of opAnjono of tho offootiwo-nooo of hoi* aoonorioa in rooting hoolth prnhlara of fiwo groupo ofraapondaato* adninlahratora, bora ooonorlata, phyalnlaaa and hoolthwurkora, tooohor odooatara* thooo in tho rolatod flolda* liltj-finrporoont of tho total rooperdanto wwro fhwomblo to hoar oeananiaa*Tho boro ooononioto naturally hod aoro oeafldoneo in bora ooororloothan «qr othor grwup* Oror half of tauahar odnontora and half ofthoao in tho rolatod floldo thongjht noil of boro ooanoudno* Qno aoaooa,tram tho opinioaa of tho dlffarart indlwldnala, a fooling of uneortain-tj aa to uhat hero oeononiea oan do* It io nndorotood that thooo thatgawo unfararabla roapoaaa thought of tho hoolth prdblara in torra ofproaant loglalatiTO diffianltloa and hanoo bayord tho potantlalitiooof bora ooanoriaa ao eurnt&ro raaaaroa* Slaoo It lo hard to kacnr hoirrany of tho roapoodanrto nadorotond h a o oouroriaa aa aaah or itopotontiali tloo, tho roaponao for thia qpootion io probably not araliablo indioator of how aooaptablo horo ooononloa oan ho in Thailand*A fow raapondanta point owt tho linitatloao af hora ooonaadao at proa-oat in Thailand* An ntoiirlatrator aaldt

• • • In praotioo It la offarod la lint tod aoopo* Foopla ara not Intorootod in ”Karr n n u * tho Thai tarn far hano eeeno^oe, ao It dooa not bring high aalnry* (tranalatod)Bono ooonoadLoa oan root thooo jrohl ana* Bat at praaant It iawary liadtod* It baa not jot roaohod tho andeeyrl»41ogodgroapo* * * * (tranalatod)Tho four hano ooanon&ata in tho group naturally gawo a farorahlo

roaponao to hano ooononloa aa an affoetlwo naana of rooting tho aoodat

228

TABU XII* SgCKOBTIOBB H U H 2k THAI H B F O m D H S J W DOBOrXNQ HHLTHSITUATI0B8 U THUXdMD

No* XtCOkS

1 DoOOlSp BOV Mtiwd tB pVt hoolth odvcetloo into to bvlld up positive hMltk hsblte2 h m t odvootion, odvlt education fO r tb o lr

cooperation In school.3 Bettor end nore school health scnrlMi co­ordination la schoolU Bettor preparation of toochore, especially

of olsnostory school too chore« latorpre- tatlsa of the progron to pohllo

5 Tsproovcnt of pohllo hoolth, onrlro— ontol sanitation. oa^nnaloatlan sad oscnonlOB6 Xducatlen bossd on J|5 principles7 Bovls&on of sohsol eovricolan, integration of hoolth In other subject natters, ouorrl-**i«— node loos ooodsnlo* ssctrltion osvrss8 Behool lvnoh9 flwpport of ftndanental ode sot Ion 10 Vso of fsrily doctorsU Changes hosed on Thol

10

5

5

1*1*67

20*83

20*83

16*6716*6716*67

12*5012*50k.17ka7k*17

If all hiMMkar* h m a kaoiOedfe of loaat eare, execution and adaiaietretlon of * Im m , child rowing, faailor budgeting, and a atahlo vocation or profeealoa, th&nga will ho hotter*Hone eaeaaaieo ooaraoa holp to preaete etabUltjr in tho boo* Kanageeeat, tradition, religion which abowld bo ccaaldorod Important la Thailand aro all covered in thia field* (tranalatod)If honanakere have knowledge in thia field, ftallx naobara oan bo balpod to achieve bettor poroonal care aad better living* (tranalatod)

A pfayaieian aeea haae eeonoadee aa inportaatsHooe eeonoad.ee will help indirectly through teaching proapoetivo aothare aad teaohera proper child care and nak- lag good aad bappor haaaa ooadaolvo to ptagraleal well-being, aoatal health aad atahilitgr*

A teacher odwaator alee awpparta hano eeoneaiec though tha aajer eephaaia la aa feed aad natritioe odooatiaa*

hardly haae ooonaodoe will help to iaprevo the health of thia rloh ooantry* The feoda are hare, bet it la wp to the hoaa annualna teacher to tall ea tho velmoa of theeo feoda and how to prepare thee la ardor to retain their naxlnaa food value*Only tiae eon tall of tho oervioea hone eooaoaiaa can aad will

give to tho health aad well ■being of Thai ehllteea* Kngr aero hano eoonoaiate aa wall aa oooporatloa of all ether dleoipllaoe aro needed* There la nab prelialnary planning iaterpretatiaa aad aanpalgadag to bo doaa if haae oaonoadLaa la to bo well ociahll dal In Thailand*

Bat aathoda aaiat be deviaed that will bo appawpriato to aitua- ticaa. time aad rilaaai Thia now areema reaairee adoaaato

owxrlowlM plaaadLag aad raamitaant of toaohor education* teport of tha work to the pabJla aaet bo pat into preotloe to aaaare gaod roowlto uleag Kwee liaaa • aadiaiaa, pahlio health, eaMBHdaatiaa aad aeaaaniaa ** raoaive aero attention.(tranalatod)

■one eoanoaioa la an effective to aaet awah ncoda

830zablb xzn. BmmBonoif or 2 0 rai i n r a w n acoqbosio to non ora- iob or t h e o n o n n o n or b o m b boobcbios x b u m i w h u l t h pro htjb w

PogrooofBoopoodoato droapod Aaoordlnc to Prof pool— B— liar VbroooctKffootl— X

1* Tory Balpfol X 3 X 2 3 10 35*712* Holpfttl X X X X X 5 17*863. May bo 00— helpX X X 3 10*78ll, Coaid bolp X X X 3 10*785* Cmamat Malp atprocoat X 1 3.576* Bo rooponoo 1 2 3 6 81*li3

Total 6 J» 5 5 8 86 100.00

to droop t r t w X Mitilrtfittfi

I I fe w fa on—loo ToactaoroX U IhyolalaJUj Booltk iwtiriXT To— hor H m r t o iV Social aid OOXtorol tMfe—

frtnciplM of hillthy ohAXd dmlopMat noro foranlatod and proposed M tectt in — tint ©ortain fanily lift adooation naads in Thailand* A group of Thai loaders van requested to appraise thooo princlplea aa to thalr laportaaaa and possibility of haaonlag odaoa- tional goals. Moat farorablo roaponao ana glron to than a a Important for parant adaaatlon* Mora approved of taaahlng than to adalts than to oblldrsn in oohools.

hah tangible phaaas aa food preparation aad preservation ears ohaekad laaa ofton than aaoh Intangiblo phases aa ohlld galdaaao* Tha problans rolating to haalth palntad oat by raapoadanta ara oinilar ta thooo revealed tram, tha analysis of available Utamtnra on Thailaad* Tha aagtoatlana af aoat Jury naofcera gave orldonoo af tha naad for now aathoda of teaching in haalth adooation* Maay soon to think of haalth only la toraa of ptayoloal haalth* It nas palntad ant that tha effoe- tiveness of adooation raata on tha adaaatlon of tha paraata for under- standing aohool progrona aad desperating ulth toaohor a* Othar propaaad naans af attaok ara coordination of existing oorrlaaa far hattar haalth aarriaa ta ashsol children, battar preparation of taaofaara, and InproTsnont of envtroanaatal sanitation* It ana agr»ait by aana Isadora that haalth adaaatlon shaald ba baaod on tha prlnolploa listad In tha ohookliot*

Tha aaah ara expressing attitadaa favorable to hana aaononiaa aa a faatar in pronatlng parant adaaatlon for ahlld aaro and aa offOo- tira naans af naatlng tha no ado or attaajring haalth preblone, nas not aa aa ana tha aaaoptanaa af tho pdnoiples aa odnaatlanal pila

for hoM ooooooloa* Thl* 1m, hj all u n i , a groat ohallongo to a mad iatarprotatdUm af hcai aoaaaadoa pragraaw to aaat boalth aooda aa vail aa to giro aaqphaala to tlw rolatodoooo of antlonal aad pfepal- oal haalth, and oaoooragaaunt to proraatlro aodlclno.

CHA7UR VH

HKVOfiUS r a t nOMOTZHQ CHILD W TT^OTTm BBOUOH BOMB

KOKMXGS ZM THI1M1)

Bona Itiwloi and Mmtiwul M a 1b Ihailni It la tha thaala af thia itajy that haaaa af a haalthy ptran-

allty aan aoli1 ha laatlUad 1b tha aarly yaara af Ufa aad that thia la baat aofaiarad throagh good poroat-ehlld ralationa aa a part af danoeratlo fbadly Urlng* Sana aoonaalaa, aa a flald of adooation haa potantlal aad aabatanttal oontrlbatlana ta aaka to notarial, aoononlo aad aoalaX Ball -baing af ladlTidaala aad haaaa ta proaotloa af lagraaad family Ufa aad aara haalthfal eklldhaod* It la baUavad fBrthar that Thailand throagh proantlBg adaaatlaa in haaa aaaaaaiaa aa a part af ffcadly Ufa adioatlon, ooald Ingram tha b o IT baing af fhnUlaa aad haaaa proaata tha haalth of Thai ahUdraa aa lapartaat ta tha nation*

Tha igportaaoo of tha haaa ta national nall«fcaiag a anna t ba nmimghaaitad. notarial darolapannta af tha nation baaona Important only Bhan thalr nltlnata maa la In tanaa af algniflaaat hana nalnaa, Tha bean, aa tha aaly Inatltatlon af ahndhaarlng oan aad ahonld nonrlah hanan ialaaa« Clnaaly aaaoaiatad fOndLly Urlng pottoana par- aanalltlaa* Tboa haalthy fhartly aaaaalatlona aaatrlbota ta tha daralapnant af haalthy parnanalltlaa baala ta o ianaaratlo nation,

Tarlana flolda of adaaatloB oan ba dlraatad ta tha abom aada, bat hoaM aanwcnloa daala diraatly nlth mlnaa and praatlaaa of fhadly Urlng* flinaa tha gahUty af Uvlag In tha hana dot oral noa tha

m

23k

child's ©rcraH dovolopnont, it is prspossd that issi eeenaed.es bs accepted as one effective neane t© asst sore «f the preseat needs of Thailand* Hasp Thai rasp andante Indicated rsongrttlon af health prob Ians and af need far raltlplo and aiaaltaneans attacks* They agree that peeling resoareas to obtain ideas, tins, energy and noney is urgent* The task to he dens is tnssadhu calling far all-out effort, regardless of the "labels and tags" of the approaches approschers* Hone eoononies is here proposed as one of the sereral naans of a co­operative and interdisslplinary approach.TTr " f*— “ fT « f ■— a « — io .

Thai edaeatiooal leaders state that hens coencodes in ThailandIs not jet in dsnand* This ney be iron laak of recognition of needs,•r lack of knouiedge of the fenatlone hens esonoades serves or ofunderstanding of how seeh fbnotioedag eoeld nset owlsting needs. InThailand there is little realisation er recognition of hens eeononUsin its broadest interpretation* It is net ana seal for the llni peopleto have sash a United sansspi of been eoensnles, as the fellealagtestation Indicates as true to a degree even in the United Statest

Sane people still have the idea that heneneking education Is Just learning hew ta seek and sew* Its expansion into the area of henan relationships, the dovelepreirl sf leadership, child care and gel danse, faedly health, nore security through wiser financial nsnegenent, ancLnaay othor areas of oorvioe needs to be interpreted* . . **

The present study reveals a general acceptanee of tha k$ principlesset up, as basic to healthy child dcvol opnont, as goals of edacation

nssncenso i m m sonsMnity"

235but too few Thai respondent* recognise thooo oo ooooptod goals of hone eeonoaleo aad baaoo M l to ooo tho rolo of boat eeononlee la solving probloao relating to ehtld well-being. Thao, It io eooentlal In laying o good foundation for onrlohlng aad prorating haaa oeoaoaloo In Thailand, to prorldo a aooad latorprototloa for loadoro la various fields aa well ao lay paopla of tho nature, oeopo aad goals of bnoip oeonaaieo program*

Tho Thai terminology for hoao ooonoodoa aad present onphanle on olahorato hoadlerafto overotreooeo hoaookeeplag* Haadlorafto aro bgr all aoano a port of tho ooltoro to bo preserved for ploaoont lng, bot a hungry or oleic poroon cannot enjoy dolloairfoo without food value. Hoao ooonoaloo whether It la Iowa ao doaootle eooaeay, doa eotlc eolenee, doaootle art» household arte, hnraoelrtng adooation or family Ufa education, doalo with people aad thalr phyoloal aad ooelal no ado in day by day living. Tho Mportanoe of hoaoa dorol opmnt eaaaot ba oversimplified. It oallo for tawdodn, bao&o ooleaee, art and ooelal teehalgeoo* Tho foot that nearly everyone la a faally aonher aad earn day boocaoo a honsaaker, gives hla a oharo la develeg&ag hoaoa beings, Irlaoolf ao well ao ethoro, through "right living*"Slnee llfo lo dyaaale aad meplir, tho hoao aad whye of right living In tho overohonglwg preoeat ehmeld be helpful la ea&ving llfe'o Inevitable oeafUota* It lo with thooo howo and *qre hoao ooonoaloo aboold be oanoornod. Coa baa oooaoodoo of thlo type halp aaet ono of tho nore orwelol Thalo* problem rolatod to ohild well boiagf

The aont obvious no ado to Improve pfeqroloal aad aontal health of tho Thai ohUdron hoao to bo not throagh healthful living or

236”rl£it living*” Heat i m m b U i hat cantrlbatlnas to mako to auoh living in torma of food, sanitation, appllMtion of soloaso to living and vino mao of rsaomrsos* Thnotional adooation oo it io and thrwlfl bo dlrootly tiod into Fandaaantal Education, tha typo baing prnnotod in Thailand by Unaooo* Than aa it diraotly oon earns haaa aad faailioa responsibilities, it ia appropriate for naaan's adooation*

"ifff f~~m~n .oa and Sohool Haalth Divialon. Tho responsibility of tho School Haalth Division la at present Hart tod to tho haalth of aohool ohildran. It haa a vary Uadtod staff** Tho flndlnga of thia study iadioato haalth adaaatlon la both tha oemnanlty and aohoola la of nooosslty OToeodlngly Hal tod*

Haalth la promoted throagh pooitlvo hoolth hdkito ahioh ara boat loamad in tho beans, taaght by informed parents. Haaa oeonoaiea teaobars, olthar in thalr daily oontaot aith tho naaoaa of paplla or in narking aith othar taashara in tho aaraory and alanantary aohoola, nay proaoto haalth UUts of paplla aa nail aa tho paronta* Thas tha vary Hal tod faeilitloa of Sohool Haalth Division oan bo relnfbraod through a heno aaanoadLoa program*

"nr r— mfl— — * ***— — ♦* «>■«*»■ is*a*§« n n a ttu*tradition, oatnsdsd ooatona, food tahooa and food soporotltiama oan ha

*8ohoel Haalth Olvialon la mndor tho odndalatratlva organiaationof the Department of Haalth, Minister of Haalth. Xta offlao is in Bangkok. Information from or* Payem letravisej, phyaialaa on tho staff of Sohool Haalth Divialon indioatoo sight physleiaas aad amao maraoa on tha staff, and that its sarvloo la aval labia to only 12ti aohoola inBangkok aad its vioinity* Tho aarvloaa givon ahem aakod far aroi physioal hoolth ovamlnation, Imlaattaa, advioo on oarrioolmm of haalth adooation, personal byglamo, prevention and aantral of ooaama* ioahlo diaaaaoa* Imoal aohoola any obtain thooo aarvloaa from Fehlio Haalth Cantor or any nadlaal oorvioo la tho looality*

traced as m u m of aalnatrltlon aad eodesdo dttmw, tho Mj«r obotooloo of hoolth preootioa, Mow knowledge, now Ideas, now prae- tiooo desirable for natrltlon, health, Natal hygiene and i^ortaat goals of tanaa dsrolopueat aad advanoenaat aro ofton rejected, since they wwro not praotlood during early childhood, Accepting than la ofton soon bgr adalta as bnalllatlon, loss of dlgdtj, or donlal of tho right of ftso choice* Tho task of latorprotatlon rolatlag to haaaa salnes, ttaas booonos tho oero of a n g r paroblsas. Hones to attaok saeh roslotaaoo to ehaago reqplree aadorotaadlnga of 1 Nells to personal aad fondly probloN and noods aad tho abilities and skills necessary to seising tho probloN throagh a m of asallable roooaroos* Aa laseatlse to loarn and to aso knowledge for sash praotloal parpoaes ohoald bo InstlUod In child roaring praotlooo that fwnanlate good habits throagh flexible, resilient, and reasonable experiences of early ohlldhood, and tho abil­ity to relate son so aad effect. Tbs child thao loams bis oaltaro "at his aether's knees," Bom osonsodos with Its principles bade to healthy dosolopsMSt has rsoponslbillty for helping tho aetherpreside tho best possible boas life aad gsldanoo aad later for tsashitg tho child basis salaes aad practises in health.

Hb n oconooles and solsatlfls wars fjf IVrVTg- SIn o tho sfcesedlsonssloa saggssts that sdnssting a w a n Is odaoatlag a fsally aadthat odnostias fSnllleo oan odasato tho smi • nation* tbs lanilsatlonIs that base Ufa odnsatloa Is far roanbtngi

One to the aataro of her rosponsibllltlos and tho skills and kaotAedge Nsdod to carry then cot oasoeesfnlly, tho bans- aakor has boon sailed an mtwlnlslratsr and m saDsoatlse, Tho naaagarial asposts of hsnsnnklj^, together with tho reopen-

238slbilltieo related to personally developamxrt of fUsdJLy ■sabers, call for a sell rounded program of preparation* 8

Oeneratloa after generatlea of people hare lived nltboat going to sohool to learn hoe to lire. Undoubtedly It is dlfflonlt for easy te realise the need for seah edaoatlen, hot In this selentifle age the ▼alee of selentifle mays of living becomes important and mast be pros* tleed in everyday living. Several footers make easts of tine, noney and energy In the hit or arias ant ho da In hnnsnaklng used In great grand­mother's daya, outmoded. Hare married eamsn mxfc aad help In the haam is hard te secure, therefore physical aad mental skills in living are needed te get the meet dene In shortest tins so that some of tho 2k hours of tho day are left for guiding the soelal aad Intellectual development of ail family nonbora. Selentifle methods in hnnanalrlag and hnmsakeeplng are desired for thane ends*

a— — CP01«« — d w m « t « OTta— . Mmtlflo wthMto ofliving are eoeaoaloal nays, health and welfare have the same origin aad poverty is surely one of tho onuses of ill health, literature on oonditiens In Thailand ladleatee a lav standard of living far the population at large. Otaly a feu respondents mantleoed that peeplo are satisfied ulth the present standards of living* It la imperative to attaok poverty aad raise standards of living through an increase In production of goods aad services, aad vise use of resources, as sell as throagh else saving aad Investment. ftdueatloa in homo esoaoodes oan ornate values far hatter living and provide vuys aad moans by

Margaret ft. Oaadyuar and MUded Chapin Khlsr, J m a d a c t e ONw larki M m W a y * Sams, Inc., iP5b), p. 3fb.

239which suoh nliM eia be aehlcvad* It i« latimtlag te note that the nerd •owwdni m m ftw the Greek reet meaning household managT- ■wt. Homo economies with ite managerial eepeete tac direct concern with boM production, wise nee ef reeeuroee end bvdgetiai of tine, none/ end energy. Bene eeononioe doee nore then help people to lire et the beet possible level within an available ineonei it strives for better standards ef living through efficiency ef living. Its goal Is the fullest and happiest Ufa possible through the best adjustment to one’s environment.

Bone ooonomlcs and functional edneation. Unesoo’s lUnrlanemtal Education as defined in Chapter T (see p. 198) Is te attack the prob­lem ef illiteracy and provide education which is useful in real living* It la designed te help people, particularly these mbs are cut ef sohool, te live fuller aad happier lives aad te make better adjustment to environment. It is obvious that since heme economies deals with daily living* problems ef ofalld cars aad guidance* clothing* feeding the fudly aad managing family finance* health aad relation ships, it has a real role te play in this prcgraau It is fundamental edneation* It la education for what is reel*

Most recent (1951*) information on the plan of TUV10 (Thailand tfneooo fundamental Bduoatlon Center) at Ubeirajthaal is that a com­mittee of govanueonl officials after studying the problems of living, constructed a one-year curriculum of general beam an on ami cs for in- service training of taaahere far the above pragva.

In the schools aad colleges also there is need far fUneticnsl education, in objective examination ef learning and teairhlng in Thai-

2kOladioatea that la«r«ifl| at all Imli la too aoaduale. A w m is

a groat wad la Thailand lor practicality la adaaatlon, Mathoda of learnU* aad taaahlng naad revision mad change ao that theories aad praetloe ara norm directly rolatod, Tha *elthor or* philosophy la prevalent la Thailand aa eLaasteere, Loaning la abstract aad aoadoadjn or staple and praotlaal, ftlaoa gradmatoa af higher adaaatlon represent only ,03 pareant af tha total population, tha ratio of tha paopla In tha "itorjr toaar* to thooo on tha atrast la ana ta 10,000, Can dano ereoy ba pronotad nlthoat helping tha naaaaa ta lira a bottar Ufa, aa oaoh poraon oan oontrlbata ta tha nalfara af tha nhala to tha boat af Ua abilities? Hava edaoatlenal prograna boon evaluated In tana of noatlng tha raalltiaa of Ufat Several aallant polnta for adooation for abat la real aa aat up by an dnerloan edooator are *3 loaning naat bo In tana of porpoaef kaortedge naat ba fanad In *uhsles*t learning la provided throagh esperlenoes ao that idaaa nay paanga and oolf nan* fldanoa devolepj raral and nrban ona— nltlos ara naad aa learning raaouroaai and problan aolvlng approach nlth group planing and aaapar■ atlon, la naad aa a nethed af taaahlng. Bona aoononloa In oontont and natbod fulfills thaaa, Ita laomlng la node of llfe'a everyday aoti- vltlaa for tha aajer pnrpoaa of poraoouO. aad family uell-beiag, aa It should bp all naana ba praotlaal, real and fandoaontol..

ecaoa are different free u a Mean tho geootlaa aa to uhact typo af adaaatlon helps aonon perform thalr rale aueoesafUlly. In tha Waited

S e i c T u i l w , Mwitl, a»r (■•» X*rk< tef,aad I M t m . 19bT)>

2hl

SUtM the fMitloA ef ihat Is appropriate aad gainful ednoatlon for wonan has beooae aa lame* The iaerioan Council on Bdaoation has appointed a ooenlsalon to study needs of asdsra seasa to discover "the fields la whloh women have been adequately and Inadequately prepared for their changing and insreasing responsibilities*” The Coas&esioa has not jet given a report of these stadias* The blologleal and social roles of elves and nothers, the pmhlsns w i n fees la aarrlage and hnaeaslrlTig call undoubtedly for edneation*

Uaagr subscribe te the potential osntrlbutlon of hone esenosdes to eonsn's education, especially ebon It la anil Integrated ulth liberal arts* It cannot be ovoronphaelood that hone eoohoades at Its best Is both practical and liberal education— -it Is education for tha head, heart, hand aad health* The fact that It Is practical and deals noeh with right living aakes it attractive to the lees acadorlotlly oriented students, dille at the ssbmi tine the fact that Ite rests are In tho basis so lenses and arts, aakes It Intellectually etlanlatlng te the nest able* Understanding of feeds, nutrition, textiles and st«lp- nant courses requires bade physical and bielsgleal sciences, fhnUy eocnonles and nawagansnt as well as child dovolspnowt sad fSadJy rela­tionships are based en the seelal sslansss, while elethlag, housing and Interior design have thalr root in art and arehlteeters*

Begardleee of the fact that hone esoneadss In the Welted States is fairly well established aw nag eellege subjects, its oentrlbwtlon Is

fine, Vdusatlon for Ihnon Today, " Forecast far ha> Foonoadsts* Tel* 49 (Soptonbor, 1953), p* >7*

2k2

not «Inj8 rally vndtritetd and accepted* Ikatlwr part or wo—education should bo directly tar ho— wiring la still aa laauat

Tha eoUagaa oan aneouraga raoognltlon at ho— tklng aa a pro­fession, but they here boon alov to plaoa It in itejropsr foons* 1 — | too, bars boon alow la daaandlng it.*For Mia raaaen or anothar, tha Thai ooaaa ara aald aot to have

aroch aa Interest* Tha atataaant la aada occasionally that all taraa of adaaatlon, ao wall as profs salons, accessible to aaa aro obtainable to wonan and that "there has boon no naad to nake any efforts toimprove thalr status*"* Tho fact that no study has erer boon nado ofwonan'a education In Thailand, and that tha ratio at lmnn to non In higher education la ao lew,? raisea questions aa to whether women really are satisfied with their educational status, or Interested In only tha type of education now available* How can It bo Terlflod that woman IT given an ppportunlty to study bona economies at the college level in Thailand would net sea it as an opportunity far professional service aad personal use?

Proposals for Strengthening Hons Economics In Thailand The Rnssnt Scene

Sons home econoodcs instruction la Included In the school currl-5^777 it6*^brfclag In Thailand*" 1952-1951* Bepert te tha Sixteenth International Cenfere— en Fublle

Xdueatlen* Qonova, July 1953* Presented by the Ministry of Bdaeatlon, Thailand,

?ftrol1 art nary Bepert on Statlotles of Bigher Bduoatlon 1930-1950* Pabliabed by Depart newt, ef Social Solense, Statlstleal Division,UNESCO, Purls*

2b3ouIum of elenentary schools bat thoro Is tury little in tho high schools of Thailand* (8m Chsptor ?, p. 19l(). As Is evident in avallablc coarse listings Csss Appendix D), Its soops varies within narrow Units* It is mostly thsorstioel instruction In a narrow range of subjects mnaeeceqpaaled by practical work, la general, bone econoad.es offerings consist of oooklng, sewing end sons handicrafts* First aid, health oars, nutrition and child care are included to a United extent. There Is a tendency to pat no at emphasis on nutrition, but little evidence that family relationships and practical hone improvements receive emphasis* The percentage of the sohool population that is reached by boon economies teaching is not available, bat it is undoubtedly very snail, sines it is unlikely that it reaches those in the rural areas* Bren in the larger schools of the towns and cities, it is a recognised fact that instruction is hampered by fendsfor equipment aad materials and by a lack of trained personnel* The teaching is often unrealistic, based on ether standards than pupils' needs*

In the vocational teacher training schools there is a very lim­ited pregran of hone eeeneales with seer see in handicrafts, feeds and nutrition* The flwaaada School of Hone Becnomlcs with three-year curri­culum beyond tenth grade is the only institution with any breadth te its program for training hone economies teachers* teanl nation of the program reveals a need far clarifying and implementing its philosophy and objectives. (see Appendix D)* Fends, facilities, tine aad well- trained personnel are by no mesne adequate as the following statement indicatesi

2l|||There is a aobool of bo— economics hero. • • • Tho dirootor,• graduate of tho Ho— Economics College at tbs University of tho Philippi— s is tho only trained worker* Bar staff are ho— kors uho aro oa— bio bat have had — seiontlfie ortoehaieal experlenee*"At tho university level only a few courses in ho— ooonondos are

offsrod in tho College of Agricoltnro• in Bangkok* Thsro is — prepar- ation for loadorship through advene od study* A few Isadora in ho— sconoades have obtalnod dogrooa froa foroign ooimtriaa and a for tarn boon sent to tho United States for a non-degree program or study tours* High or institutions in Thailand nood to faeo tho probl— and tako deela- It s stops to build up profossional training in ho— economies to tho point of a dlpioua or degroo program*

Mo organised ho— ooonoalos program exists for working with ho— s and families at tho eo— unity level*

Bagardloss of tho present limited soope, facilities and recog­nition of tho potentialities of ho— eeouosdos on the part of naay, and reported developments in Thailand* indicate real opportunity and i— odiato nood for expansion and future development both as education for personal growth and for professional opportunities*

1* Thailand Uaesoo Fundamental Iducatlon Center has a horns economies curriculum for bettor living given — in-service eduoation to toaohoro for an in— dlato program of adult educa­tion, including prlmaxy idrntlos**i*niee H.'soam, In Short* "Ho— Mac— lies ftsgl snlng in Thai­

land," Journal of Ho— loomoulos* Tel* kk (October, 1952), p* A|2**M— bare 1-10 doou— ntcd in Chapter T, U-13 infer— tien given

in eonfercnoe with Thai officials visiting in the United States*

Zh$2* A Technical Institute sponsored by the Mutual Securltj

Agency Is in the process of developing courses In nutrition, dietetics and host economies*3* School food service Is recognised as a sost desirable

project for the imediate future.Ii. Vocational education is planned to be enlarged in soope

to include nore phases of hoae economics by the Depertnent of Vocational Education, Ministry of Education.

Many nursery schools have been opened, and there la a plan to open one la each changwat* in the entire country*6. Nutritional studies and surveys have been aade by the

Food and Drug Division of the Departusnt of Health In Collabora­tion with ELO In Bangfrofr to determine food consumption, levels, food habits, physical health and deficiency diseases*7* The Maternal and Child Health Division was set up under

the Dopartaant of Health to safeguard and promts the health of ■ethers and children. It Is carrying a project dsaonatrating a pattern of oomunity health and also serves as a training center for doeioiliary (pertaining to a dwelling place), midwifery, ao dal service and sanitation.8* A Juvenile Court was set up a few years ago in the Ministry

of Justice* Protection, care and education are included in the plan for young offenders, victim of cireunsfeanees, end boneless children* Knowledge ef problem of child develepmat is con­sidered essential qualification of a Juvenile court Judge andThailand is divided into 71 ehangsets*

21*6personnel for such work*9. Tho Department of Social Welfare to carrying oororal

educational projects oonoeralng the crippled, housing orphans, old people, and vooatlons, to help people of both sexes at all age levels to lire better Urea*10. In the KLnistry of Ooltursl Affairs, noblle units hare

been carried out to help urban and rural people iaproTe their standards of Using, and the Clnb of Woman's Culture has acti­vities to enrich family life.11. There Is to be an extension of the three year progran

of the present school of hone eoonoad.es teacher training into a five-year progran In the Departnent of Secondary Education.12. Expansion ef hone econosdos oourees is planned at the

College of Agriculture*13* The Department of Industrial Proomtlon has a plan te

eneouxuge heme industries along sdth other snail -sealed indus­tries, saw of uhlch nay null be related te aspects ef hone eoonontes*

Bona economies programs should be planned te fit late this pic­ture of expansion. Opportunities far trained home ecsosndete sdth the above agencies and eervloee are rain nr one. Te meet the nee denand, naans have te be devised te produce qualified markers and leaders* Foreign training of beam economists is Tory expensive and therefore only a few hare been afforded such education. In the long run, Thailand will have te employ ntrrv econosdoal measures a elder approach to

2k7

leadership training than at present. Shis responsibility falls on higher oducation. A ohaUanglng question for higher Instltmtlona In Thailand at prossnt Is "should houu eeoaoulos bo aoeepted as a flald of higher learning and professional eduoatlon and hsxaoo offered at the college level?"

In view of the health problems reviewed earlier In this study, eduoatlon related to personal and fanily living Is urgently called for* Since no such focus has been given, hone eoononles has a real challenge and opportunity to neet the needs of the nasses through sehools and adult prograns. Cooperation and collaboration of every available agency la necessary. The urgent need for the preparation of adequate leadership personnel for suoh prograns nast be aoeepted and net by higher Institutions. T— edicts as sell as leng-tins goals are essential. Sons possible first steps toward overall goals are proposed below*T— lists Qoala

The progran should be operated on the poeltive approach, nlth effort to strengthen and enrich the existing Instructional prograns. Introduction and sephasls should be placed on eduoatlon for personal 1 and fanily living Including feeding and slothing tho fanlly and bettor parent-chlld relations In terns ef the k$ principles fomalated in this study. For the Interpretation of the hone ooonoados progran and Its role a oonferenoe Is necessary to develop bettor uaderetaadlag and hence vilUacoesa to support and cooperate* A Goaadesloa on bean eeon- oalos should be appointed as well as suh wiaai ttees and a headquarters establlahed* For adult education, uerfc nast be done at sou— nity levels, uhlle edaoatlen through schools begiiie nlth Interpretation ef the hens-

2k»

making programs to meet needs at elsmentary, aaaomilarj and oaXlaga levels. Higher adneatlon aut ba urged te prepare taaohara and extan- alon workers both throng pre-service and ln-servloe education. A possible organisation for attack oo those three levels la ahowo inFig. 7.

A oonfaropoo on hone economics and health. To cultivate a growing awareness of the health problems, the Interrelatedneoo of the physical and nantal well-being, and to stimulate Interest In the field of boas economies and a realisation of the lag>ortanoe ef the inprove- nent of boas and family Ufa as baalo to the health and well-being of children, a conference should be held under the sponsor ship of adaoa­tion, health and welfare* Participants should be these whose ooneerns are with the dsrrelopnent of children and Improvement of IbaUj living— adainistraters, tssotwrs, health sad welfare waters*

This conference should l)foeas on the feet that many crganlaa- tiona, International, national, and private offer various typos of pro­grams of asslstanoa, 2) develop ways to coordinate these servleea and those proposed for hone ooonoados, and 3) do lam artiste planning to Insure the strengthening and enrichment of heme eoonsmloa programs. Through the oonferenoe a better understanding of the health problems and other problems of family living should be derived. A review of the purpose and the progress of the various approaches to these prsb lams, the possibility of their aohlevansnrt and delegation of responsi­bility, should determine the next steps*

A Commission on hems esenomlos with representatives from eaeh province, dusld be famed to devdep a sound overall program set up

21*9

Sural Cnwmnnltios

A boas eoononlst for lay training ioi4dng with czttuioQ • agrl- eoltw* and fish­ery personnel

Ho— lesion on Hons SoonosdesRepre sentatirea from Bsalth Education and half are

1-----------------Schools Bursary - momentary SecondaryMb-oamaittee of horns aoonoadsts advising with schools and school representatives

Ift^srInstitutions

Sub-n oMlttee of hens oooncnlats working with teaob- ar adacators and laadars In rwlatod fields In higher education

local schools work out own programs

Hspanslea of Sanaada School of Boms Bo«

Higher Instlta- tii 1)Hoieducation- forI) Degree andgran for long­time goal*

fig. 7 fTopesals far IT wot tag Hams Bsaaonlea Bduoatlan in Thailand

200criteria for curricula in stlnola and c»U i >b| and apornor looal abort eovTMt of tnlniag, lectures, vialta of oparta ant othor ■aaanraa daviaad to ortab.11 ah and strengthen this field of work.

A aub-noM 1 ttaa of boot ooonoari ata and toaohar odaoatoara should bo fomod to advise on apparalslng and strengthening haaa econoud.es in tho aehoola at all ltvalfi In torna of ito philosophy and purpose, tho objootiToa or goals of students, and tho provision of adequate teacb- Ing and administration personnel, faoilltioa and curriculum* Tho US princlploa foraalatod In this study oould serve as oritoria oar coals of first Ijjpertaaoe tor basa ooonoados programs* That is, at this stags, tho ultlnato goal of homo ooonoados should ho for paromotlng tho physical and montal hoalth and wall-being of tho families* In light of tho relation of those too aspects of health, emphases dmald ho plaood on oonrsos in ohrlld guidance, famlTy relation ships, faallj hoalth, marriage, foods, nutrition, management, and housing, aa they promote personal and family hoalth and uell-belag*

Ropreaotativoa from each province, should plan a leeal son- fsronoe* Hth collaboration of staff of School health Division a sock- shop should ho hold on hear to promote ehild -won-being through ftuUy life eduoatlon with aagihasla on health edusstisn, Ihrents, lead era in the loeality should he asked to partlelpete in this nerkshep*

Analysis should ho node of practice* and prnhlesn of family living* The US princlploa for— 1st sd far this study oould ho used to olassHfr the problems* A • thmdb-nall ” sketch oould shear family proh lams that nay ho Improved by the family manhoro thonoalvea and those that depend on giii’uiml or legislative hgrtraooad.

251Interpretation af the hone •oonoaiei progran ihrali bo nude. Itc

contribution te ftiniiwrrtil education at the nn— ml Ij level anA te health eduoatlon with Ite 1npl1cation far national welfare through an onrlehod progran in the schools, ilwvU be dloeuaeeA and node clear* boric at the doaiud.tr Level

By and large rural eoaannltlee In IhaUand are Isolated and da* prived of nadarn oenvenleneee evallable to the urban nn— in1t1 ia Thun fir at offorta la edaoatlen for bene and fanily living eheuld be dlreet- od with special attention te the rural one— n111oo» They have been reaehed te a very anal! degree by the work ef the govoraaant agriculture and flahery depart nonta, to help lnereaee production, and heaee fanlly Inc one. It In poaalble that thin progran can be extended to inelnde attention te oo— unity prehlano eeneernlag adequate nutrition, better houolng, oufflolent and eafe water supply, eaaitary faeUltlee, better hone nawegansnt, care ef the children and ether prahlere related te the well-being ef the fanilles* It la proposed that syetsmtla effort be nade te eeerdlnate eduoatlon for better hem life with that related to famdng and fishing practises*

These who nan collaborate and eerve In sueh a progran an lay extension workers are teachers, apodal teachere in handicrafts, teach- crs ef adult education, nurses, sanitary Inspectors, natamal and child health workers, health educators, housing authorltiee, probation offic­ers, and cultural and welfhre workers* Tho services of new gevnmmntel organisations such as Xoung Hue Buddhist Iosco lotion and Tseng Vba— Buddhist Association and Ihrent-Teashars* Aces elation, ahsnid be en­couraged, trained and utilised In sueh a prcgren.

252la beginning the program, a qoallfled Iw m oannowlet

ean help prepare and coordinate tha work af the people aaatieaed abm, aha work la tha ecnwndtlee, to totondM faUj prahlewa» aad eanrleee ahloh ahoald ha ( l m ta aaat tha aaat argent aaada af tha people la . tha oaaudtj. Bafara anoagh epcolallete la hoaa aeaaaadLaa aad faadlp llfe oaald ha prepared ta ha aaat aat lata tha ocwwnnltlee* a aaXaa- tarjr groep af ooonemltj workera oaold ha farmed te reeeiwed in-earwice education* Tha hoaa economice headquarters la Bangkok, ahoald ha theecn- tar for anah a program* later whoa aora taaohara are available, training eaatara ahoald ha opened aaa la aaeh dlTlalaa north* aut, eontral aad aaath Thailand*

Tha progran far thla groep ahoald ba ahart aaaraaa for a adal- aaa parted af three aaatha* Caaraaa ahoald he eaotered ea prohlo— af family living with major oaphasia am health aad weli^oiwg af tha fonllp: adequate nutrition, attrition aad eaaltatlen la aaolrliig and feed pro- aerratloa, praotleal hoaa Improvement which Inolwrtoo hatter hoaalng, famishing, equipping, airlrmaaiitri sanitation, aawageaont la ahlld rearing* foods, finance, elethlag with opeolal oaphaala on waking ever olothea, peraonal aad aaatal hygiene la ohlld rearing baaed on the child's phjraleal aad aaotlonal aaada*

Viorkara ahoald here anderetandlng of the aoolal aad ooltaral patteraa of eaeh acini tj aa wall aa lta aoeaaado resources* Beale training ahoald aleo laelade aathoda of aowaawlty approach aad orgaal- satlon aad tha aaa af simple teaching aide* fhphaala ahoald be wade on adaptation te leeal conditions, aalag aatarlals aad eqpipanat with ddoh people are fowl liar*

253Programs should bt carried out in schools "on waves" rather

than schools "on wheels" wherever cosimnrrl cation on waterways Is easier than by roads* Teaching — thods of such noblls units should bo vainly demonstrations* carried out in fsnily homes* rather than in r*AHc places. The honss ef persons regarded aa oossnuiity leaders can be used as a good influence for the rest of the ecmnualty* Partlolpatlon of observers should be encouraged*

The training center should be responsible for preparing teaching aids* the eoapllatlon of uhloh by ell concerned should ba encouraged*For sueh purpose* printed naterlals should be Tory single and illustra* tire* The use of films* and other visual materials should bo stressed* Education through Schools

Education for better living should be given In schools at all levels* elementary* secondary* preparatory schools aad colleges far both sexes* The focus of such eduoatlon should be on understandings basic to fanily living aad uell-hdag in terms of the C5 principles formulated in this study* with content aad methods adjusted to the specific age level* hghisis should be given te practicality of learn* lag to make teaching effective* (Croups of parents of the school child­ren could be invited to nestings uhloh night resesfele the parent* teachers' association* Other adult education prograns can be Integrated with the school programs to promote sound puhlle relations* fcphasle should be placed on praotleal education such as school lunch aad school garden*

Interpretation of homsmaklna pro cream . Wdle the potential role of home economics at its boot is recognised by a feu in Thailand* a

25kstrong progran or interpretation la neoessary. Although aohoola In Thailand ara not directly aappertad by tha public, it diould ba real- iaad that public understanding, appreciation, and wilHngnaaa to help laplaaent adueatlonal program outside classroom and wake it poaalbla for aohoola to progress.

Xntarpratation and planning of tha hone ecanoed.es program should ba In tarns of both inaediate and long-tim goals. Madia of interpretation are newspapers, radio, television, talks or prograns for civic groups, advisory oosnittaae nada up of outstanding comunity leaders, parents' visits to the aahools, teachers' visits to tha hones, leaflets for parents, exhibits at tha community fairs and tha like.The school, tho services and assistance it gives to tha oomnnlty aad to fan! ilea for batter living, should bacons real through these mdla. Service to the eonaunity my be through students' participation or supervision of play-grownds, child ears centers, orphan hones, health clinics. Service to the fhadliaa may ba through students' hone pro* jeots, sueh as flower and vegetable graving, ears of children, family meals, plan for batter kitchens, refiniohlng old furniture, and tha Ilka.

Oetting adults into the progran and nesting their needs aad interests will, naka then unofficial ndntseadors of tha program. The school can ba opened for oonsultaticn services on honanalrlng problems. Capable adults mgr ba invited to serve as mahsra on tha advisory ecmittee. In miring than feel an integral part of the school plan, it is mat likely that thogr will put their best foot forward and naka contributions ta the beat of their abilities*

2*5Another important aspect of interpretation ie the may the hone

making teacher lives. liat she thinks, how she feels and aete ilU. hare a great deal to do with acceptance of the progran itself.

Elementary sohools. a&noe the najor proportion of the Thai population obtains its schooling at this level, nore oan be reached through a functional progran of hone life education here than any place elset positive health habits, understanding of self and others, characteristics of good family mesbers and happy family living, funda­mental hone skills in cocking, seeing, clothing care, practical home improvement the use ef simple tools to produce simple articles for household use and making simple home repairs are important learning experiences* The school lunch, aad school garden progran as a part of education should also nake contributions to pupils* personal aad social development.

Parent-teachsrs1 associations should be organised to help promote school-home relationships thorough parents' better understanding of school programs aad hence eoepsration nlth the school aad teachers, resulting in better understanding on the part of teachers of £hn!2ytliving problems aad hones better asslataaoe to the fOnlllea.

Secondary schools. Aa a large percentage of the Thai population does net have any schooling beyond the secondary level, crafts and industrial arts for hams industries ahoald be emphasised as uOU as vork with smaller children for better understanding ef hanan develop* not. Learning should be organised into units ulth the problem solving approach. Units such aa **Chup Bedy," "Tn food lb Sat,* Heal

256Preparation,” "fctartalnlng,” "Peraonal Appearance,” *lho Itapoaal- bility of Parenthood," ahoald ba tha "wuat" in tha ovrricalxnu Sran* tiaation af learning nnita ahoald ba encouraged to fit In with tha intaraat of thla ago level*

Bqalpaant aad aatoriala aaad in tha laboratory ahoald ba aiadlar to that uaad in tho hoaa aad aothoda ahoald ba doaoaatratad on how to u n hoao equlpaent aad aatoriala effectively, alth laaa tiaa and energy and for battar hoalth of ooneuaara*

Glaaaroaaa ahoald ba aoved oat into tho co—mnlty aad vice veroa. It la tharofora eoggeated that peraennel, erganimatlona aad interacting raal Ufa aituatlona ba aaad aa laaralng reeourcea* Hoaa aad ooannnlty project* ahoald ba developed to foator paraonal and aoelal growth of tha etadante*

School laaoh pregrana ooupled with haalth raoorda ahoald ba lnltiatad aad anoeuraged, with atadanta aaaiating. Studenta ahoald pertioipate in tha preparation of tha aahool laaoh to darrolop phyeioal afcllla aad encourage battar food habita aad aoaiol behavior* Paranta ahoald alaa ba invited to partiolpata la tha aahoal laaoh progran*Dun fanda and aahoal ataff aro United, aad laffa groupa of ohlldran nood aahool neala, aonaldaratlon ahoald bo giun to eerving a aiaple outritious mack, aaoh aa ailk aad frulta to all ohlldran In tha aohool*

Heno production ahoald bo one oar aged in tha aehod aa that It will atlnulate aiwllar intaraat in tha honaa and bo wood aa no ana to laprove fanily food anppllea* School flaaar garden, kitchen garden, poultry ralaing, flah hatchery ahoald all ba practical work eoupled with neoeaaary rooitation and growp diaanoalona* Tina apant in thoaa

257units or work should bo after class hours, The teacher should urge and sneourags students to cultivate plots at boas under their super­vision through hoaa visits. Aphasia should be placed on cultivation of vegetables and fruits that correct the prevalent nutritional defi­ciencies and hence pronote better nutrition. For those shoes living quarters are deprived of lots, school grounds should be used. Such learning experlenoes could be tied in with lessens on nutrition. Thus children can be helped to see the relation of the growth of the crops and their esn growth and development.

School gardens should be directed for use in feeding prograns at school or for hone use at low oast. Sueh gardens should also be used for teaching nedia for agricultural education for the whole osu ■unity.

Xouth clubs should be initiated by the school for those tho leave school before coupletlng hone eooneod.ee courses in secondary schools. In such a club hone eccnonies teaching nay be possible. In the long run this should be another goal of extension work.

Vocational guidance and plusmeant should be initiated and node functional. Otae goal sight well be to encourage nore students to go on to higher education, or to prepare for leadership.

For teachers to maintain close contacts with parents In the hones, to discover their needs, a paront-teaoher association should be organised and used to the best advantage for all concerned'™ students, parents aad teachers.

For a long-term policy ef honessking education in secondary schools the fundament si s of ho— alrlngi feeds, elethlag, relationships,

258child developnent, the house, health and hone nursing, hone nanage- sent, and consuaer bujing should be included in the eurrieulun of as ■any ae possible*

Training of Teachere, extension Workers and Other Workers Universities and Institutions for Advanced

There are in Thailand only a fee hone ooonoaies teacher training prograns and these are of United scops* At present, the flbnanda Teacher Training is the only available school that prepares teachers for nursery schools and hens sconosdos instruction in olensntary and secondary schools. It is generally recognised that it is essential to raise the extent and standards of teacher training of hens eoononics so that needs can be net aad a higher level of teaching attained* With so few hone eeonosdLsta, technically trained in the West at present, personnel fron related fields in the pfaysieal and social soienoss can collaborate in preparation of leaders. Every effort east be node to espsad the existing protons to produce adequate teachers of hone eeon- oaiee for nursery schools, olensntary, secondary aad preparatory schools in Thailand*

The progran of Sunanrta ached should be strengthened aad extended to include a four, five and/or six-year progran* Resources fron Chula- longhorn University, tho College of Agriculture, the Technical Institute aad iraoaanitr Teacher Training ached can be podsd together to con­struct a progran of hens eoonosd.es at the college levd* The Cmail sSion on hone eooncsd.es reoonnendsd above should appoint a oosalttee on higher education te uerk sdth leaders fron the above institutions* It should

259give first attention to boa* eoonoori.es in higher eduoatlon for tbo purposes of leadership preparation* In the long ran, higher institu­tions should be fully responsible for producing capable teachers of hone economies, extension leaders in hone eooncad.es, aad workers for other Toeatlons relating to hone eocoonies, along alth developnent of publications and other teaching aide*

The ooMlttee should sponsor short courses for in-service tlon of teachers through schools and at the coeasunity level as nentioned previously. Then for a longer-tine goal, the cn— 1 saicn should work along with each Institution to expand its own eurrieulun to bee one fully independent of eas another, A n the offerings can be enriched to form both degree, and non-degree programs.

General proposals as to desirable developnent for eaeh institu­tion are presented below.

flunaada aahool of Hons Bcenonlca. A sub noanlttoo of hone eoonoaists and teacher educators dwald be set up to evaluate the pur­poses aad practices of this school— its eurrieulun, nsthods, facilities and staff in relation to students* aad fsallies' needs aad sods ocon- oadLe status of tho students. To pronote health education through hone eeonoadca, courses and course content should be reviewed in terns of the hS principles femulated for this study. Courses sueh as nutri­tion, fanily relationships, faadly health, child guidance and hens uauagnoaut should receive csphaeis.

Tbs practical application of learning should be considered aleag with the theories, thus "learning by doing" through student-t each or pi aimed activities nast be used to develop critical thinking, lnltia-

260tive and independence on tha part of tha atadanta. Chia taachar ahoald thaa ba able to napervlse direct and guide nora atadanta In one elaaa and hanea laaraaaa tha teaeher-pwpil ratio* Thla la aapanl al 1j necessary daring the parlod of taaehar shortage. Personas! of tha achool ahoald bo given opportunltlaa for ln-servlee education at tha school in tha craning or incorporated with the ln-aarrlca program at tha University*

A plan to extend the aohool into a five-year progran should be Immediately carried out ao that diplomas can be aoarded to atadanta completing the fire years* At tha and of that period tha status of tha aohool should bo raised to that of tha collage level, three years beyond high aohool* In a long-term policy ana mere year should be added and dual earoUmsBt* should be aliened so those oho here fire years of home economics education there oould gat their methods courses either at the Praaanmltr Teacher Training School or Chulalongkorn Teacher Training. them funds aad peraonmel are adequate this aahool should be promoted to a four-year collage program, uhen hnmaaaklng courses at the secondary lerel are aceallnble in most secondary aohoola*

The achool should collaborate with tha Technical Institute where foods, nutrition aad dietetics are to be Initiated* Vlth tha dual enrollment students who hare completed courses in general hone econ­omies nay choose fields of specialisation in institution nanagdmont with the above courses at tho Technical Institute* This school should take the responsibility ef interpreting the hnnmsslr1ng programs as

Students could enroll la both institutions aad be allouuif te take required courses wherever they are avail able*

26Lpririoully diswticd and suggested.

HUhor lnatltutiona. For an Imediate goal It ahould ba posoibla for Chulalongkorn Uniroraity in collaboration dth tha Collaga of Agriculture, and tha Taohnloal Inatltuta to aerve aa a oantar for tha praparatlon of uorkara in hoaa economics by naana of abort o our aaa, laeturaa, aanlnara In hoaa economica aad abort raaldaaea programs.This ahould ba a abort couraa nlth apodal maphaaia on nutrition, fanily baalth, boon aanaganant, ohlld development, family rolatlona and curriculum planning* Assistance far ataff if aaoaaaaxy ahoald ba requested from MO, QMBSCO and KBD* Afficient trainaaa ahould ba aalaotad from taachara, anraaa, public baalth workers, welfare offi- eara and ▼oluntary workers from ovary provinoa, aa that on tbair raturn thay nay mtilina tbair training in conducting a workshop far extension workers aad in-aervioe aduoation for taaebarc in tha local­ity. Help for amah trainaaa ahoald ba availabla at tha oantar* Thia ahould halp anlarga tha aoopa of Unaaoo Fundanantal Education* Trained homo aeonoadata ahould ba availabla aa oonaultanta for aaoh ragion, North, North Saat, Cantral and South Thailand#

Loadora in tha iammdiata plan ahould ba aalaotad nambara of tha Ccmmittaa aa Homo Seanamlcs in hlghar aduoation, with representative nambara from tha Health Divisions of Naternal and Ohlld Health, Food and 0*ug# tha Social Half are Dapartmanta aad tha Departmanta af NUman- tary, Secondary, Vocational Bduaatiaa aad Educational Techniques of tha Miniatry af Siuootiaa* Tha raaponalbilitiaa aad funetiaaa af tha ConcLaaiaa lnaluda ravlelon af tha praaant aurrioula in alaaantary and aaoondaxy aohoola aad curricula of home economics taachara to aaat tha

262professlond d m <1c at tha elementary and seoondary levels. Tha Com­mission ahould also serve aa a clearing house of tart hooka, refer­ences and other teaching aids.

For a long-term policy, It la auggaated that Chulalongkorn University within tha Collage of liberal Arts Teacher Training with the oooparatlon of tha Collage of Solenee, Architecture and Busl- ness offer hone eooncsd.cs oouraaa leading to a B. So. degree. This should ba operated on tha experimentd approach, with general hows econosdos courses in the beginning. The courses suggested as the core of the progran aret philosophy, psychology, family relationships, family health, foods aad nutrition, clothing and textiles, housing equipping aad fhmishlng, hone management, natural aad social sciences, hphasia should be given to nutrition, child developnent, family health and personal hygiene.

There should be a university aohool from kindergarten to tseiith grade under the control ef the university to serve as a demonstration school. As a laboratory of human developnent there should be a nursery school, also for the demonstration purpose. Panoil-paper tests should be reduced aad supplemented by students' eelf-eppralsal and evaluation in changed attitudes aad behavior. Personal aad so dal growth of students should be the ultimate gods te be achieved.

The hosui economies staff at the university should serve as oon- sultaats In homisking programs at all levels, including public ser­vices for problems in family living in order to promote better public relations.

A placement progran should be Initlatod In order tft help balance

263•apply and donand in Jobs. A follow-up progran abould ba startad bo help beginning taachara and ta ba aaad in evaluation.

Publication and other teaching aids. Responsibility for pro- paring publications and other taarthlng alda ahould ba delegated to tha Counisslon. For inoedlate uaa a eonpilation af publications and films on fanily I l f a aduoation ahould ba node for tha uaa af trainaaa* At fir at, text books and referenees will hare to be in For along-tlne goal, tha Oapartaant of Educational Taohalque and Division of Audio-Vlaual Alda of tha Ministry of Eduoatlon ahould encourage indlTiduala and agaaelaa to produce illustrated panphleta and leaflets on hone problana in simple Thai language. Sfach Materials ahould help to naka teaching affective*

tatnaryThera are naay health prohlons in Thailand due to tha laofc of

staple health kaouledge aad tha loir educational statu a of tha popula­tion at large* Banoe there is need to iaprore public education in all natters affecting healthful living and healthy parent-child relations in order to raise tha physical and nental sell-toeing of Thai ohlldran and eaphaslse tha concept of parental responsibility for tha child* s dorrolnpnont. Hone aooaonica in tans af tha h$ principles fomalotod In this study can help to seat this urgent need* To naka it off satire, attack needs te be nade at all levels, in schools- ■ ol onantary, second ary and callage and in adult education prograns both in schools aad at the eooonmity level through pact anal on soak*

Orientation aa to tha aaad for and nature ef hona econenics

through * national conference la an important first stop. An advisory conualsslon ahould ba appolntad at tha national lsval with subcoasdttees to axtand aad atrongthan eurrieula in aohoola and colleges, pronots short oouraaa of training, lectures, rialta of experts, workshops and other noaanraa for 1— artiste goals of in-aarvieo aduoation* It is necessary also that higher institutions assune tha responsibility of preparing leadership personnel aad workers for aohleveaeat of leag- tine goals* Meanwhile, health, agriculture aad eduoatlon should col­laborate at the oonaonlty level in giving pilot denonstrations on the ijqproveasnt of faally nutrition aad sanitation at low eost and pronots healthful living by better use ef existing resources in lnprovanont ef bona and faally living* Thus, faally living can booms increasingly effective in developing healthy citisens who will be eapable of aset* ing the responsibilities of a deaocraoy*

BIBUDGBAPHT

BooksAldrich, C* Andtnon aad Aldrich, Mary V,f Babiaa A** n»— «. l«t Torkt MaeaWaa Co*, 1950*Baldwin, Kctnrah, tha Htt Saga, Maahlngtons iaarloan Hcas loonoaLos Association, 19A9*Boda, Boyd H. Haw Wo laarn. Bastont 0* C. Haath At Co., 19fc0*Bogardaa, Taaiy *• nnfrt srary gooialanr. Los Angslaas Valwarslty oT

8ovtteni Californio Rrsw, 1931*Bosdt, Bath* ^ I t T * *m ^liT *1"! *sw Tork* Maoalllan Co*, 19b£.Bo»— r4, imT Z «*» ■*• * • Xnfc>Harpar fc Brothers, 19b0«Brookanrldgs, Marian aad Vlnaant, 1* Laa* Child Doralsgaant* Philadelphia! V* B* Saaadara 0»«, 19$0*Buhlor, George* (ad* aad trana.) Baarad Batka af tha last. Tel* Obcfardt Tha Clarendon Press, 1002-97* 2

Csnpfcell, J« O* D* 1** tha Twentieth Caatagr* Londons BdaardArnold, 1902*

Carrall, Herbert A* Maatal ttnajaaa* Xaw Toxic< Prentloe Hall, Tno.,19li7.

Cartar, Ha ana O* aad HlncheUff, Keith H. IIm HIt Haw TerkiM b MUey * Sana, Xaa*, 19h9*

Chaadrmaag, Kuant* Mr Berhead la Mai. Haw Tories M n Bay Ca*, 19h0*Corbin, Hasal* fTtHni fltttr 1t I i i miwr * » *•**«» o»„1939*Bawls, V* 11,11 eon and Barlgbarst, Hobart J* Phthor of tha Man. Bastoas

Heagbton Mifflin Co*, L9b7*Mar Tories Maori!Ian A Co*, 1916*

165

266Oi«hl, Harold 8* To xtbook of Haalthfhl U tIm . Mew Tories McGraw-Hill

Co** 1950.aduoation Tor Ibnlly ifff - Nineteenth Xearbook of tho American Aaeo-

olatlon of School AwLnlatraters* luhlflftoot National Hdnoation Association* 19bl*

Srikson. Krik H.. Childhood and Society. Non Tories V. W. Norton A Co.. Inc., 1956.

Erwin* Mabol D* Cl ♦ thine far Moderns* Mow Tories MaeadLllan Go** 19b9** Tho Joint CoMittoo on Owrrieulua

on tear Hem and AnUj Uflni* Nov Tories Apple-ten-Csntaxy Crofts* Inc.* 19nl*Ihnlknor* 807-* Ziegfeld* M d a and Hill* Oorald* Art Todaar* Nov Tories Hsnxy Holt A Co.* Inc.* 19iil*Fmaboll, T. (trana*) Sacred Booksof tho loot. Vol. 10* Bart 2*Oxfords Tho Clarendon nross, xoyo.nrodaricksan* Hanoi* ***** Bla Welfare. San fraaolsooi

w. H. froMn A CoTTW H .Oosoll* Arnold 1* Studioa in Child Dwssloanant. Nov Tories Harper A Brothers* 19k 8.Coaoll* Arnold aad Irioois I* Ug* Infant and CMid in tha Culture

of Todar. Nov Tories Harper and iretiiera* X9n3*Goodyear* Margaret R. aad Khlor* Mildred CbapdLn. Manaalna for Rffieotioo

LArlna. Nov Tories John Wiley A Sons* Ino** 195A.Orphan* V* A* Sian* Londons Pala More Itoss* 192k*" T i »— »Tf 8 “lrWt*** "UtlTTT tra a * U « « l udaanotalHono Boononloa in ttnhar ldnoatian* Coanlttoo on Criteria for Nfalnatlng College ttrograna in Anno lioonaaloa* Nhshiagtons Anerioan Hone

Boonanles Association* 19k9*Hart* Heroell N* aad Hart* Hla B* Tiansnal^y *ho Nov

lories O* C* HaatM A Co** 19kl*Hart* Joseph K* mad in Nav Tories Coriel IMLodo* 1938*

267Hortloy, Bath K., Rrank, I m n u m K« aad Qoldanaon, Bobart M. Undar*

^IfTT*1 v\Vv* R«v Torkt Columbia Unlvaroltgr Praoo,

HoMMriia1! Hudhodc. Baa Torkt li. H. Ihia t Co., Inc., 1953*Aaa, K. B. Tha Borld1o living Bolivian. lav Torkt Char loo Serlbnar'a

Sana, 192?.Hunt, Carolina L* Tha Idfa af Ulan H. Rlcharda. Waohinytont Aaarloan

i, i9U2.Hwaa Boonoadoa Aaooeintlon^Jaunlago, Harbart S. Biological Baala of Hoaan Batura. Bav Tacks W. T. Barton t Co., Inc., iifeo*Joroild, Arthur T. Chili P«r«bologr. Bav Torkt Prantlea Hall, Inc.,

19*t7*Jaralld, Arthur T. at al. Jora and Prohlaaa of Child Baari g- Bav

Torkt Columbia Univaralty ftraaa, 19U9*Kallagr, Bari C. Xor Watt la Baal. Bav Torkt Harpar aad

Brothara, 19J*7.landon, Kaanath Parry. Blaa in Transition. Chicago* Tha Unlvaroity

of Chicago Praaa, 1939*U u*r, M a w TaU C M ad London t Baal D bo|1m ,

1930*1*1., Nvr 8. ^-Mgoflp- B— tar In «***» i**•- Iowi

Tha Collage Praaa, Ine., 19hl*Maovann, Oaerga Sir, ftjlilTIt f1** Qslto of India. BavTorkt Baoaillan Co., 1932.Uonroa, Haltar 8. (ad.). Bnerolopadla of ldoaationa.1 Baaaaroh. Bav

Torkt Baoaillan Co*, 1950.Montagu, Aahlay. Cn Baina Haaan. Baa Torkt Hanry Sohnaan, Ino., 1950.81ok.ll, M m mad D m v , ta. " "Torkt John HLlogr A Sana, Ino., 1950*Olaon, Hillard. 3|U£L2BZS2£SBS£&» Boatont S. C. Haath Co*, 191*9.Praatan, Qacrga H. Tha Subatanoo af Bpntal Hoalth. Bav Torkt Parrar

aad Bhlaahort, Ino., U U «Baad, Qrantly Blok* Childhirth Hlthoat Pbar. Bav Torkt Harpar and

Brathara, lfMi.

268

K«ad, Kathcria* H. The Barnnr School. Philadelphia! V, B. Saunders Co«| 19$0*

Radi, W t * and Wattanberg, Willlan V. Mantal Hrricna in tha Teaching. Sdlted by Willard B. Spalding and Marnestk. llllgard. Mav Torkt Harcourt, Brace it Co., Inc., 1951*

Rees. John 1* The Health of the Mind, lee Torkt W. I. Morten & Co.. Inc., 1951. ^ 1 Lend At Bcqral InstituteReeve, W. O.

ef Interna'Seheinfeld, Aar a . The Men T*" Heredity. Kav Torkt J. B. Idpein-

cott, 1950.Senn, Milton J. (ed.) The Haalthr Joslah Maey, Jr.

Foundation, 1956*Salth, T. V. and Idndonan, Bdaard C. The Thnooratlc May rf lAr*-

Mew Torkt Tha Men Anar loan Idbrary/l&L.Spook, Benjanin. The ^oket Beck of Baby and Child Pare. Men Torkt

a and lharee, ino., 19b 6.Oaell, Sloan

Staart, Harold C. Orofta, Inc.,

▼el. 1, 1952. Central Statist leal Cc Coandl, Banok, Thailand.Her Torkt Appleton-Century

Thena, Herbert and Laurenea, 0. Both. Pnders^vttng % y col Mev Torkt MoOras-Hill, 1950.Thonpson, Virginia. Thailandt The Mew Sian. Mev Torkt Macelllan Co.,

19kl.Barters, Jana,

19U9. Mev Torkt McOrav-MIll Book Co.,

ft* fcrtWr htwli. Mm Xortt» AcwUmWHlleaa, J. Fairing. Healthful Id vine. Mev Terkt Mi end 11 an Co., 19bl. Willlsns, Jennie. Ihadlar Health. Mew Terkt J. P. Idppinoott Co., 1953.

About Sex. Child Stadjr Aaeoela-Wolf, Anna M. (ed.) tlen of Aneriea,

Wolff, iHmtr. Thi Porionillty of tho Prwaohool Child. How York* Orune h Straiion, 19b9.

BiUvilMAnnual Bport to ttO of tho Onitod Mitlwi. Bangkok* Ministry of A|rl-

Anwd Harooi Ttii7 of i Talk 3S3 Tho1land* load of ttao Atm* Qffioo of tho Soero-

D*f«ns«. WuhlngioDt Oovoraaont hinting Of flea, 19$0*

MOt of (rtviiod). Juno 1953*

HKHS 1X2 U.S. Dopart- at O o n n M n t PMntiag Qffloo

for ttaoCharter., * m t t Wallao..Tht W w O W f Mj*gTtlon of Sonya. Tho 8toplWM Qtlltgt Balloting Vol lit, no* ta,bar, 1933, Utottion Sorrloo Stritt, no. 1, ColnbU, Klatovri*

tod tay tho Shlto floaoo Jtmarjr 19, 19bO. lufhlac-

Ch4 V|r " * T>nioroor flanoral Boport Adoptod by tho Shlto floaoo Ooaforoaoo on G h U r a la a Doaoeraey.ton* Saparlatoadoart of HantKiti,

Coon, Boulah Z. Ualtod Stal

LT&tion Bullotln Mo. Printing Qffloo, 1951.

HSgMSSdir*Saohlngtom Qoronoont

Coon, Boulah ot aljfljites

o Cantrlbotlono of Toohnloo to How Bcononios • lublnftODi tetrloan Hoao SookknoIo o Asooci-vtion,

Boot Mooto loot in Thailand. Inohingtoat Ifataal Sonority Agoaoy, 1953*

O f who Sow Yoarfct Ttaoloo., 1934.

Drank,

A Dlgoot of tho Vtaot finding Ooaforoaoo on QdldrM and talol i, Sooth Carol loot Boalth ftafcUootion Xnstltato, Inc.,

270Ho— Boonsnloa for Boy and Qlrli In 7th ini 8th Qrtdti. Misc. 3h22.

iUtnl Security ifncjr, 6me« of iihomoii. WublBxtoni DMrion of Vocational Bduoatlon, Ho— loonood.cc Bduoatlon Branch, October,1952.

•a la "t*.* 2557-Bott. ty Apuflx, Office of Education, ii»Mn|toni DivisionSecurity of Vocational Bduoatlon, 1952*____________________________ • Bullotln of tho Hatlonal Asso­ciation of Seoondary-Sehoel iMnetpili. Vol* 37, Oatobor, 1953* HesMngtont Motional Association of Secondary Sehool Prinolpalc of tho Hatlonal Bduoatlon Association.

Tnfant Caro* Children Bureaa Publication Me. 8* Mashlngtont Govern- nent Printing Office, 191*5 •

Junaal, Manioh, M. L. Coenouleorr Idueetlcn In Thailand. Paris* UMBSCO,1951.

Kell, Leona* Quidlne Tour 1" tho Mena* Sehool of Hone Boon*onloa Bullotln so. 2. JLansas state College,October 1, 19b7.

Lose, Manhattan, Kanaae,

Uatoraal Mrlticn aad Child Health. Bullotln of the Hatlonal Research Council Mo. 123# mM ig t o i Vne Hatlonal Research Council Hatlonal load soy of Sciences, Mbs— bar, 1550.

The Pepartncnt of Publicity. Bangkok* Thai a, 1950.

Institutions. Misc. 3380-DlTlsloa of Veoatleoal Hhoation, 1952. atlon, noi— hlngten*

Palnar, 0. T., Darry-berry, M.and Van Xngen, P. Health Protection for tho Preeohoel C M M - Idte Mouse Conference cn Chlld neelth and protection. Section on Modloal Service. Heir Tsrfcs The CenturyCo., 1931«

on Children and• Raleigh, M. G.t Health PUbiloatian institute, Inc.,

1951.Children Bureau Publication Mo. k M.S. Qovaranent

Office, Hhshlnften 25, D. C., 19k9.Proarsn In Southeast Asia. M R Special Report, fhr Beet Prolan Dirl-

■lon. MUsblngtont Oevarureut Print las Office, 1951.

271UHESGO Sdueatlonal Mission. BuriatInprlmerie Union, 1950.

Rica and RlosDietatA flBny, Satrltlon Division of theJbod and ifrleutvrt Organisation of tha UnitedItaljf March 1952. Rations. Beau,

Sarpnt, Sir John and Qrata Badro* Report of tha Mission to Buriat UHISCO, 1950.

aet^ g , Pagi? Ixporinaat Station.

Thailandt Its Bsopic and Bconoaar. A Mot 3haat. Otffloe of Public Affairs, Dapartnant of State, V«1950. Maehlngtont Qoaaraaant Printing Of flee,

,tl<1 *w<t Unea■■ -,r' tm u T T - -Information.lazarnatioa* uoparrnenx or naaoatio Education, Bangkok, Thailand, 1953*

Tha Sian Olraotorr. Bangkok! Thai Incorporated, 1951-52

Division of Sdnoatlonal , Ministry of

Ihoad. Federal Security Agency, Qffleait aoaamnant Brlntlng Office, 155*

Mite House Conference cm Child Health and Protection. 1930* Saa Torkt Tha Century Co., 1931.Hhite He- » Cenference on Children In a Dsnaoraor. Final Report*

Ihahington o* C. January U-i6, W . if . 57 Childran Bureau, Publication No* 272* (Bdilngtont Qovarnnont Brlntlng Office* 19k2), a?

Tht Brit of TOO 1952* Annaal Report of tha Oiraetocr-Oenaral to tha Rhrld Hsalin Aaanably and to tha United Rations, General Brld Health Organisation, March 1953*

Tha United Rations Publication, Depart- lev Xerfct United Rations, 1952*

Zapoleon, M*, Mitchell, A* V* and BLegler, M* J*In matatlaa* Rhahlngtont Oararaneat Brlntlng! Snor, nonce's Bnrean, Sal* Ho. 23k -1, 1950,

273Jackson* Bdlth B. **Boon±ag-in Glvas Bator a Good Start.*1 tha Child.Vol. 12 (April* 19l»d)* pp. 162-69.JJi.P. "Sian Keoaado Problsu*" Tha World Today. IT (April* 19k8),

173-161.Kennady* Raymond and K«b m 47* R.J.B. "Sociology In Ansrleaa Collagaa* " Aasrioan Sociological Rariau. Vol. 7 (Octobar* 19h2)* pp. 661-79.Laxson* Mary. "A lack at tha Heewaaklng Taaohar.* Journal of Hone

Boononlca. Vol. U5 (May* 1953)* pp. 306-310.Laafay, Dorothy M. "Trand In Hninaalrtng Idueatlon," Journal of Haas Bcononlos. Vol. k2 (April* 1990} pp. 269-271.14m * Tinian. "Address toy tha Tnaanlng President." World Federation

ef Mental Health. tnwil. Bapert aith Proceedings oftho (ihird) Anneal Meeting. Kant* AogLandt Courier Minting and Ribllshlng Co.* Ltd.* 1990.

Mallar* Julius Barnard and Londaan* G. K. "Sources of Superstitious Beliefs," Journal at Bdaoetlonal Baaaaroh. HWT (Jaxmary* 1933)* 321-1*3.

Malonaar. Janas C. **Tha Gornaliaa Corner." Tha Parohiatria Quarterly IK (Ootobu-, 1*6), 603-609. ^

MoGinnla* Kathar. "Feully Cantarad Taaohing**1 Journal at Hens Boan- onioa. Vol. Uk (January* 1992)# pp. 9-12.

MeNeal* Vjrllo B. "Home Beononioa 1 fi Qonaral Sduoetlon*" Journal tfVol. 1(3 (Borenber, 1991), pp. 699-6.

Baan* lmlM H. "In shortt Hona Booaonloe Beginning in Thailand*11 Journal of Hana Boonanioa. Vol. (Oototoar* 1992)* p. 61*2.

Soott* Dorothy 0* **Ia Chaulatgy tha Only ianarf" Journal of Hana Bconaadoa. Vol. k2 (Juno* 1990), pp. 1i29«4(27.Thanpaon* Virginia and Adle£f* Blohard. *Tha Stata'a Bala in Thai

Bconouy*" la at am fcrm. KXX (Jana 30* 1992)* 123-027.Todtaantar* 1. Maiga* Bduoatlon Challangaa Bona Boonanioa*"

jaH E etiLS LaaLM aeia#' Tal« w- < *—. 1* 9) , pp. *99-301.

27b

Unpublished MaterielBanedlotf Math. Ihal Culture end Behavior. An Unpublished Mar Tine

Study dated SapreUher, 19l»3« data Kpbri Uber k Southeast Asia Program, Department of Far Suet Studies, Cornell University, Xthaea, Mew York, February, 1952*Chadderdon, Hester, ftrobleno Relating to Hone and FUadlr Life In Meed

gjtoMarth. Unpublished lb. D. disseriation, chlo state bniveraity,

Chalyanam, Direk. "Thai Ibrtly Laws," An Address Made at the American As so elation of Bangkok. Bangkok, Thailand, 1952. (uleeographod).

Bo, S. S. and Chotlna Tong,* Progreso on Soya Milk Flooding," Bangkok, Thailand* n o Bangkok and Dept, of Health, 1953* (wlneographed)"Educational Developments In Thailand, 1952-1953#* Report to the Six­teenth International Conference on Public Bduoatlon. Qeaera,

duly 1953* Presented by the Ministry of Bduoatlon, Thailand.(adneographed )

MoOianis, Brttaer. "Contributions of Hone Boononlca to General Bdoeatlon," Pro! tart nary Report to the Aaearloan Hoaia Boononios Assoeiation, 1952. (nlmeographed)

Bandung, Xhdenesia, June 1953* (wlmeographed)Rlohie, Jean* Report on Mutritlon Condition in Thailand. Bangkok,

Thailand, August 1951. Qnlneogrsphed)ThaaMdh, R.V.C. "Brief Review of the Rural MCH hrojeet, fhl sngnul, ** Working Paper, MCH Bar sing Rural Health Center, Chlengywl, Thai­

land, 1953. (wlneegrephedTMyer, ft— sail S. Solanos Beal unless. Unpublished nanuserlpt, Columbus,

Ohio, 1953*

q w a e w o -

ffiXHTHO giMHaUUHP SHIt Txataudr

THE CHILDREN'S CHARTER

FftiiS ID EN T HOOVER'S WHITE HOUSE CONFERENCE ON CHILD HEALTH AND PRO­

TECTIO N, RECOGNIZING THE RIGHTS OF THE CHILD AS THE FIR S T RIGHTS

OF C IT IZ E N S H IP , PLEDGES IT S E L F TO THESE A D iS FOR THE CHILDREN

OF AliERIGA

I F o r e v e ry c h ild s p ir i t u a l and m o ra l t r a in in g to h e lp h im to s ta n d f ir m u n d e r th e p re s s u re o f l i f e .

I I F o r e v e ry c h ild u n d e rs ta n d in g and th e guarding o f h is p e rs o n a lity as h is m ost p re c io u s r ig h t .

I l l F o r e v e ry c h ild a home and th a t lo v e and s e c u r ity w h ich a homo p ro ­v id e s ; and fo r th a t c h ild who m ust re c e iv e fo s te r c a re , th e n e a re s t s u b s titu te fo r h is own hom e.

IV F o r e v e ry c h ild f u l l p re p a ra tio n fo r h is b i r t h , h is m o th er r e c e iv ­in g p r e n a ta l, n a t a l, and p o s tn a ta l c a re ; and th e e s ta b lis h m e n t o f such p r o te c t iv e m easures a s w i l l make c h ild -b e a r in g s a fe r .

V F o r e v e ry c h ild h e a lth p ro te c tio n fro m b ir t h th ro u g h a d o le s c e n c e , in c lu d in g * p e r io d ic a l h e a lth e x a m in a tio n s a n d , w h ere needed c a re o f s p e c ia lis ts and h o s p ita l tre a tm e n t; r e g u la r d e n ta l e x a m in a tio n s and c a re o f th e te e th ; p r o te c t iv e and p re v e n tiv e m easures a g a in s t consnun icab le d is e a s e s ; th e In s u r in g o f p u re fo o d , p u re m ilk , and p u re w a te r .

V I F o r e v e ry c h ild fro m b ir t h th ro u g h a d o le s c e n c e , p ro m o tio n o f h e a lth In c lu d in g h e a lth In s tr u c t io n and a h e a lth p ro g ram w holesom e p h y s i­c a l and m e n ta l r e c r e a t io n , w ith te a c h e rs and le a d e rs a d e q u a te ly t r a in e d .

V I I F o r e v e ry c h ild a d w e llin g -p la c e s a fe , s a n ita r y , an d w holesom e,w ith re a s o n a b le p ro v is io n s fo r p r iv a c y ; f r e e fro m c o n d itio n s w h ic h te n d to th w a rt h is d e v e lo p m e n t; an d a home e n v iro n m e n t harm on iou s and e n r ic h in g .

V I I I F o r e v e ry c h ild a s c h o o l w h ic h is s a fe fro m h a s a rd s , s a n ita r y ,p ro p e r ly e q u ip p e d , lig h te d and v e n t ila te d . F o r yo u n g er c h ild re n n u rs e ry s c h o o ls and k in d e rg a rte n s to su p p leaM n t home c a re .

I I F o r e v e ry c h ild a com m unity w h ich re c o g n is e s and p la n s f o r h is n e e d s , p ro te c ts h im a g a in s t p h y s ic a l d a n g e rs , m o ra l h a s a rd s , and d is e a s e s ; p ro v id e s h im w ith s a fe and w holesom e p la c e s f o r p la y and r e c r e a tio n ; an d m akes p ro v is io n f o r h is c u ltu r a l and s o c ia l n e e d s .

276

277X For e v ery c h ild an e d u ca tio n w h ich , th ro u g h th e d is c o v e ry and

developm ent o f h is In d iv id u a l a b i l i t ie s , p rep ares him fo r l i f e j and th ro u g h tr a in in g and v o c a tio n a l gu idance p re p a re s him fo r a liv in g w h ich w i l l y ie ld him th e w iH m im o f s a tis fa c tio n .

X I F o r e v e ry c h ild such te a c h in g and tr a in in g as w i l l p re p a re Mm fo r s u c c e s s fu l p aren th o o d , hom e-m aking, and th e r ig h ts o f c i t i ­ze n s h ip ; an d , fo r p a re n ts , supplem enta ry tra in in g to f i t them to d e a l w is e ly w ith th e problem s o f p aren th o o d .

X I I For e v e ry c h ild e d u c a tio n fo r s a fe ty and p ro te c tio n a g a in s ta c c id e n ts to w h ich modern c o n d itio n s s u b je c t him — th o s e to w hich he is d ir e c t ly exposed and th o se w h ich , th ro u g h lo s s o r ng o f h is p a re n ts , a f fe c t him in d ir e c t ly *

X I I I F o r e v e ry c h ild who is b lin d , d e a f, c r ip p le d , o r o th e rw is e p h y s i­c a lly h and icap ped , and fo r th e c h ild who is m e n ta lly hand icap ped , such m easures as w i l l e a r ly d is c o v e r and d iagnose h is h an d icap , p ro v id e c a re and tre a tm e n t, and so t r a in him th a t he may become an a s s e t to s o c ie ty ra th e r th a n a l i a b i l i t y . Exposes o f th ese s e rv ic e s should be borne p u b lic ly w here th e y cannot be p r iv a te ly m e t.

X iV Fo r e v e ry c h ild who is in c o n f lic t w ith s o c ie ty th e r ig h t to be d e a lt w ith in te llig e n t ly as s o c ie ty 's c h a rg e , n o t s o c ie ty 's o u t­c a s t; w ith th e home, th e s c h o o l, th e ch u rch , th e c o u rt and th e in s t itu t io n when needed, shaped to re tu rn him w henever p o s s ib le to th e norm al stream o f l i f e .

XV For e v e ry c h ild th e r ig h t to grow up In a fa m ily w ith an adequate s tan d ard o f liv in g and th e s e c u r ity o f a s ta b le incom e as th e s u re s t sa feg u ard a g a in s t s o c ia l h an d icap s .

X V I F o r e v e ry c h ild p ro te c tio n a g a in s t la b o r th a t s tu n ts g ro w th , e ith e r p h y s ic a l o r m e n ta l, th a t lim its e d u c a tio n , th a t d e p riv e s c h ild re n o f th e r ig h t o f comr ade s h ip , o f p la y , and o f jo y .

X V II For e v e ry r u r a l c h ild as s a tis fa c to ry s c h o o lin g and h e a lths e rv ic e s as fo r th e c ity c h ild , and an e x te n s io n to r u r a l fa m ilie s o f s o c ia l, re c re a tio n a l, and c u ltu r a l f a c i l i t ie s *

X V III To supplem ent th e home and th e seh o o l in th e tr a in in g o f y o u th , and to re tu rn to them th o se in te re s ts o f w h ich m odern l i f e ten d s to c h e a t c h ild re n , e v e ry s tim u la tio n and encouragem ent shou ld be g iv e n to th e e x te n s io n and developm ent o f th e v o lu n ta ry y o u th o rg a n is a tio n s •

X IX To make ev e ry w here a v a ila b le th e s e minimum p ro te c tio n s o f th e h e a lth and w e lfa re o f c h ild re n , th e re sh ou ld be a d is t r ic t , c o u n ty , o r com m unity o rg a n is a tio n fo r h e a lth , e d u c a tio n , and

278welfare, with full-time officials, coordinating with a state-wide program which will be responsive to a nation-wide service of general Information, statistics, and scientific research. This should Include!

(a) Trained, full-time public health officials, with public health nurses, sanitary Inspection, and laboratory workers.(b) Available hospital beds.

(c) Full-time public welfare services for the relief, aid, and guidance of children in special need due to poverty, misfortune, or behavior difficulties, and for the protection of children from abuse, neglect, exploitation, or moral hazard.

APPENDIX B PLBDOE TO flHTIJBBI

260PLEDGE TO CHILDREN

TO YOU, our children, who hold within you our most cherished hopes, we, the members of the Midcentury White House Conference on Children and Youth, relying on your full response, make this pledges

Krom your earliest infancy we give you our love, so that you m&y grow with trust in yourself and in others.We will recognise your worth as a person and we will help you

to strengthen your sense of belonging.We will respect your right to be yourself and at the same time

help you to understand the rights of others, so that you may experience cooperative living.

We will heop you to develop initiative and imagination, so that you may have the opportunity freely to create.

We will encourage your curiosity and your pride in workmanship, so that you may have the satisfaction that comes from achievement.

We will provide the conditions for wholesome play that will add to your learning, to your social experience, and to your happiness.

We will illustrate by precept and example the value of integrity and the importance of moral courage.

We will encourage you always to seek the truth.We will provide you with all opportunities possible to develop

your own faith in God.We will open the way for you to enjoy the arts and to use them

for deepening your understanding of life.We will work to rid ourselves of prejudice and discrimination,

so that together we may achieve a truly democratic society.We will work to lift the standard of living and to improve our

economic practices, so that you may have the material basis for a full life.

We will provide you with rewarding educational opportunities, so that you may develop your talents and contribute to a better world.

We will protect you against exploitation and undue hasards and help you grow in health and strength.

We will work to conserve and improve family life and, as needed, to provide foster care according to your inherent rights.

We will intensify our search for new knowledge in order to guideyou more effectively as you develop your potentialities.

As you grow from child to youth to adult, establishing a family life of your own and accepting larger social responsibilities, we will work with you to improve conditions for all children and youth.

Aware that these promises to you cannot be fully met in a world at war, we ask you to join us in a firm dedication to the building of a world society based on freed cm, justice and mutual respect.

SO MAY YOU grow in joy, in faith in God and in man, and in (thosequalities of vision and of the spirit that will sustain us all and giveus new hope for the future.

APPENDIX Chome economics career wheel

HOME ECONOMICS CAREER WHEEL

APVBDXX D B M BSCVCHJC8 fSOOKUCS JS TBWJMD

285TRANSLATION OF PROGRAM OF 3rd, J»tb ORAOXS IN BTHICS

A* Buddha and Hia Taaehlngi1Boar ta pay hrmaga to tha Triple Oana, Buddha, Buddhiat Teaching, Buddhiat priaata.Wt» poreeapta of Buddha* aaanption. Aran Injuring othara,Iron liea, and thaft* HaXp paranta aara a rightaaua Uring, ba uaaful to athara, naka nartta and ba kind*

B . Tabla Mannara and BtlqaetteesHow to' alt down and gat up fTon tha dining tabla, to out tha tabla, to uaa tabla utanaila, haw ta ahaw, ta aatj aanveraatlon at naal tlna and babarlor In general*

C. Raapaot*Raapaot dua to taaOhara, parwnta, adnlta, prlaatai behavior in raapaotabla plaaaaj tha maa of proper language to iboa raapaot, appropriate to plaaaa and eeoaalena*

D. Obedlanee*Fbople to obey— toaohore, paranta, ralatiwaa, adulta and prlaatai raaulta of obadianoa and diaebedienee*

B* Honeaty*Abatinaaoa from liaa and deeeltfuiaaaa, raturn found thlnga, oonfaaa ffculta, kaap word and ba honaat*

F* Nunetuality*Self-diooipline at workG. Staadlnaaa in NbrktCarry-out aaaignnaata, kaap elaaa-roon claan, balp paranta

work, ba reaponaible*H. Meataeae*Kaap thlnga in ardor and ba uall-greoaed*I. "Canaan Qeed"*ftrieority of eaaaaa goad, civic prida in public property*

OLonantary School hrUAua, 1950* Mlnlatry of Sduaatlan, Bangkok, Thailand* (tr*)

286TRANSLATION OP PROQRAM IN HANDICRAFTS AND MANUAL NOBX

ra 3rd, bth GRADESILflving, — king toys and oqalpnartt, gardanlng, raising poultry and

fish hatohory, rijqlt aarpsntry, «as and oars of slsp1< squip- ■ant in oarpoutxy, sowing, hsuaaksaping, sawing, flowor- arrang— ant, famishing and oloaning, laandry, clothing esra, food preparation.

Work Should ba so plsanod that it ean ha flniahad at ashool or divided into too parts, and tho rwmaining part to ba flniahad at haai« Laam- ing oxperioaoes ahaald ba appropriate for tha lssality and ago lavala •f pupils. Relationships of subject nattara ahaald ba strasasd.

ai Syllabus, 1950. Ministry of Sdweatien.

287TRWSUTKW OF JUMICR BSD CROSS

3rd, lith CBAOBSBrdcno

Bmonil urt, pbgraleal growth, foed-eholee of good food, •uroUt, root, clothing ooro, posture, prevention of oon- wnj ooblc diseases, sanitation, flrwt old— ceeldcnt pmtn- tlon and core, helpful deeds*

Boy Scouting Ijrlng different kinds of knots Meaning and byword of boyeeout Trlp-on-foot, easplng SwimingCooking nl spile neals (praotloe nt Mona, exanI nation given at sehool)first aid

TEsaenSary School Syllabus, 1950 s Ministry of Idaeatlon

TKAHSUTIOtf O f KTntA-FRttHUh IV HOMSMAKIVO FOR THE U W B L

SKOHDART SCHOOL 1952

(OBISB 5, 6, 7th)Foods tad hitritioa htnddds( «ad Vanafmat Hothor tad Child Caro Clothing aad Htndcirtfit

Soopoo and oonfcraki of oaeh aroa aro aiollar to thosa of tho School of S m EoonoaLet, only aoro Had.tod.

Malairy of W iaaatlan, lond rd r, Than and

289TRANSLATION OF PROGRAM OF VOCATIONAL TEACHER TBAININO, 19*1

(A CONTINUATION OF UFHR SECONDART OR 10th GRASS)No— a*» Grafts*

Designing, Dress-— Irlng Wonew’a (httltitPri— iples of dressing, colors, lines, proportions, appropriateness for age, tine, occasion aad personal hygiene.

Clothing ears, nse of elothea aad ooat— »a to eaiha—e fees aad figure*

Designing elothes for different age levels, tines and oeeaslons*

Msn'a shorts, psnta, different types of shirts, asn*s Jackets, alterations of Jackets and pants*

Foods aad Nutrition»Nutritions

Definition of nstritlea, rth— leal n— ponsnts of feed, types of feed based on feed values, dlgestlea, netabell— , salary needs — cording to age, weight, aad type of writ.

Feeding children, eld people, pregnant we— a, patients* Ike mee of sodi— hlearbsoate la feed preparation •

VOodstCharacterlstios and vela— of — terlals to cask, cooking net hade with conservation of feed vain— *

k m is iry e T ^ k tM tte a

290ISANSZJLTIGIf OP EUSTINO PROGRAM OF SUKAIIQA. SCHOOL OF HQUS KOOK-

0MZC8 TEACHER TRAINING1 Introduction

Horn eeononlea program, la a oontinaatlon of tenth grade* It ia three year* for teacher training and only too for honenaklag.

there aro aix day* of aehool In a nook and 200 daya in a year*Subject nattor ia divided into throo aroaat hoaonaklng, ganaral education, nathod couroe*.Srtre-progran activltle* Inclndo contributions to yobUa organ­

isation, narit asking aad rollgioaa ritoa aad other aooial work*Kraal nation ia to bo carried oat aeoording to tho rnloa and

rogalatlona of tho Ministry of Bdaoatlon*

Areas Subject Matter* Mo* of Hoars in a Meeklet 2nd 3rd

yoar yoar

GeneralMaqiiTraaatit

Goolciag $ 5 5Wooing k k khoiH nrifl 3 3 3Interior Boo oration 3 3 3Bane Management 2 2 -Hygiene 2 — •»Maternal It Child Caro - 2 •Mntrltlon 1 • •■one Iffaiag - 1 -English 3 3 2Social Stndloa 2 2 1Craving 2 2 —Singing It Made 1 1 1Physical Ednoation 1 1 1fOyehelegy 1 1 1PMnolplee of BdnsaHon 3Matheda of Teaohing — • 3I n m k l a g — — 1Stndant Teaohing - - 2

Total X 30 30

1Mlalstryef Education, Bangkok, Thailand* 19ld

291slapartaaeo of locality, condition of good kltchon, «m and ear# of •quipoMt.

8r«l— of a oook. Body, clothoa, cloaallnoaa la food proparatioa.Food polity aad ralno of food, aona planning, aarkot-

lag, food oolootloo, oaro aad proaoatatloa of food.

Barring Placo to oat, tablo oottlag, food aarrlag, aaal otlqaotto, oeeaadLooal foaata aad banqpota.

laboratory lot, 2nd yoar, Baffiolaat praetloo to aako uoo of kaoA-odgo la ordinary oeoaaloaa.

3rd yoar, Saffleiont praotleo for apodal oeeadoa plan ability to toaab othoro.

* Ordinary oonlng, n o n , bat ton boloa aad

Moolriao ooolnoi Oao of oaring and Mdirnl flaring attanfcraot, oaro of tho naaMno aad handling of aaahiao troobloa.Oattlaa ■aaaaroaant, oholoo aad ooaatrnation of doalgaa,

aao of pnttoraa, oattlag, aharaotorlatlaa aad Mil* of tooctiloa, of toatlloa la tomaof klada, ooloro aad daalgn for approprlato oooaa&oaa aad poraoaaUtlon*

Asa1 ■aaowit lot yoar. Apron, baif-ol1pa aad ollpa, aahool girl anl-foraa, oaroaga, aad baby clot boo.2nd yoar. Children'• olotboo, bloaooa, ddrta, droaaoo, dtfrt bloaaoo, oport Aorta, oroalag drooooa.

3rd yoar. Hoa9a ahlrta, ahlrta, droaaoa aad atoortag droaaoo*I H U L Afaro&dooy, knitting, crocbot, aoading aad darn

lag*i a d a M l lot yoar fctrof looy dtb tbrni aad allk, band Iona, knit­ting-baby oatflto, Jaokoto, boaaoto, ooofca, dam - elotb aad allk.

2nd yoor M n i d a y o&th allk aad natal!1o tbroad, tatting.3rd yoar ■dbroidoay, oafaol iloolgao with gold allk oad aotallle ♦ brood.

292

£fl2tiB9S5&Qfutlti borktlot 7*»r. V n of banana loom ta aaka alaborata "Katanga" (bowl Ilka ahapad) af dlffarant klnda* flruh flmnrt wmatha af dlffarant klnda*2nd jaar. flawwr armngeawnte, latrloata lain*Artificial flawara nada af papar, elotb, allk aad wax bindar*Ihlt arrangonant, earring, aaading and arranging fndta.lord year. Jlawor armnganant - alaborata lal-waking.Artlflolal flawara nada of allk and Talrat*

ftwdiCham

alltgr* conponnd, old Thai »i — **» nwM| dlrlalon af t o o b i » kltohan garden, flewar-garden, ralalng aalaale*mmrr:E^r> *** > peroonalltjr of

9a a af work Beatlae and npealal work aaooonfaa Sndgetlng

x m work fTon waata ntariola_* Introduction ta aiatwg, aad kgglaaa af tha enganat atmetnra anaolee, dlgeetlan, expiration aad eirenlatlan, exnretloa, narrow, reproduction

rent, clothing aad aaaralee*Ifcmlaaga, aawngi dlapoaal, laratergr aad itlan la general.

Infant oaro 9*11? oor«f aether'a allk aad faranla aad athar road, Infant growth, proaatara baby, dlaaaaaa pertaining to infaaey, hygloao aad habit foaming.Ketrltlen Ibeda and thalr ralaea, faad ecwpoaento, aarbo- Iqrdrate, fat9 protein, alaaral, rltoadju ■wtrleato, nutritional aaada af hnaaa belnge. Conpntatlaa af flood aaada*finding af fbad ralaaa by aoaaaroaont af alna aad wadj^t af fbad*Qtgeetioa aad aboerptloa, aotabollan aad aaaratlaa*

2*3How narmLap NtMialtjr of how nursing--------C&lee of room and care tor tho patient, askingbod9 eloanlng, taking tenperaturc and pulse and

respiration, giving «um, feeding tho patient, klnda of food.Use and ear# of how rowdies, taking oaro of eueh aloknooo ao hoadaoho, dlaalnoso, stoawh- aoho, constipation and loon bo sal nornoorrt , introduetovjr to qroptoaa of different diseases, eowant oohls diseases and their prevention, first aid*

conversation fron text of at least ew eaeh year, omeroatien is based on fanlly affairs. Translation from Bagllsh into Thai and Thai late BogUsh

from text of the class or equivalent fron others. letter uritlna Personal letters aad slnple forwl letters.

SsaieL alitrHistory of Bndrtha and BaridM an, five preoepts of BaddMsn, Important days in Buddhist oalendar.

Clvio History of oonstitation < executive and election, House of Representatives aad its work and duties. Legislative and its independence, Hnnldpals, kinds aad duties aad eexk.Ins one per capita of the land, cast of living, saving, shares, oonpealee and association, cooper­atives, pablio agencies, Halted Nations.

Social Activities* laportanee, visits, gifts, introduction, entertsln-neot, social pleasantries, invitations aad answers, dressing up for varices occasions, feasts aad ban­quet tables, naimor and etiquette, traditional rites and norosrnlss, faaily las pertaining to engogenent, narrlaget duties of husband, wife, properties, dlverea, inheritance, sills, contrasts, principles of ocntrast nolring, census, esnpelsery eduection incow, drafting, hss to report an noo— o1 noble diseases, tax paying.life pictures, designs, Thai deeigts.

Binglngandlfaeio Basic theories af nod era aasls, wsic note, reed­ing. singing of elassioal Thai song (no less than

i)

29k

Physical Mnatlon bvreiwa, plays, sports mad games Indoor andoutdoor*

Psychology Mcsirlng and mas of psychology, aentallty anduntil growth, relations of physical and nantsl growth at difforoot ago levels, heredity, behavior, reflective behavior, inotlnota and ten­dencies, emotion, habits, character, conscious- nos a, attention, interest, aonaatlon, perunation, observation and expert mentation, nanory, Inaglna- tlon, oonoapt and decisions.

Principles of Education» Definition and purposes, differ ant levels ofedaoatlon, eharaotarlatloa of an educated, educa­tional Institution, categories and duties and responsibilities, school-honc relations* Characteristics and categories of teachers, duties and discipline, habit eorrestlcn*Types of edaoatlon, fundamental, vocational and adult edaoatlon, school nanagensnt pertaining to locality, plan, class teacher, eurrlaulna, sylla­bus, schedules, library or reading room, nussun, and statistics*

Principles rf TrfT^g* Teaching and learning, ncntality of differentage levels, net beds of teaching, questions and aaswurs, teaching aids, preparation for and note of teaching, lessens and teaching procedures, bright and tUtm learners, exercises, oerreotlen and grading work, encouraging adf-etudr, measure nent of knswledgs*

Method of TTPltllTf ”T~HTTTl~r ***?>••••» relationships of differentareas of hnsunahlng subject nutters, tserMng elds, the use ef blackboards, naklng teaching aids, eabeel visiting and observation student teaching*

AFfBDIX «IXTTKR TO JDRX AMD CHKCKZJST-1HQDZBX

THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITYHoward L. Bovis, President

Columbus 10

296

College of Agriculture end

Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station L. L. Rummell, Dean and Director

School of Home Economics Gladys Branegan,Director

DearI am a teacher on leave from the ftre-University School, Bangkok,

Thailand. I received a government scholarship in 192*9 to study home economics in the United States. Now I am at Ohio State University work­ing on a dissertation problem in home economics education, with Professor Dorothy D. Scott. Hie other five members of my committee represent higher education, teacher education and child and family development.

The chief concern of this dissertation is identification of needs for education in family living to promote health, personality and physi­cal growth of children in Thailand, and to determine the potential con­tribution of home economics to such an education. ft*om personal exper­iences and observation, I feel that a person is much of what his parents made him in the early years of his life. Healthy citisena of a democratic government of tomorrow have to be healthy children of today in whose homes wholesome democratic family living has been practiced.

An analysis of existing situations in present-day Thailand as reported in the literature revealed certain problems related to child health that it is believed can be reduced through family life education.A list has been developed of those abilities and understandings which it is believed important for parents and prospective parents to develop if these problems are to be reduced and child welfare promoted.

It is desirable that other Thai educators appraise these abilities and understandings as to l) importance to child health (physical and social), and 2) possibility of developing these understandings and abil­ities.

Being an eduoator, you are interested in the health and -welfare of our children and know much of the needs of our country. Will you serve as one of the twenty-five educators, experts selected to appraise this list as indicated above? Your contribution to this study is very important. Checking the list does not commit you in any way. No signa­ture is requested. He are interested only in knowing which items on the list the majority of the jury consider l) important and 2) appropriate goals of teaching in the schools and/or in adult education programs.

297Enclosed Is the list to be checked. Since the distance between

us is half way around the world, and much time is already lost in trans­portation, I should very much appreciate your prompt reaction to it, so that I may have the completed fora, with any additional suggestion you wish to make, before the end of January.

May I extend my appreciation and gratitude to you for your inter­est and cooperation, without which this study would be impossible?

Very sincerely yours,

(kiss) Daviras DhanagomDDimg

Part I 298Thailand Today

Education for bettor living la urgently called for in Thailand* Various avenues have been used to attack health problems* To cultivate a health minded people Is one of the best means*

Thailand is a tropical country. The main Income of the country comes from agriculture and being unindustrlallzed many manufactured products have to be Imported* Neither coal nor natural gas has been found, therefore manpower has become very Important.

The Thai government has advocated democracy, but it is not strange In view of the shortness of time since 1932 that many concepts of Feudal Slam, contrary to democratic concepts, still persist. To do away with these, education is necessary to develop good leaders and good followers so that all can make contributions in their best abilities to the welfare of the whole*

Much that accounts for the prevailing ill-health of the nation at large is the lack of knowledge of simple health practices in everyday living and the knowledge of communicable diseases. Though the high Infant mortality rates have declined recently, a nation-wide caapalgn to combat diseases and promote health is called for; such ill-health be­comes an economic burden and is by all means a social waste*

An analysis of the political, economic, social and educational situations in Thailand shows that attempt has been made to promote child health and welfare* The recent developments in nutrition studies, mater­nal and child health and Juvenile court are evidence of more concern of agencies outside the families in the welfare of children* Only the fami­lies* awareness of such resources makes such attempt worthy and practical* Only as education of the family members in relation to needs takesplace, will these agencies be able to function most effectively•

Various fields of eduoatlon make contributions to healthful living* It is the position of this thesis that home economics may contribute to the goal for child health. It is through educating women in the homes and making them realise the Importance of health practices and putting them into action, that health principles will function in real life, and children have real chance for healthy development*

Below are listed some of the abilities and understandings which it is believed important for parents and prospective parents to develop if the above problems are to be reduced and child welfare promoted*

Checklist of Ibssible Educational QoalsForty-five principles basic to child growth and development are

listed. Check ( ) each principle as followstin column 1 if you believe this understanding or ability is important for the Thai parents to acquire*

in column 2 if you believe it should be a goal of teaching in the schools*in column 3 if you believe it should be a goal of adult education*

299

Column Principles Basic to Child Growth and Development1 2 3

1. Child rearing should start with the hygiene of preg­nancy, provision of special needs of foods, cloth­ing, exercise, medical care, emotional adjustment and parental responsibility.

2, The child should be accepted as he is, as his sex is beyond any control, and his individual differ­ences and potentialities of growth are somewhat limited by his hereditary patterns*

3. breast-feeding should he given to meet the infant1 s physical and psychological needs of food, physical comfort, need to suck and to be cuddled*

U. Child rearing should not be trusted to Ignorant handsj if domestic help is required, guidance and supervision by a trained person is needed*

5* Wide variations of normal growth should be recog­nised within the characteristics of growth patterns of different age levels*

6. Requirement of a chili to conform to cultural and class impacts should be modified in consideration of his immediate physiological needs*

7* Consistency in affection, discipline, care and pro­tection on the bases of sound physical health, good medical care, legitimate praise, should create sound mental health for a child*

8* Adult encouragement and allowance of reasonable standards should create self-confidence in a child*

9* opportunities to become independent, to make deci­sions, without unreasoned demand of obedience should cultivate sel f-dependence and initiative*

10* Adult concept oi a ohild and acceptance of hisstrengths and weaknesses influence his self-eoneept and his anoosinl 1 shment *

11* Relative pemalsslveness Is necessary in creating the individual's sense of direction, his concept of right and wrenp*

12. Hie cider child should be prepared for the coming of the younger one for the mental health of the former and for seed eihlflng relationships later*

13* fhe exient of responsibility expected of older children for younger children should be limited*

lit* Opportunities for interaoiions tmnng age maies should be provided for a to learn to get along and make satisfying contact with realities of life*

300

Column Principles Basic to Child Growth and Development

1$. Children should be seen with other children of vary­ing age and maturity levels to help their parents understand them better,

16. Opportunities to play, balanced nutritious diets^ adequate rest should be regulated for physical as well as social, emotional, and intellectual growth,17. Religious beliefs, mores,and folklore should be interpreted to the child in the light of the tech** uological knowledge, relating causes to effects.

18. Hardships, contact with realities of life problems’” should be used to develop a sporting spirit, will­ingness to take the Inevitable and an attitude •toward life as a game. _________________

19. Adequate nutrition should mean more than calorie consumption, it requires nutrients— protein, minerals, vitamins.— all essential to health and vitality.

20. 6ood food habits should be formed through provision of well-balanced meals, an awareness of the neces­sary supplements fear rice diets and the deficiency diseases they cause.

21. Nutritious values of food should be retained and infections guarded against thru appropriate methods of preparing and cooking.

22* Selecting and buying of food should be done with awareness of sanitation in the matter of production and

23* Caring, storing and preserving of food should be carried out with proper sanitation with or without the aid of refrigeration.

21* • knowledge and provision of food, needs of different age levels of family members when well and sick isfseentlal for h e a l t h . _________________________pproprlate selection andf use of textiles and clothing should be practiced for proper body temper­ature, their practicality, and for enhancing person-

should be aware of the impacts of housing on housekeeping efficiency, and on the health of the dwellers in relation to home planning, apace allot­ment, lighting, ventilation, sound control and free- dew from accident hamarda. _____ _____

27« &me management prooeassaof thinking, deciding,planning, and controlling the plan, and the uses of family resources of money, time and energy should be used to cultivate personal and fsari It satisfactions.

301

Column Principles Basic to Child Growth and Development1 2 328. Selecting and using the best tools in the home., and

conforming the tools to the body should be con­sidered In relation to work efficiency and the health of the worker.

29. Family recreations should be used to promote both physical and mental health and better relations of family members.

3o. Bnphasis should be placed! on acceptance of male and female biological and social roles, how they supple­ment one another, and how the success of the family can be brought about through the cooperation of the two.

31. wholesome attitude toward sex and marriage should bs cultivated so that sex is seen as a normal process of life and marriage as partnership of privileges and responsibilities.

32. Family members should have satisfying relationships with each other, especially with in-laws as one avenue to hanoy married life.

33. For the good of society, a married couple should accept child-bearing and child rearing as direct functions and responsibilities of the family.

3k. The number of children should be limited to the capacity of the family to care for them.

3*. Belief in the sacredness of the human personality must be implemented in family living before Its political implementation can be fully achieved.

34. An individual should maintain M s own physical and mental health and be responsible for the health of others, especially that of the family.

3?. Vital and economic statistics correlate, the pros­perity of one is conducive to that of the other.38. 1 healthy person is a source of new wealth whereas

an 111 person is an economic burden and premature deaths are economic loss.

39. A- modern, comprehensive public health program com­prises sanitation, preventive medicine, curative medicine, health promotion and improvement of stand­ards of living; the family has the greatest shares of all these, especially in health promotion.

-

Uo. The fundamentals of environmental sanitation are pure or safe water supply and sewage disposal as a means of direct control of gastro-intestinal diseases

302

Column Principles Basic to Child Growth and Development1 2 3

1*1. Curative medicine costs ten times more than preven­tive medicine and many diseases are preventable* nevertheless the earlier the cure the better*

1*2. Personal hygiene is basic to health promotion* particularly in maternal and child health; good care of the fetus gives life a good start*

1*3* Reduction of infant mortality rates is desirable but what is more important is to make life worth living for the newly born.

1*1*. There are minimum standards for personal* family and conwrunity health itoich should be the goals of the individual and the family*

1*5>. Better health laws and practices in the community and nation* especially as related to public sanita­tion and disease control* are to be encouraged and promoted by all concerned.

Part II303

Use the blank sheet to answer questions A and B. You may use extra sheet(s) if it is not enough*A. What do you consider the most serious problem(s) of the existing

health situations in Thailand at present? Rxplaln you specified proble*n( s) .B. Please give the suggestions you have in promoting education for child

health and welfare; it is interesting to know whether you think home economics teaching is one of the effective means to meet such needs*

Part IIIGeneral information on your background is important in the light

of the opinion you have* Your name need not be given.A. Your Educations field or Area

No. of years of school at home_ No* of years of study abroadName of the country where you studied or study

B. Your Professions in the past No. of years_at present No* of yearsor prospective career

C. karital Statues Singletarried_____ No* of YearsNo. of children boys girls

AFRMDXX 7l is t o f ju r y m a m a s

AMDPOSITIONS

305JU KI MUMBBW AMD POSITIONS

Ariol n1 rtrataraM* 1 . P in Molokul

Undor-Soorotory of State fo r EducationLnoag Saaadl Stfooorttraddhi

Umtes^doBirtli Doportaoat of BooonrUry Education, K ia io fe x y of Sdnsotlonlung ftr io o rty Choayarlpaj

Mrootor Qonoml, Doportaont of foeotlonaX Idoootlonj Mlnlrtry of IdooatioaKr. Apod OuutoTiaol

IMroater-41onnral of P H a try and Adult Education, ttlnlotry of Mdooatloa

Mr* Hong flynnoadaDoan, faculty of Arte and Education, Chalalon gjcorn University

]g*t Sanaa SondtrDirector of tin Toehaleal Institute

Pro Prodot SunthrarasoraOnlteral Conaaolor and SnpsrintonflMt of Thai 8t«dontof Tbo logni Thai hcbassy, tesMngton, D* C*

Tooehor Id— ttoroh ri« Mopakhna T. Tongyl

lootw or la Teoeber Education, Chnlalongjhom Universityh r * . Pwsnaopiyo Waaanoag

Acting Chalmon of Toaohor Education Departaont, Choi olaiSrow UniversityM. 1>* looniaa EoajoraAaalotowt-JMrooter of tho Pro University School, lecturer

la Tooehor Edaoatlonhr. flvoj hoarl

Director of h m n — Itr Toaohor Znlalog InstituteMina laaolaaa Sarodatta

Iaatruotor la Togohor Education, Tho Pro ■■University School

306

Hbbi Ie>iwie» TeachersIfari* S m Iw n i i Tmcehaa

Tormmr Oiraoter of Sohool of How leomoloo) at prawat iMlftaat Superintendent of Ihai Students, Haehlnctoo, 0* C,

Mrs* Din Bttoaltvaraaaatrftliolpal of P»tehab«rl Tooehor Training Sohool

Mrs. lUpad FlhgnMrtDirector of nrdag School, SlriraJ HospitalHro« Kraehangorl Rafctakaalt

Prtacipoli Sananrta School of How EconomiesMro. Fraehnabchitr Varavaa

Instructor, Sunanria Sohool of How KoonouleaMrs* fratln VitajrakoraInstructor, Tho Technical Institute

rhrsiclam. Health Sark eraHr. Saaadl DangeauancDirector "flonoral, Dopartnent of BahUo HealthHr. Chiatapa Sayanhsrigdt

del den of Maternal and Child Health, Department of Thhilc Health

nr*DLrldon of Hood and Orth Dopartawnt of Fuhlle Health

Miss Sanjuanaaa HaangelDlrootor of Hardas Bidden, Cfcalaleacfcorn Hospitalfir* Toaalakan ArthaobladaMinistry of hblio HealthDr. D. S* DaHead of the 7AO Headquarters la Bangkok

ill atirt ivtifl in Ickitttlona flonlal m d Oiltaiil larkflriS3EB B S9B Sw w 3iE B ^da& w oS9B 3B M SaaB U ^w 3SC aB B nSE3LB w flB S39U 8B Sw SSw Slw &

Marlene Xa-lad ffclfcul SongranChalrnaa of tho Hetlonal Institute of OaltareMr* Suchoop SOagranaparb

Secretary to tho Minister of Cultural Affairs

307

0dm P u in tB in iA d iTht KtU«Bal Zaftitati or Ooltar*

Mr* Supeohal Tmitiit m in'oftiaor and Chairman, Dtpurtunt of Biology, Onlaloatfcorn Unlroraity

Lb«t»i Sri Sbuurth VljjakiohW m m t of BLolagjri Chalalmdtom IWranitgr

Mr. Halil Soaaaadaiaaiatant Dlrootor of tho Dapartaoit of Pkabllc Wolffcro

Mrs* Bonoo huaaaadaDoportawmt of Ffcblle Daliira

MLoa Haalaart toatayalnilZaatraetiTf Ohamaaatra Itaivaralt/

Vlas Phan XataDlfldM of Forolgxt kttmixm, Fhblie Bolotlona Dapirtmt

TIBI XXV. RAW 9CQUC OF B B R » TO IACHitv or tub nuncxnn not rr

309TABLE XXV. SUM SCORES OF RESPONSE TO EACH H E OF THE HUDiCXPVS

null 27 RESPONDENTSNo. of* Boopans* Goals For Ffertnt Ahieatloo Gkroop X

Toaeb la Sotooola Oroap XX Xtaa

Toaoh to idvlia Oro*p XXX

kt 32 6 2* 7* 15 19 -Z5 1. b, 6, 11, 12, 13* 16, 3b 20 •2b 3, 10, lb, 25, 33 21, bl 2623 S, IS, 19, 20, 22, 26,

27, b3 bO 35, 27, 29, 30, bO, bb, b522 5, 21, 23, 32, b2 18, 22, 2b 21, 2b, 28, 39, bl,b32X 28, 29, 31 39 19, 20, 22, 23, 25, 31, 32, 36, b220 17, 2b, 30, 36, bb,

b5 17, 25, 38, b58, 9, 37, 38

19 39 23, 29, bb 7, 18, 33, 3bIS - 37 1, 2, 6, 10, 11, 1617 35, 38, bl, 37 9, 36 b, 516 bO 16, 31, 15 3, 12, lb, 15, 1715 - 5, 10, 30 13lb - 8, lb, 27 -13 - 7, 28 •12 - 11, 26, b2 -U 6, b3 •15 • 13, 32 -S - 1, » , 15 -7 - b -6 - 2, 3, 33 -5 - 3b -

310AUTOBIOGRAPHY

I, Daviras Dhanagou* was bora in Bangkok* Thailand* on karch 12* 1917. by secondary education was received in the ftresbyterian Missionary School in Bangkok* Wattana Wittaya Academy. I graduated from this school in 193k.

I entered the liberal Arts College of Chulalongkorn University in the following year and received a Bachelor of Arts degree in 1939* The year following was spent in studying teacher education at the same institution and a diploma of education was received at the end of the same year*

After graduation 1 taught English in the Pre-University School of Chulalongkorn University in Bangkok. In 19U2 a branch of the school was opened in Chlengtnai where I was sent to serve for one year. During World War II* I was serving at Lopburi* one of the sohool branches* as assistant principal. In 191*8 teacher training was opened in the same school* and I was chosen one of its staff and also taught English in the Prep-school •

In October 191*6 the Government offered scholarships in various fields including home econosiics • There had been no home econcad.es beyond the high school level* but with the visit of Dean Iva Milam* the Ex-Dean of Oregon State College* there was a hope for home economics on the college level* and three scholarships were given. It was planned that two students go to Oregon State* and one to Kansas State* as recommended by Dean Milam. As one of the scholarship students* my choice was the School of Home Economics at Kansas State College.

At Kansas State College* basic courses in home economics and

311related areas on the undergraduate level were taken before graduate courses were attempted. Because of limited Science background, my work was concentrated on Child Welfare and Euthenics and Textiles and Cloth­ing. Having decided that the Intangible aspects of life are more Import­ant and Its basic principles more universally applicable, I decided to work for a master's degree In Child Welfare and Buthenics with a minor In Textiles and Clothing. I graduated In May 1951 •

Having realised that two years of home economics were hardly adequate preparation for leadership especially during the pioneering stage, I applied to the educational authorities In Bangkok for the exten­sion of the scholarship which was readily granted. I selected Ohio State University where 1 could work toward the advanced degree In home econ­omics education, which will be my career after my return to Thailand.